Explorator Manica Project EIA Combined1

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Report for the
Proposed Manica Gold Project

Explorator Limitada

Project No.: 710.05024.00004
Report No.: 2

MICOA reference number: 176 /GM/MICOA/12

February 2014

Explorator Limitada

Explorator Limitada

Project No.: 710.05024.00004
Report No.: 2

MICOA reference number: 176 /GM/MICOA/12

January 2014

Explorator Limitada

DOCUMENT INFORMATION
Title Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Report for the Proposed
Manica Gold Project
Project Manager Jose Jeronimo/Linda Munro
Project Manager e-mail jjeronimo@enviro.co.mz/ lmunro@slrconsulting.com
Author Linda Munro
Reviewer B Stobart (internal)
Client Explorator Limitada
Date last printed 27/02/2014 08:56:00 AM
Date last saved 27/02/2014 08:56:00 AM
Comments
Keywords Gold mine, Mozambique, Explorator, Auroch, Greenbelt
Project Number 710.05024.00004
Report Number 2
Status Draft
Issue Date February 2014

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page i
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR THE
PROPOSED MANICA GOLD PROJECT
CONTENTS
NON-TECHNICAL SUMMARY.................................................................................................................. 1-3
1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 1-1
1.1 INTRODUCTION TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT.................................................................................... 1-1
1.2 PROJECT MOTIVATION (NEED AND DESIRABILITY) ............................................................................. 1-2
1.3 INTRODUCTION TO THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ......................................................... 1-2
1.3.1 EIA APPROACH AND PROCESS .................................................................................................................... 1-6
1.3.2 EIA TEAM ................................................................................................................................................ 1-6
1.3.3 CONTACT DETAILS FOR RESPONSIBLE EXPLORATOR PARTIES ........................................................................ 1-7
2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK....................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.1 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION ....................................................................................... 2-1
2.1.1 THE CONSTITUTION OF THE REPLBLIC OF MOZAMBIQUE ................................................................................ 2-1
2.1.2 THE ENVIRONMENTAL LEGAL FRAMEWORK .................................................................................................. 2-3
2.1.3 REGULATION ON THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION PROCESS .......................................................... 2-3
2.1.4 AMENDMENTS TO THE REGULATION OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION PROCESS ........................... 2-4
2.1.5 GENERAL DIRECTIVE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDIES ........................................................................ 2-4
2.1.6 GENERAL DIRECTIVE FOR THE PUBLIC PARTICIPATION PROCESS IN THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION
PROCESS ................................................................................................................................................. 2-5
2.1.7 REGULATION REGARDING THE ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING PROCESS ............................................................. 2-5
2.1.8 REGULATION AND STANDARDS ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY AND EFFLUENT EMISSIONS ................................ 2-5
2.1.9 REGULATION ON THE MANAGEMENT OF RESIDUES ....................................................................................... 2-6
2.1.10 REGULATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTIONS .......................................................................................... 2-6
2.2 NATIONAL LEGISLATION RELATING TO MINING ACTIVITIES AND THE ENVIRONMENT ............................ 2-6
2.2.1 THE MINING LAW ...................................................................................................................................... 2-6
2.2.2 REGULATION OF THE MINES ACT ................................................................................................................ 2-7
2.2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION FOR MINING ACTIVITIES ................................................................................ 2-7
2.2.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT BASIC STANDARDS FOR MINING ACTIVITIES .................................................. 2-8
2.2.5 REGULATION ON TECHNICAL AND HEALTH SAFETY FOR GEOLOGICAL AND MINERAL ACTIVITIES ........................ 2-8
2.3 OTHER LEGISLATION RELEVANT TO THE PROJECT ........................................................................... 2-8
2.3.1 TERRITORIAL ADMINISTRATION ................................................................................................................... 2-8
2.3.2 LAND OWNERSHIP AND USE ....................................................................................................................... 2-9
2.3.3 FORESTS AND WILDLIFE .......................................................................................................................... 2-10
2.3.4 WATER .................................................................................................................................................. 2-10
2.3.5 CULTURE ............................................................................................................................................... 2-11
2.3.6 LABOUR ................................................................................................................................................. 2-11
2.4 CONVENTIONS AND REGULATIONS ................................................................................................ 2-11
2.5 BEST INTERNAITONAL PRACTICE ................................................................................................... 2-12
2.5.1 THE EQUATOR PRINCIPLES ...................................................................................................................... 2-12
2.5.2 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CORPORATION PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 2012 ................................................. 2-13
3 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT ...................................................................................................... 3-1
3.1 EDPA PHASE ................................................................................................................................ 3-1
3.2 EIA PHASE .................................................................................................................................... 3-1
4 DESCRIPTION OF THE CURRENT ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................... 4-1
4.1 GEOLOGY BASELINE ....................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.1 INTRODUCTION AND LINK TO IMPACTS .......................................................................................................... 4-1
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page ii
4.1.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.3 RESULTS ................................................................................................................................................. 4-2
4.1.4 CONCLUSION ............................................................................................................................................ 4-2
4.2 CLIMATE BASELINE ......................................................................................................................... 4-3
4.2.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................... 4-3
4.2.3 RESULTS ................................................................................................................................................. 4-4
4.2.4 CONCLUSION ............................................................................................................................................ 4-9
4.3 TOPOGRAPHY BASELINE ................................................................................................................. 4-9
4.3.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................... 4-9
4.3.3 RESULTS ................................................................................................................................................. 4-9
4.3.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-10
4.4 SOIL BASELINE ............................................................................................................................. 4-10
4.4.1 INTRODUCTION AND LINK TO IMPACTS ........................................................................................................ 4-10
4.4.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-10
4.4.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-10
4.4.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-13
4.5 LAND CAPABILITY BASELINE .......................................................................................................... 4-13
4.5.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-13
4.5.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-14
4.5.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-14
4.6 BIODIVERSITY BASELINE ............................................................................................................... 4-16
4.6.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-16
4.6.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-18
4.6.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-27
4.7 SURFACE WATER BASELINE .......................................................................................................... 4-30
4.7.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-30
4.7.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-30
4.7.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-35
4.8 GROUNDWATER BASELINE ............................................................................................................ 4-37
4.8.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-37
4.8.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-37
4.8.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-42
4.9 AIR QUALITY BASELINE ................................................................................................................. 4-44
4.9.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-44
4.9.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-44
4.9.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-46
4.10 NOISE BASELINE .......................................................................................................................... 4-46
4.10.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-46
4.10.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-46
4.10.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-47
4.11 HERITAGE BASELINE ..................................................................................................................... 4-49
4.11.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-49
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page iii
4.11.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-49
4.11.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-53
4.12 LAND USE.................................................................................................................................... 4-55
4.12.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-55
4.12.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-55
4.12.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-58
4.13 VISUAL BASELINE ......................................................................................................................... 4-61
4.13.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-61
4.13.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-61
4.13.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-62
4.14 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STRUCTURE/PROFILE ...................................................................................... 4-62
4.14.2 DATA COLLECTION .................................................................................................................................. 4-63
4.14.3 RESULTS ............................................................................................................................................... 4-63
4.14.4 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................................................... 4-69
5 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED ....................................................................................................... 5-1
5.1 THE NO PROJECT OPTION LINKED TO NEED AND DESIRABILITY........................................................ 5-1
5.2 PROJECT ALTERNATIVES ................................................................................................................ 5-1
6 PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................. 6-1
6.1 INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE .................................................................................................................. 6-3
6.2.1 SITE FACILITIES FOR CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................... 6-3
6.2.2 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ........................................................................................................................ 6-4
6.2.3 CONSTRUCTION TRANSPORT ...................................................................................................................... 6-4
6.2.4 EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING .................................................................................................................... 6-11
6.2.5 WATER SUPPLY FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ........................................................................................ 6-11
6.2.6 POWER SUPPLY FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ........................................................................................ 6-11
6.2.7 SANITATION FOR CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................................................. 6-11
6.2.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................ 6-12
6.2.9 CONCURRENT MINING OPERATIONS........................................................................................................... 6-13
6.2.10 TIME TABLE ............................................................................................................................................ 6-13
6.3 OPERATIONAL PHASE ................................................................................................................... 6-14
6.3.1 SITE FACILITIES FOR OPERATION ............................................................................................................... 6-14
6.3.2 OPERATION PHASE ACTIVITIES .................................................................................................................. 6-15
6.3.3 EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING .................................................................................................................... 6-26
6.3.4 OPERATIONAL TRANSPORT ...................................................................................................................... 6-26
6.3.5 WATER SUPPLY FOR OPERATIONS ............................................................................................................ 6-27
6.3.6 OTHER SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT FACILITIES ..................................................................................... 6-27
6.3.7 ABLUTIONS AND SANITATION FOR THE OPERATION PHASE ............................................................................ 6-28
6.3.8 POWER SUPPLY FOR OPERATION ACTIVITIES .............................................................................................. 6-28
6.3.9 NON-MINERALISED WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR THE OPERATION PHASE .......................................................... 6-28
6.3.10 ADDITIONAL SITE FACILITIES ..................................................................................................................... 6-29
6.3.11 WATER BALANCE .................................................................................................................................... 6-34
6.3.12 TIME TABLE ............................................................................................................................................ 6-41
6.4 DECOMMISSIONING AND CLOSURE PHASE ...................................................................................... 6-41
6.4.1 CLOSURE OBJECTIVES ............................................................................................................................. 6-41
6.4.2 DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITIES ................................................................................................................. 6-42
6.4.3 CLOSURE ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................................... 6-44
7 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT .................................................................................... 7-1
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page iv
7.1 TOPOGRAPHY ................................................................................................................................ 7-4
7.1.1 ISSUE: HAZARDOUS EXCAVATIONS AND INFRASTRUCTURE/ SURFACE SUBSIDENCE ........................................... 7-4
7.2 SOILS AND LAND CAPABILITY ........................................................................................................... 7-7
7.2.1 ISSUE: LOSS OF SOIL RESOURCES FROM POLLUTION ..................................................................................... 7-7
7.2.2 ISSUE: LOSS OF SOILS RESOURCE AND RELATED CAPABILITY THROUGH PHYSICAL DISTURBANCE ....................... 7-9
7.3 BIODIVERSITY .............................................................................................................................. 7-10
7.3.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 7-10
7.3.2 ISSUE: PHYSICAL DESTRUCTION OF TERRESTRIAL BIODIVERSITY AND HABITAT ............................................... 7-11
7.3.3 ISSUE: GENERAL DISTURBANCE OF BIODIVERSITY ........................................................................................ 7-12
7.3.4 ISSUE: IMPACTS ON AQUATIC BIODIVERSITY ............................................................................................... 7-15
7.4 SURFACE WATER ......................................................................................................................... 7-17
7.4.1 ISSUE: ALTERING DRAINAGE PATTERNS ...................................................................................................... 7-17
7.4.2 ISSUE: POLLUTION OF SURFACE WATER ..................................................................................................... 7-19
7.5 GROUNDWATER ........................................................................................................................... 7-22
7.5.1 ISSUE: DEWATERING................................................................................................................................ 7-22
7.5.2 ISSUE: ISSUE: CONTAMINATION OF GROUNDWATER ..................................................................................... 7-24
7.6 AIR .............................................................................................................................................. 7-26
7.6.1 ISSUE: AIR POLLUTION ............................................................................................................................ 7-26
7.7 NOISE ......................................................................................................................................... 7-29
7.7.1 ISSUE: NOISE POLLUTION ......................................................................................................................... 7-29
7.8 BLASTING ..................................................................................................................................... 7-33
7.8.1 ISSUE: BLASTING DAMAGE ........................................................................................................................ 7-33
7.9 HERITAGE .................................................................................................................................... 7-35
7.9.1 ISSUE: DAMAGE TO HERITAGE SITES ......................................................................................................... 7-35
7.10 VISUAL ........................................................................................................................................ 7-40
7.10.1 ISSUE: VISUAL IMPACT ............................................................................................................................. 7-40
7.11 TRAFFIC AND ROAD SAFETY ......................................................................................................... 7-43
7.11.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 7-43
7.11.2 ISSUE: INCREASE IN ROAD TRAFFIC AND RELATED SAFETY RISKS ............................................................... 7-43
7.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ........................................................................................................................ 7-45
7.12.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................................................... 7-45
7.12.2 ISSUE: ECONOMIC (INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT) IMPACT .............................................................................. 7-45
7.12.3 ISSUE: INWARD MIGRATION ....................................................................................................................... 7-47
7.12.4 ISSUE: COMMUNITY DISPLACEMENT .......................................................................................................... 7-48
7.12.5 ISSUE: LOSS OF CURRENT LAND USES ...................................................................................................... 7-50
8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS .................................................................................... 8-1
8.1 OVERALL MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES FOR THE PROJECT ................................................................... 8-1
8.2 SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT PLANS ....................................................................................................... 8-2
8.3 INDUCTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS TRAINING ................................................................. 8-1
8.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY ........................................................................................................................... 8-1
8.3.2 STEPS TO ACHIEVE THE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY OBJECTIVES ..................................................................... 8-2
8.3.3 TRAINING OBJECTIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS PLAN .............................................................. 8-3
8.4 PROCEDURES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCIES AND REMEDIATION ............................................. 8-5
8.4.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURE........................................................................................................... 8-5
8.4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF EMERGENCY SITUATIONS ............................................................................................... 8-5
8.4.3 TECHNICAL, MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL OPTIONS ...................................................................................... 8-6
9 MONITORING AND AUDITING ......................................................................................................... 9-1
9.1 BASELINE MONITORING .................................................................................................................. 9-1
9.2 CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATIONAL PHASE MONITORING ................................................................. 9-4
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page v
9.2.1 WATER RESOURCES.................................................................................................................................. 9-4
9.2.2 MINE EFFLUENT QUALITY AND QUANTITY .................................................................................................... 9-5
9.2.3 WATER BALANCE ...................................................................................................................................... 9-5
9.2.4 AIR QUALITY ............................................................................................................................................ 9-5
9.2.5 BIODIVERSITY ........................................................................................................................................... 9-6
9.2.6 BLASTING DISTURBANCE ............................................................................................................................ 9-7
9.2.7 NOISE LEVELS .......................................................................................................................................... 9-7
9.2.8 MINERALISED WASTE FACILITIES AND WATER DAMS ....................................................................................... 9-8
9.3 AUDITING AND PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENTS .................................................................................. 9-8
9.4 REPORTING ................................................................................................................................... 9-8
10 KEY ASSUMPTIONS, UNCERTAINTIES AND LIMITATIONS ....................................................... 10-1
10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT LIMIT ............................................................................................. 10-1
10.2 PREDICTIVE MODELS IN GENERAL .................................................................................................. 10-1
10.3 GEOCHEMISTRY ........................................................................................................................... 10-1
10.4 SURFACE WATER .......................................................................................................................... 10-2
10.5 GROUNDWATER ........................................................................................................................... 10-2
10.6 AIR .............................................................................................................................................. 10-4
10.7 ARCHAEOLOGY ............................................................................................................................. 10-4
10.8 NOISE .......................................................................................................................................... 10-4
10.9 BLASTING ..................................................................................................................................... 10-4
10.10 VISUAL ......................................................................................................................................... 10-5
10.11 TRAFFIC ...................................................................................................................................... 10-5
10.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ........................................................................................................................ 10-5
11 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT AND CONCLUSION .................................................. 11-1
12 REFERENCES ................................................................................................................................. 12-1

LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1-1: REGIONAL SETTING .......................................................................................................................... 1-4
FIGURE 1-2: LOCAL SETTING .................................................................................................................................... V
FIGURE 4-1: REGIONAL GEOLOGY (SLR, 2013) .................................................................................................... 4-1
FIGURE 4-2: MONTHLY TEMPERATURE PROFILE (SLR, 2013) ........................................................................... 4-6
FIGURE 4-3: MONTHLY RAINFALL (SLR, 2013)...................................................................................................... 4-7
FIGURE 4-4: WINDROSE (ANNUAL) (SLR, 2013) .................................................................................................... 4-7
FIGURE 4-5: WINDROSE (QUARTERLY) (SLR, 2013) ............................................................................................ 4-8
FIGURE 4-6: SOILS MAP (TERRA-AFRICA, 2013) ................................................................................................ 4-12
FIGURE 4-7: LAND CAPABILITY (TERRA-AFRICA, 2013) .................................................................................... 4-15
FIGURE 4-8: HABITAT UNITS IN THE CONCESSION AREA (SAS, 2013) ............................................................ 4-21
FIGURE 4-9: AQUATIC ECOLOGY ASSESSMENT POINTS (SAS, 2013) ............................................................. 4-24
FIGURE 4-10: WETLANDS IDENTIFIED IN THE CONCESSION AREA (SAS, 2013) ............................................ 4-28
FIGURE 4-11: SENSITIVITY MAP (SAS, 2013) ...................................................................................................... 4-29
FIGURE 4-12: SURFACE DRAINAGE AND TOPOGRAPHY (HIGHLANDS HYDROLOGY, 2013) ........................ 4-31
FIGURE 4-13: FLOODLINES (HIGHLANDS HYDROLOGY, 2013) ......................................................................... 4-36
FIGURE 4-14: REGIONAL AQUIFER CLASSIFICATION (SLR, 2013) ................................................................... 4-40
FIGURE 4-15: HYDROCENSUS POINTS (SLR, 2013) ........................................................................................... 4-43
FIGURE 4-16: NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS AND AMBIENT LEVELS ....................................................... 4-48
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page vi
FIGURE 4-17: HERITAGE SITES IDENTIFIED IN THE CONCESSION AREA (PGS, 2013) .................................. 4-54
FIGURE 4-18: COMMUNITY STRUCTURES WITHIN THE CONCESSION AREA ................................................ 4-57
FIGURE 4-19: NEIGHBOURING PROSECTING AND MINING RIGHTS (FLEXICADASTRE MOZAMBIQUE, 2013) 4-
59
FIGURE 4-20: LAND USE IN THE CONCESSION AREA (TERRA-AFRICA, 2013) ............................................... 4-60
FIGURE 5-1: TSF ALTERNATIVE SITES .................................................................................................................. 5-6
FIGURE 6-1: ACCESS TO SITE FROM MANICA TOWN ......................................................................................... 6-4
FIGURE 6-2 - NARROW BRIDGE NORTH OF MANICA ........................................................................................... 6-5
FIGURE 6-3 - ALTERNATIVE ACCESS TO SITE ..................................................................................................... 6-6
FIGURE 6-4 - BLOCK FLOW DIAGRAM ................................................................................................................. 6-20
FIGURE 6.5: DOTS LUCK PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE WET SEASON (HIGHLANDS
HYROLOGY, 2013) .......................................................................................................................................... 6-36
FIGURE 6.6: DOTS LUCK PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE DRY SEASON (HIGHLANDS
HYROLOGY, 2013) .......................................................................................................................................... 6-36
FIGURE 6.7: FAIR BRIDE PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE WET SEASON (HIGHLANDS
HYROLOGY, 2013) .......................................................................................................................................... 6-37
FIGURE 6.8: FAIR BRIDE PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE DRY SEASON (HIGHLANDS
HYROLOGY, 2013) .......................................................................................................................................... 6-37
FIGURE 6.9: GUY FAWKES PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE WET SEASON (HIGHLANDS
HYROLOGY, 2013) .......................................................................................................................................... 6-38
FIGURE 6.10: GUY FAWKES PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE DRY SEASON (HIGHLANDS
HYROLOGY, 2013) .......................................................................................................................................... 6-38
FIGURE 6-11: CENTRAL INFRASTRUCTURE PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE WET
SEASON (HIGHLANDS HYROLOGY, 2013) ................................................................................................... 6-39
FIGURE 6-12: CENTRAL INFRASTRUCTURE PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE DRY
SEASON (HIGHLANDS HYDROLOGY 2013) ................................................................................................. 6-40
FIGURE 6-13: PROPOSED SITE LAYOUT ............................................................................................................. 6-45
FIGURE 7-1: TSF FAILURE ZONE ............................................................................................................................ 7-6
FIGURE 8-1: CONCEPTUAL STORMWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN (HIGHLANDS HYDROLOGY, 2013) ......... 8-17
FIGURE 9-1: BASELINE WATER MONITORING ...................................................................................................... 9-3
FIGURE 9-2: MONITORING POINTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATIONAL PHASE ......................... 9-9

LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1-1: EIA REPORT REQUIREMENTS ACCORDING TO DECREE 45/2004.................................................. 1-2
TABLE 1-2: EIA REPORT REQUIREMENTS FROM MICOA .................................................................................... 1-3
TABLE 1-3: EIA PROCESS ....................................................................................................................................... 1-6
TABLE 1-4: ENVIRONMENTAL PROJECT TEAM .................................................................................................... 1-6
TABLE 1-5: EXPLORATOR CONTACT DETAILS ..................................................................................................... 1-7
TABLE 4-1: TEMPERATURE AND EVAPORATION (SLR, 2013) ............................................................................. 4-5
TABLE 4-2: SOILS TYPES IN THE CONCESSION AREA (TERRA-AFRICA, 2013) .............................................. 4-11
TABLE 4-3: HABITAT UNITS (SAS, 2013) .............................................................................................................. 4-20
TABLE 4-4: SUMMARY OF AQUATIC ECOLOGY ASSESSMENT FINDINGS (SAS, 2013) .................................. 4-25
TABLE 4-5: WATER QUALITY OF THE SAMPLES COLLECTED AT MANICA GOLD MINE (SLR, 2013) ............ 4-33
TABLE 4-6: RETURN PERIOD 24-HOUR STORM DEPTHS (HIGHLANDS HYDROLOGY, 2013) ........................ 4-34
TABLE 4-7: SUB-CATCHMENT CHARACTERISTICS AND PEAK FLOWS (HIGHLANDS HYDROLOGY, 2013) . 4-34
TABLE 4-8: SITE SIGNIFICANCE CLASSIFICATION STANDARDS USED (PGS, 2013) ...................................... 4-50
TABLE 4-9: HERITAGE SITES IDENTIFIED IN THE CONCESSION AREA (PGS, 2013) ...................................... 4-50
TABLE 4-10: NEIGHBOURING PROSPECTING AND MINING RIGHTS (FLEXICADASTRE MOZAMBIQUE, 2013) 4-
58
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page vii
TABLE 4-11: REGIONAL SETTING (SYNERGISTICS, 2013) ................................................................................. 4-63
TABLE 5-1: TSF SITE SELECTION MATRIX ............................................................................................................ 5-2
TABLE 6-1: MAGNITUDE OF MINING OPERATIONS .............................................................................................. 6-1
TABLE 6-2: CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES TO BE USED ON SITE .......................................................................... 6-7
TABLE 6-3: TABLE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................ 6-8
TABLE 6-4: WATER SUPPLY FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES BREAKDOWN .............................................. 6-11
TABLE 6-5: WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE ................................................................... 6-12
TABLE 6-6: DETAILS ON THE GUY FAWKES UNDERGROUND MINING OPERATIONS ................................... 6-16
TABLE 6-7: GROUNDWATER INFLOW RATES AT FULL DEVELOPMENT FOR MANICA GOLD MINE (SLR, 2013)
......................................................................................................................................................................... 6-16
TABLE 6-8: MINERAL PROCESSING OPERATIONS AT THE PROCESS PLANT ................................................ 6-17
TABLE 6-9: PROCESS PLANT REAGENTS ........................................................................................................... 6-21
TABLE 6-10: CONCEPTUAL DESIGN OF THE WASTE ROCK DUMP .................................................................. 6-22
TABLE 6-11: WASTE ROCK DUMP AND LOW GRADE ORE /STOCKPILE CLASSIFICATION............................ 6-22
TABLE 6-12: CONCEPTUAL DESIGN OF THE TAILINGS FACILITY AND RETURN WATER DAM ..................... 6-23
TABLE 6-13: TAILINGS FACILITY CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA........................................................................... 6-25
TABLE 6-14: VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT TO BE USED ON SITE DURING OPERATIONS .............................. 6-27
TABLE 6-15: OPERATIONAL PHASE WATER REQUIREMENTS ......................................................................... 6-27
TABLE 6-16: NON-MINERALISED WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR OPERATIONS ................................................. 6-28
TABLE 7-1: CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING IMPACTS ................................................................................................ 7-3
TABLE 7-2: HAZARDOUS EXCAVATIONS & INFRASTRUCTURE/SURFACE SUBSIDENCE - LINK MINE PHASES
& ACTIVITIES .................................................................................................................................................... 7-4
TABLE 7-3: SOIL POLLUTION LINK TO MINE PHASE AND ACTIVITIES ............................................................ 7-7
TABLE 7-4: PHYSICAL DISTURBANCE OF SOILS AND REDUCED LAND CAPABILITY LINK TO MINE PHASE
AND ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................................................... 7-9
TABLE 7-5: PHYSICAL DESTRUCTION OF TERRESTRIAL BIODIVERSITY AND HABITAT - LINK TO MINE
PHASES AND ACTIVITIES ............................................................................................................................. 7-11
TABLE 7-6: GENERAL DISTURBANCE OF TERRESTRIAL BIODIVERSITY LINK TO MINE PHASES AND
ACTIVITIES...................................................................................................................................................... 7-13
TABLE 7-7: IMPACTS ON AQUATIC BIODIVERSITY LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES .................... 7-15
TABLE 7-8: SURFACE WATER POLLUTION SOURCESLINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES ................ 7-19
TABLE 7-9: DEWATERING LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES ............................................................. 7-22
TABLE 7-10: GROUNDWATER INFLOW RATES AT FULL DEVELOPMENT FOR MANICA GOLD MINE (SLR,
2013) ................................................................................................................................................................ 7-22
TABLE 7-11: CONTAMINATION OF GROUNDWATER LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES ................... 7-24
TABLE 7-12: AIR POLLUTION LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES ........................................................ 7-27
TABLE 7-13: NOISE POLLUTION LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES ................................................... 7-30
TABLE 7-14: PREDICTED INCREASE AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS (SLR, 2013) .................................................... 7-31
TABLE 7-15: BLASTING DAMAGE LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES ................................................. 7-33
TABLE 7-16: HERITAGE IMPACTS LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES/INFRASTRUCTURE .............. 7-35
TABLE 7-17: HERITAGE SITES LIKELY TO BE IMPACTED UPON BY MINING INFRASTUCTURE .................... 7-37
TABLE 7-18: VISUAL IMPACTS LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES/INFRASTRUCTURE .................... 7-41
TABLE 7-19: TRAFFIC AND ROAD SAFETY IMPACTS LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES ................. 7-43
TABLE 7-20: SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES .................................. 7-45
TABLE 8-1: SUMMARY OF ISSUES IDENTIFIED IN THE EIA WITH RELEVANT MANAGEMENT PLANS ............ 8-2
TABLE 8-2: HAZARDOUS STRUCTURES AND EXCAVATIONS (INCLUDING SUBSIDENCE) MANAGEMENT
PLAN (THIRD PARTY SAFETY AND SECURITY) ............................................................................................ 8-1
TABLE 8-3: BLAST MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................................................... 8-3
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page viii
TABLE 8-4: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................ 8-6
TABLE 8-5: SOIL MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................................................................. 8-7
TABLE 8-6: TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING .......................................................................................... 8-8
TABLE 8-7: BIODIVERSITY MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................................ 8-10
TABLE 8-8: STORMWATER AND EFFLUENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................... 8-13
TABLE 8-9: EFFLUENT DISCHARGE STANDARDS .............................................................................................. 8-18
TABLE 8-10: GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................................... 8-19
TABLE 8-11: DUST MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................................................. 8-21
TABLE 8-12: GASEOUS EMISSIONS MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................ 8-23
TABLE 8-13: STACK PARAMETERS AND EMISSION LIMITS FOR THE OPERATIONS ..................................... 8-24
TABLE 8-14: VISUAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .......................................................................................................... 8-25
TABLE 8-15: NOISE MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................................................... 8-26
TABLE 8-16: EMPLOYMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................................................. 8-27
TABLE 8-17: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN ....................................................................... 8-28
TABLE 8-18: ROAD USE MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................................................... 8-29
TABLE 8-19: INWARD MIGRATION MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................... 8-31
TABLE 8-20: SOCIAL LINK AND COMMUNITY MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................. 8-32
TABLE 8-21: STAKEHOLDER MANAGEMENT PLAN ............................................................................................ 8-33
TABLE 8-22: HERITAGE (AND CULTURAL) RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................. 8-34
TABLE 8-23: CONTRACTOR CAMP MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................................. 8-35
TABLE 8-24: EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES ....................................................................................... 8-1
TABLE 9-1: MONITORING PARAMETERS FOR ANALYSIS (BASELINE WATER MONITORING) ......................... 9-2
TABLE 9-2: WATER MONITORING PARAMETERS FOR ANALYSIS (CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATIONS) ..... 9-4
TABLE 11-1: SUMMARY OF POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROPOSED
MANICA PROJECT ......................................................................................................................................... 11-1

LIST OF APPENDICES
APPENDIX A RESETTLEMENT PLAN ...................................................................................................................... A
APPENDIX B PUBLIC CONSULTATION RECORDS ................................................................................................ B
APPENDIX C RECORD OF CORRESPONDENCE WITH RELEVANT AUTHORITIES ...........................................C
APPENDIX D GEOCHEMICAL DESK STUDY SPECIALIST REPORT .....................................................................D
APPENDIX E SOIL AND LAND CAPABILITY SPECIALIST REPORT ...................................................................... E
APPENDIX F BIODIVERSITY SPECIALIST REPORTS ............................................................................................ F
APPENDIX G HYDROLOGY SPECIALIST REPORT ............................................................................................... G
APPENDIX H GROUNDWATER SPECIALIST REPORT ..........................................................................................H
APPENDIX I AIR QUALITY SPECIALIST REPORT ................................................................................................... I
APPENDIX J NOISE SPECIALIST REPORT............................................................................................................. J
APPENDIX K HERITAGE SPECIALIST REPORT ..................................................................................................... K
APPENDIX L SOCIAL SPECIALIST REPORT .......................................................................................................... L
APPENDIX M ECONOMICS SPECIALIST REPORT ............................................................................................... M
APPENDIX N BLASTING SPECIALIST REPORT .....................................................................................................N
APPENDIX O PROJECT TEAM CURRICULUM VITAE ........................................................................................... O
APPENDIX P CONCEPTUAL CLOSURE PLAN ........................................................................................................ P
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page i
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

Included below is a list of acronyms and abbreviations relevant to this report.
Acronyms Description
a Annum
ABA Acid Base Accounting
ADT Articulated dump truck
Al Aluminium
AMD/ARD Acid Mine/Rock Drainage
amsl above mean sea level
AP Acid Potential
dBA Decibels
C Degree centigrade
CO Carbon monoxide
CO
2
Carbon dioxide
Cu Copper
d Day
dB Decibels
DEM Digital Elevation Model
DPM Diesel Particulate Matter
DU Domestic use
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EMP Environmental Management Plan
ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
EVA Economic value added
mg/ Milligrams per litre
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GGP Gross Geographic Product
GIS Geographical Information Systems
h Hour
H
2
SO
4
Sulphuric acid
HC Hydrocarbons
NO
2
Nitrogen dioxide
IFC International Finance Corporation
k Kilo (a thousand)
kg Kilogram
km square kilometres
kV Kilo Volt
Litre
LA Local Authorities
LDV Light delivery vehicle
LM Local Municipality
LOM Life of Mine
m Metre
M Million
Mg Magnesium
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page ii
Acronyms Description
m/s metres per second
mamsl Metres above mean sea level
MAP Mean Annual Precipitation
MAR Mean Annual Run-off
MICOA Ministry of Coordination of Environmental Affairs
mg Milligram
mg/ milligram/litre
min Minute
mm Millimetres
Mm million cubic metres
NGO Non-Governmental Organisation
O/C Outcrop
Pb chemical symbol for lead
PCD Pollution control dam
PM10 Particulate matter less than 10 microns in size
PCP Public Consultation Process
ROM Run Of Mine
RWD Return Water Dam
SA South Africa
SABS South African Bureau of Standards
SIA Social Impact Assessment
SO
2
Sulphur dioxide
TLB
Tractor-Loader-Backhoe
TOR Terms of Reference
TSP Total suspended particulates
W Watt
WHO World Health Organization
WRD Waste Rock Dump
Zn Chemical symbol for zinc
micro - one millionth

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 1-3
NON-TECHNICAL SUMMARY
General introduction
Explorator Limitada (Explorator) is proposing to develop the Manica Gold Project in Mozambique.
Explorator holds mining concession 3990C issued on 3 March 2011 for the concession area, which is
situated approximately 4km north of the town of Manica, which in turn, lies approximately 270km west-
northwest of the city of Beira. The concession area additionally lies close to the Mozambican border with
Zimbabwe, with the Zimbabwean town of Mutare situated about 5km from the Mozambican-Zimbabwean
border. The regional setting is presented in Figure 1-1, with the concession area shown in red, and the
local setting is presented in Figure 1-2.

Explorator was previously wholly owned by Pan African Resources Limited (PAR) until 17
th
January 2012
when it was wholly purchased by Australian Listed Company Auroch Mineral NL (Auroch). PAR
conducted several phases of exploratory work from 2001 to 2011 after mining operations conducted
during the 1950s. Auroch has continued this exploratory work and is in the progress of conducting a
definitive feasibility study.

The proposed project will include two open pits, a shallow underground mine area to be accessed via two
adits, a 60 kilo ton per month processing plant, with supporting infrastructure and residue facilities. This
project targets the non-refractory, relatively shallow ore. Life of mine is currently expected to be less than
ten years.

Mining concession 3990C requires that Explorator conducts an environmental impact assessment (EIA)
and submit an EIA report in order to obtain an environmental licence by 3 March 2014. EnviroSig Lda
(EnviroSig), a Mozambique environmental consultancy registered with the Ministry of Coordination of
Environmental Affairs (MICOA), and SLR Consulting Africa (Pty) (Ltd) (SLR) a South African based
environmental consultancy, have been appointed to conduct the EIA for the proposed Manica Gold
Project. It should however be noted that an independent environmental consultant, Mr. Dinis Napido
completed the Environmental Pre-feasibility Study and Scope Definition (EPDA) and Terms of Reference
(ToR) for the EIA report for this project. This report was accepted by MICOA on 18 December 2012.
Explorator informed MICOA of the change to the environmental consultant in a letter dated (Ref:
102/EXP/2013) and this was accepted in writing by MICOA on 17 September 2013.

EnviroSig was responsible for project management, authority liaison, public consultation process, local
team co-ordination and was a key member of the social and resettlement specialist teams. SLR was
responsible for management of technical specialists and the compilation of the EIA report.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page vi
Project motivation (need and desirability)
The proposed project has the potential to uplift the local communities by providing some employment
opportunities and downstream procurement goods and service opportunities. The proposed project also
represents a relatively large private sector investment and its success will have a significantly positive
impact on the national and local economy in the short term. Potential impacts on the environment can be
managed to acceptable levels if the recommendations in section 8 are successfully implemented.

Legal framework and environmental assessment process
Section written in Portuguese

Stakeholder engagement
Engagement with stakeholders was conducted during the EPDA (Scoping) Phase by Dinis Napido. This
included:

Informal and formal meetings that were held from June to September 2010 in the villages of
Cacrue and Chinhadombwe
A public and community hearing was held on 28th August 2012. This meeting was advertised in
the newspaper Dirio de Moambique. The meeting was attended by regulatory authorities,
traditional leadership and the general public.

EnviroSig is currently implementing a continuation of the stakeholder engagement process that includes:

Expansion of the stakeholder database
Community engagement through focussed meetings
Compilation of an Issues and Concerns Report
Public review of the draft EIR
Public hearings to give feedback on the findings of the EIA and obtain stakeholder feedback
Compilation of a final public engagement report to be submitted with the final EIA report to the
relevant authorities.

Environmental setting, potential impacts and mitigation
A summary of the environmental aspects that describe the pre-mining environment as informed by
specialist studies are listed below. Each section also summarises the potential impacts and the key
mitigation measures to manage the potential impacts to an acceptable level.

Geology
The Fair Bride and Dots Luck gold target zones are located in the eastern portion of the Manica
concession area associated with a 7 km BIF horizon. The Guy Fawkes gold target zone is located on the
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page vii
northern limb of the synclinal structure approximately 2 km north of Fair Bride. The results of a desktop
geochemical study showed that there is low risk of acid generation, however there is the potential for
some trace elements to be leached out of exposed rock.. Potential impacts related to geology are dealt
with in the groundwater section.

Climate
At approximately 19 degrees south of the Equator the concession area lies within the sub-equatorial
region which is drier than the inner humid tropical regions. Average temperature ranges between 15 to
24 degrees Celsius over the year. The interpolated annual average rainfall is 1,260mm per year, with the
rainy season occurring from November through to March. April and October are transitional months either
side of the dry season of May to September during which an average rainfall of 21.4mm occurs. From
January to March the prevailing wind is from the south east. From April to September winds are more
variable with winds tending to be south easterly or north easterly. October to December sees a transition
with north easterlies becoming more frequent before the south easterlies dominate once more. The
average wind speed is 2.6m/s. Climatic data has been used to inform the air quality, hydrology and water
balance studies.

Topography
The Manica area is located in an embayment within the East African Escarpment, with the topography
rising steeply to the west, north and south, to the Zimbabwean border, which is defined by the
escarpment. The concession area can be divided into two main topographical domains:

The broad flat flood plains, associated along the alluvial systems that lie between 680 m to 720 m
above mean sea level (amsl)
A mountainous domain, i.e. Vengo Mountains, north and south of the Manica Gold Mine
concession area peaking at approximately 1602 m above mean sea level.

The topography will be changed by the proposed infrastructure and excavations associated with
proposed mine. All excavations and infrastructure into which or off which people and animals can fall are
considered hazardous. If unmitigated, the potential negative impact is high because the hazardous
excavations and infrastructure may cause injury to people and animals. This potential impact can be
mitigated to an acceptable level through the following measures:
Access control through barriers, warning signs and security check points
Education and training of workers and the public
Design, construction and implementation of infrastructure stability and safety design measures
Dots Luck open pit will be backfilled
Fair Bride open pit will be made safe from both a stability and access perspective.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page viii
Soil and Land Capability
Three soils types were identified in the concession area, namely Lixisols, Leptosols (associated with
steep areas) and Gleysols (associated with wetlands). Lixisols are widespread and dominate the site.
Soil analysis shows that topsoil is more fertile than subsoil and therefore it is important to conserve this
valuable resource. Red Lixisols cover the Gleysols in many areas due to sedimentation caused by
artisanal mining.

Land capability in the concession area (3,037ha) is comprised of approximately 67% arable land, 26%
grazing land and 7% wetland.

Soils and land capability can be lost through pollution and physical disturbance. The physical loss of
soils and/or the loss of soil functionality are important issues because as an ecological driver, soil is the
medium in which most vegetation grows and in which a significant range of vertebrates and invertebrates
exist. In the context of mining, it is even more of an issue if one considers that mining is a temporary land
use where-after rehabilitation is the key to re-establishing post closure land capability that will support
conservation and ecotourism type land uses. Soil is a key part of this rehabilitation.

In the unmitigated scenario, there are a number of activities that will disturb and potentially damage the
soils through physical disturbance and/or pollution. Key management and mitigation measures include
the following:

Limiting the disturbance footprint of the project
Stripping, storing and maintaining soils in accordance with the soil management plan
Reusing stored soil during the rehabilitation and restoration process
Pollution prevention through infrastructure design, and education and training of workers
Implementation of procedures to enable fast reaction to contain and remediate spills
Post rehabilitation auditing to determine the success of the rehabilitation.

Biodiversity (fauna and flora)
The study area falls within the Central Zambesian Miombo Woodland (AT0704) ecoregion (SAS, 2013).
The Central Zambezian Miombo Woodland is one of the largest ecoregions in Africa. While much of the
ecoregion has been transformed by urban development, bush clearing, agriculture and mining, the
southern occurrences of the ecoregion, especially in the southern DRC, remain largely intact. The
ecoregion is listed as vulnerable.

The concession area can be divided into three broad habitat units, namely ridges, riparian and wetland
areas, and communal (mostly transformed agricultural) areas. Terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems have
been significantly impact upon by anthropogenic activities (activities conducted by humans) such as
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page ix
agriculture and artisanal mining. The wetlands have also been impacted upon; however they are still
valuable in terms of providing ecosystem and socio-cultural services. The majority of the concession
area can be considered to have low or moderate ecological sensitivity; however there are some areas of
higher sensitivity.

Biodiversity can be lost through physical destruction or general disturbance of terrestrial and aquatic
habitat and species. In the broadest sense, biodiversity provides value for ecosystem functionality,
aesthetic, spiritual, cultural, and recreational reasons. The known ecosystem related value includes: soil
formation and fertility maintenance, primary production through photosynthesis as the supportive
foundation for all life, provision of food and fuel, provision of shelter and building materials, regulation of
water flows and water quality, regulation and purification of atmospheric gases, moderation of climate
and weather, control of pests and diseases, and maintenance of genetic resources.

The surface infrastructure layout has been developed to avoid areas of higher sensitivity as far as
practically possible. In addition, the following mitigation measures are key in managing potential impacts
to an acceptable level:

Limiting the disturbance footprint of the project
Rescue and relocate any protected species
The flow of water in streams will not be impeded
Off-road driving will not be permitted
Prevent access to water containing dams
Minimise disturbing activities such as noise and lighting
Manage alien invasive plant species
Ensuring proper management of waste
Education of mine workers on the value of biodiversity and how to minimise impacts
Proper rehabilitation of the site.

Surface water
Streams within the concession area drain towards the Revue River, which flows in an easterly direction
across the site. The Revue River then flows in a south-easterly direction into Chicamba Dam
approximately 20km downstream.

Surface water is used by local communities for domestic and agricultural use, as well as for washing of
ore obtained through artisanal mining. The Revue River valley has also been subjected to alluvial gold
mining through the use of pontoon mounted dredgers floating on lagoons. Although the streams appear
highly turbid, baseline monitoring showed only elevated levels of arsenic and aluminium.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page x
Surface water could be impacted upon by altering the natural drainage pattern and pollution. However,
the alteration of drainage patterns is not expected to be significant because runoff (rainfall) from only
eight percent of the total concession area will need to be contained to prevent surface water pollution.
Surface water could also be impacted upon by pollution through accidental spills and leaks, and through
the discharge of excess mine water. Pollution impacts can be managed to an acceptable level with the
implementation of the following key management measures:

Implement a stormwater management plan that will divert clean runoff away from the site and
contain contaminated runoff
Dirty water containment facilities must be properly designed and cater for the 1:50 year flood
event and maintain adequate freeboard
Avoid activities within stream floodlines as far as practically possible. In this regard it should be
noted that the infrastructure layout was developed in a manner to avoid watercourses where
possible
Proper management of potentially polluting substances
Ensure that mine effluent discharge is treated to a suitable standard so as not to negatively affect
downstream users.

Groundwater
The concession area is underlain by shallow weathered (in the mountainous areas) and deeper
weathered (in the low-laying plains) associated greenstone rocks classified as intergranular fractured
aquifer. The greenstones provide primary porosity and storage capacity with limited groundwater
movement and secondary features like the dominant east-west oriented and northeast-southwest shear
zones enhancing potential groundwater flow. Groundwater is expected to predominantly flow in the
weathered zone and brecciated shear zone.

The greenstones are overlain by an unconfined alluvial (i.e. primary aquifer) sand aquifer along river and
drainage courses which typically exhibits much higher hydraulic conductivities and storativity. Storativity
is the capacity of an aquifer to store and release groundwater. The alluvial aquifers are also in direct
contact with the surface water. Once surface water run-off recedes in the dry season, groundwater acts
as the main contribution to these alluvial aquifers. This is evidenced by the main rivers, such as the
Revue River, which flow thought the dry season.

Groundwater is used for domestic and agricultural use. Baseline monitoring showed some cases of
elevated chromium, lead and nitrate concentrations. These are believed to be caused by anthropogenic
activities.

Groundwater availability can be compromised by dewatering activities at the mine sites. The drawdown
from dewatering at Dots Luck and Fair Bride is likely to impact on the boreholes F4 and F5, which are
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page xi
owned by Explorator. No third party boreholes were found to occur within the cones of depression for the
open pits or Guy Fawkes. The drawdown from dewatering at Guy Fawkes is expected to reduce the
amount of water discharge from natural fountains in the area. Dewatering in the open pits and
underground mine will also reduce the groundwater contribution to base flow in the Revue and
Mukurumanzi Rivers. These impacts are however estimated to be moderate. If monitoring indicates a
mine-related decrease in groundwater supply to third parties (through either changes in quantity or
quality), appropriate measures will be taken to prevent the decrease from occurring, and/or to provide the
affected third parties with an alternative water supply.

Groundwater could also be impacted upon through pollution, mainly from seepage from residue facilities.
In this respect it has been predicted that in the unmitigated scenario, seepage from the residue facilities
would reach the Revue River within 25 years. These impacts can be mitigated to an acceptable level
with the implementation of the following key measures:

The residue facilities will be equipped with liner and runoff collection systems
If monitoring shows that groundwater quality is deteriorating downstream of the residue facilities,
additional measures will be put in place to capture seepage. This could include seepage cut-off
trenches and/or scavenger wells
Should groundwater pollution problems persist upon closure, the residue facilities will be capped
with an impermeable layer
Implementation of a groundwater monitoring programme to monitor potential pollution and take
corrective action should unexpected pollution plumes be identified.

Air quality
Air quality is considered to be typical of a non-industrialised urbanised area in Manica. In the non-
populated areas around Manica and the proposed mine site (away from roads) the main influences on air
quality are likely to be regional pollution and small scale agricultural practices (e.g. intermittent burning or
dust from brush clearing).

The main project related contaminants include: inhalable particulate matter less than 10 microns in size
(PM10), larger total suspended particulates (TSP), and gas emissions including sulphur dioxide (SO
2
),
nitrogen dioxide (NO
2
), cadmium, arsenic, hydrogen fluoride (HF) and carbon monoxide (CO). At certain
concentrations, each of these contaminants can have health and/or nuisance impacts. However
dispersion modelling predicts that these contaminants will stay well below relevant air quality standards.

Air quality management measures will include effective dust suppression, and ensuring that the
processing plant and waste incinerator emissions remain within relevant air quality standards with the use
of effective technology.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page xii
Noise
Baseline noise monitoring determined that ambient noise levels are generally low and represent a rural
type environment, with the exception of Cacarue which has a suburban noise environment.

Noise pollution will have different impacts on different receptors because some are very sensitive to noise
and others are not. For example, workers do not expect a noise free work environment and so they will
be less sensitive to environmental noise pollution at work. Local residents are likely to be sensitive to
unnatural noises and so any change to ambient noise levels because of mine related noise will have a
negative impact on them. The concession area has numerous scattered dwellings, as well as schools in
various locations, and these represent potential sensitive receptors.

Noise modelling shows a potentially significant increase in noise levels could be experienced by various
receptors. However, the majority of these receptors will need to be relocated for safety reasons
associated with blasting. Other key mitigation measures will be the monitoring of noise levels once the
mine is operational to determine if there are unacceptable increases in noise at sensitive receptors, and
implementing additional corrective action if required.

Heritage
Numerous heritage sites have been identified in the concession area. These included archaeological
sites, cemeteries, sacred sites and architectural structures, as well as Fort Macequece, a registered
national monument. All of these sites are legally protected.

Numerous heritage sites are likely to be impacted upon by the proposed mining activities. The impacts
can me managed to an acceptable level by implementing the following management measures:

Where graves, archaeological sites and heritage structures lie within the proposed mine fence
lines but not within actual infrastructure footprints, these will be demarcated with a 50m buffer
and protected for the duration of the operations
Adjusting the fence lines to exclude heritage sites where practical
Adjusting the surface layout to avoid heritage sites where practical
Where archaeological sites will be disturbed and/or destroyed the mine will follow legal
procedures and apply for the necessary permits
Where graves will be disturbed and/or destroyed the mine will follow legal procedures and apply
for the necessary permits.

Visual
The landscape has been significantly impacted upon by anthropogenic activities, particularly in the flatter
areas. Steeper areas are often uninhabited and unsuitable for agricultural activities and therefore have a
higher scenic value. Overall, the scenic value is rated as moderate.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page xiii

The proposed mine infrastructure will impact on the visual environment. The proposed mine
infrastructure will be clearly visible from numerous points in the communities, such as the road to
Phenyahlonga, the road to Fort Macquecue, numerous smaller community roads as well as from the
scattered dwellings, schools and community facilities throughout the concession area. Therefore visual
exposure would be high.

Sensitivity of receptors relates to the way in which people will view the visual intrusion. In this regard, it is
anticipated that residential receptors will be sensitive but mine related receptors may not be sensitive. It
should also be noted that community members may not consider the presence of mine infrastructure to
be a deterioration in their environment, instead they may view the mine as an opportunity for employment
and upliftment of the community overall.

Taken together, the unmitigated severity for all phases is moderate to high. However, many of the
sensitive receptors fall within the proposed mine fenced areas or the blasting buffer zones around the
open pits and will therefore need to be relocated. In this way, the severity at those receptors that may be
most impacted upon may be reduced to moderate. Other mitigation measures include:

Limit land disturbance
Final shaping and colouring of infrastructure will attempt to avoid harsh angular shapes and care
will be taken to integrate structures into the surrounding landscape
Night lights will be used sparingly to illuminate specific areas only. The use of high pole flood
lights will be avoided where possible
Littering will be prevented
Dust will be effectively supressed.

Socio-economic
Mozambique has a growing economy with much potential for development particularly within the mining
sector. The Dots Luck and Guy Fawkes areas fall under the district municipality and are administered at
the Machipanda Administrative Posts in the town of Maridza. The Fair Bride mining section is
administered by the local Municipality of Manica, which is located in Manica Town. Communities are
engaged in subsistence agriculture and illegal artisanal mining, and there are commercial fruit and a
chicken farms within the concession area. Education and employment are relatively low with associated
poverty levels, while there is a lack of housing, community infrastructure and access to basic services in
the local and regional area. There are numerous Zimbabwean Nationals who are in Mozambique illegally
and engaging in illegal artisanal mining in the mince concession area.

The socio-economic environment could be impacted upon in the following ways:

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page xiv
Positive economic impact through employment and opportunities created
Inward migration whereby people move into the area in search of employment or other
opportunities
Community displacement in areas proposed for mine infrastructure
Loss of current land use.

These are discussed briefly below.

A positive economic impact is expected on both a local and broader scale, for the life of the project.
During operations, positive economic impacts could be enhanced by employing and procuring locally
where possible and ensuring corporate social responsibility investment. However, it is noted that the
project life span is relatively short, therefore it is important to ensure that economic considerations into
closure planning, for example re-skilling of employees and engaging with local structures and business to
discuss strategies for limiting economic impact of mine closure.

A potential negative social impact is the inward migration of people in search of employment and other
opportunities. It should be noted that the proposed mine will be mechanised and represent a relatively
small employment opportunity, with only 639 construction and 451 operational job opportunities
expected. The mine plans to employ local people where possible and comply with Mozambique
employment regulations as a minumum. This means that there should not be a significant amount of
workers who need to find accommodation in the area. However, there could still be an influx of people
into the Manica area in search of work and mine related opportunities. While it is not possible to
establish a defendable direct causal link between the proposed project and the regional phenomena of
inward migration, it is reasonable to assume that inward migration will occur both directly and/or indirectly
from regional economic development in general, and that proposed mine will play a significant role in this
development. Key mitigation measures include:

Establish a transparent employment procedure
Broadly disseminate information on the actual number of skilled and unskilled positions available
during all project phases in an effort to manage expectations. This issue will also be addressed
during the regular stakeholder engagement liaison
Engage with local and regional government and other entities to identify and implement
interventions to reduce inward migration and/or the associated negative impacts.
Focus social investment on community infrastructure, education, housing, sanitation services
and/or health and in local communities.

People living within the proposed mine fence areas and within 500m from the open pits will need to
relocated due to safety reasons. The establishment of the proposed mine will therefore result in the
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page xv
displacement of people living and working within these areas. A census was conducted within the
resettlement zones to clearly identify affected persons and their possessions and current livelihoods.
This is in line with the Mozambique Resettlement Regulations (Decree 31/2012) and IFC resettlement
guidelines. In the unmitigated scenario, the proposed relocation of people could result in a loss of home
and possessions, loss of livelihood and a change in the social cohesion within the relevant villages. This
impact would have a high severity. However, this can be reduced by implementing a Resettlement Plan
in line with the Mozambique Resettlement Regulations (Decree 31/2012) and IFC resettlement
guidelines. The Resettlement Plan been developed in consultation with the relevant authorities and
through consultation with affected communities and persons. This plan will need to be officially approved
before it can be implemented. Key elements of the plan include:

Relocation is to take place to suitable areas within the affected persons existing villages, where
possible, in order to ensure continued social cohesion
Provision of the same or better infrastructure and social facilities, access to services and
standard of living
Livelihoods will be restored or replaced with a suitable equivalent (replacement will be required in
cases where affected persons are currently engaging in illegal artisanal mining activities) to
ensure that income levels meet or exceed current income levels
Provision of suitable transport of affected persons and their movable goods to their new place of
residence or work
Compensation measures to be discussed and agreed upon between the applicant and project
affected persons.

The proposed mine will result in a loss of current land uses within the proposed mine fenced areas, which
include residential use and subsistence agriculture. Alternatively subsistence farmers could be allowed
access to their land and only be evacuated at blast times. However no commercial agriculture operations
will need to be moved. Upon closure, the mine site will be rehabilitated to as close to pre-mining
capability as practically possible. Therefore the majority of the rehabilitated areas could be used for pre-
mining land uses after closure. However, the Fair Bride open pit and residue facilities will remain i n
perpetuity.

Blasting
Blast injury to third parties and animals may be caused by fly rock. Blast damage to third party
infrastructure may be caused by the following blast related pathways:

Fly rock (that if unmanaged can be thrown up to 1.5km from the blast site)
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page xvi
Ground vibration where the peak particle velocity is above 12mm/s at low frequencies for brick
and mortar buildings that are well constructed and lower velocities (as low as 2mm/s) for
buildings of lower standard
Air blast above 130dB for brick and mortar buildings that are well constructed.

Blasting may take place on an irregular basis during the construction and decommissioning phases.
Blasting on surface will occur regularly during the operational phase at the open pits. However, surface
blasting at Guy Fawkes will be limited to a period of approximately three weeks when the portal is
established. There are numerous scattered dwellings within close proximity to the blast sites (open pits
and decline). If any damage or injury occurs it is considered to have a high severity in the unmitigated
scenario, which may be reduced to medium in the mitigated scenario because the potential for blast
related incidents is expected to decrease.

The key mitigation measures include:

Relocate residents (and their possessions) situated within 500m of the Fair Bride and Dots Luck
open pits in line with the Resettlement Plan
For Guy Fawkes, conduct a detailed survey of any remaining third party structures within the
500m blast zone to provide a pre-blasting record of the condition of structures (include
photographic records)
Blast design, implementation and monitoring to ensure that:
o Fly rock is contained within 500 m of each blast
o Ground vibration at the closest well-constructed third party structures is less than
12 mm/s peak particle velocity
o Air blast at the closest well-constructed third party structures (< 130 dB)
o Where structures are located within the 500m blast zone, only one hole will be fired at a
time
o Where there are structures not compliant with basic building practices within 500m of the
blast sites, the mine will conduct pre-blast and post-blast surveys to determine if any
damage occurred due to the blast.
Sensitive receptors such as the Cacarue Health post and schools situated outside of the 500m
blast zones but within 1,000m will be evacuated as a precautionary measure during the initial
blasting.

Traffic and Road Safety
The use of public roads to access the site for the delivery of goods, equipment and personnel as well as
the use of the Phenyalonga road to haul ore and other material poses a significant threat to road user
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page xvii
safety. The potential injury or death of other road users has a high severity; however this can be reduced
to moderate. Key mitigation measures include:

All persons working on the mine site are expected to conform to the site and national traffic rules
The Andrada/Cacarue and other relevant communities will be trained in the safe use of the road,
while sharing public roads with mine vehicles
Haulage of material from the Dots Luck open pit to the processing plant, using the Phenyalonga
road:
o This public road will only be used for mine vehicles during the dry season, and during
daylight hours
o The road will be properly maintained by the mine, with the approval of the relevant
authorities
o Dust will be supressed using water and/or chemical suppressants in order to prevent a
visible dust plume
o The maximum size mine vehicle using this road will be 50ton articulated dump trucks.
Speed of mine vehicles will be decreased to 40km/h where the road routes through the
Andrada/Cacarue area as well as near peoples homesteads. Use of alternative community
roads will be encouraged through the maintenance of these roads during the period of ore
haulage from Dots Luck.

Summary of environmental impact assessment findings
The table below provides a summary of the identified impacts, as well as the significance of these
impacts in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Table 1: Summary of potential cumulative impacts associated with the proposed Manica Gold
Project
Section Potential impact Significance of the impact
(the ratings are negative
unless otherwise specified
with a +)
Unmitigated Mitigated
Topography Injury to people and animals from hazardous
excavations and infrastructure
H M
Soils and land
capability
Loss of soil resources from pollution H L
Loss of soil resources from physical disturbance H M
Biodiversity Physical destruction of terrestrial biodiversity from
clearing land and placing infrastructure
H M
General disturbance of terrestrial biodiversity through a
range of aspects including dust, noise, vibration,
pollution, lighting, power lines, water dams, poaching,
and vehicle movement.
H M
General disturbance of aquatic ecosystems through
construction and operation of infrastructure adjacent to
watercourses and wetlands
H M
Surface water Alteration of natural drainage patterns M L
Pollution of surface water H L
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page xviii
(the ratings are negative
unless otherwise specified
with a +)
Groundwater Dewatering impacts on third party users M L
Groundwater contamination H L
Air quality Air pollution L L
Noise Noise pollution M M
Blasting Blast injury to third parties or damage to structures H M
Archaeology Damage to archaeological and heritage resources H M
Visual impacts Visual impact H M
Traffic and
road safety
Increase in traffic and risk to other road users H M
Socio-
economic
impacts
Cumulative economic impact (positive impact) M+ M+
Inward migration of job seekers that may add stress to
the current local and regional infrastructure and service
deficiencies, lead to poor living conditions, increased
crime and accelerated spread of disease.
H M
Displacement of households and workers living and
working within the proposed mine fence lines and blast
buffer zones around the open pits.
H M
Loss of current land use H M

Project time table
Subject to authorisation, the construction phase will commence in the third quarter of 2014 and continue
to the end of the second quarter of 2015. Mining operations will commence at the beginning of the
second quarter 2015 with the land clearance and stockpiling of ore with anticipated closure after 7 years.
The processing of low grade stockpiles to take place for a year thereafter. Plant closure is estimated to
commence at the end of the second quarter 2022. It is however noted that the life of mine could be
extended if additional minable resources are found and if it is economically viable to do so.
Conclusion
The cumulative assessment (incremental contribution of the proposed project plus existing baseline
conditions) of the proposed project presents the potential for significant positive economic impacts and
significant negative environmental and social impacts, in the unmitigated scenario.

The mine will go a long way to mitigating the potential negative impacts by committing to apply the
findings of the cumulative assessment and related mitigation objectives and actions to this project. In this
respect, all of the impacts can be mitigated to moderate or low significance levels. This is based on
current assessment and project description information.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 1-1
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT FOR THE
PROPOSED MANICA GOLD PROJECT
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 INTRODUCTION TO THE PROPOSED PROJECT
Explorator Limitada (Explorator) is proposing to develop the Manica Gold Project in Mozambique.
Explorator holds mining concession 3990C issued on 3 March 2011 for the concession area, which is
situated approximately 4km north of the town of Manica, which in turn, lies approximately 270km west-
northwest of the city of Beira. The concession area additionally lies close to the Mozambican border with
Zimbabwe, with the Zimbabwean town of Mutare situated about 5km from the Mozambican-Zimbabwean
border.

Explorator was previously wholly owned by Pan African Resources Limited (PAR) until 17
th
January 2013
when it was wholly purchased by Australian Listed company Auroch Mineral NL (Auroch). PAR
conducted several phases of exploratory work from 2001 to 2011 after mining operations conducted
during the 1950s. Auroch has continued this exploratory work and is in the progress of conducting a
feasibility study.

The proposed project will include two open pits, a shallow underground mine area to be accessed via
adits, a 60 kilo ton per month processing plant, with supporting infrastructure and residue facilities. This
project targets the non-refractory, relatively shallow ore. Life of mine is currently expected to be less than
ten years.

Mining concession 3990C requires that Explorator conducts an environmental impact assessment (EIA)
and submit an EIA report in order to obtain an environmental licence by 3 March 2014. EnviroSig Lda
(EnviroSig), a Mozambique environmental consultancy registered with the Ministry of Coordination of
Environmental Affairs (MICOA), and SLR Consulting Africa (Pty) (Ltd) (SLR) a South African based
environmental consultancy, have been appointed to conduct the EIA for the proposed Manica Gold
Project. It should however be noted that an independent environmental consultant, Mr. Dinis Napido
completed the Environmental Pre-feasibility Study and Scope Definition (EPDA) and Terms of Reference
(ToR) for the EIA report for this project. This report was accepted by MICOA on 18 December 2012.
Explorator informed MICOA of the change to the environmental consultant in a letter (Ref:
102/EXP/2013) and this was accepted in writing by MICOA on 17 September 2013.

EnviroSig was responsible for project management, authority liaison, public consultation process, local
team co-ordination and was a key member of the social and resettlement specialist teams. SLR was
responsible for management of technical specialists and the compilation of the EIA report.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 1-2
1.2 PROJECT MOTIVATION (NEED AND DESIRABILITY)
The proposed project has the potential to uplift the local communities by providing some employment
opportunities, and downstream procurement goods and service opportunities. The proposed project also
represents a relatively large private sector investment and its success will have a significantly positive
impact on the national and local economy in the short term. Potential impacts on the environment can be

1.3 INTRODUCTION TO THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
An environmental licence is required prior to the commencement of the proposed project. The contents
of this EIA report is informed by Decree number 45/2004 of 29 September (EIA process regulations).
The required components of the EIA report are included in Table 1-1 below.

In addition, the EIA addressed the requirements from MICOA outlined in the acceptance letter (Ref:
176/GM/MICOA/12) of the Estudo de Pre-viabilidade Ambiental e Definicao do Ambito (EPDA) e Termos
de Referencia (TDR), the Environmental Pre-Viability and Scope Definition (EPDA) and Term of
Reference (ToR) for the EIA. These required components of the EIA report are included in Table 1-2
below.

TABLE 1-1: EIA REPORT REQUIREMENTS ACCORDING TO DECREE 45/2004
EIA Regulation requirement Reference in the EIA
report
Non-technical summary Section 1
The legal scope of the activity and its insertion in the land use plans existing
for the direct buffering of the activity
Section Error!
Reference source
not found.
The description of the activity and that of the different actions foreseen therein
in the stages of planning, construction, exploration and, should it be the case
of temporary activity, its inactivation
Section 6
The geographic boundary marking and representation, as well as, the
environmental situation of reference of the buffing of the activity
Section 4
The detailed description and comparison of the different alternatives and the
foresight of the future environmental situation with or without mitigation
measures
Section 5
Identification and assessment of the impacts and identification of mitigation
measures
Sections 7 and 8
The environmental management plan of the activity, which includes the
monitoring of the impacts, environmental education programme and
Section 8
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 1-3
EIA Regulation requirement Reference in the EIA
report
contingency plans of accidents
The identification of the multidisciplinary team that elaborated the EIR Section 1.3.2
The report of public participation according to the provisions of number 9 of
article 14
Section 3 and
Appendix B

TABLE 1-2: EIA REPORT REQUIREMENTS FROM MICOA
MICOA requirement Reference in the
EIA report
Inclusion in the team responsible for the Environmental Impact of a Chemical
Engineer and other experts deemed relevant, the inclusion of the CVs of all the
members of the EIA team not registered with MICOA, and the description of
everyones duties
Section 1.3.2 and
Appendix O
Undertaking of a more inclusive public hearing and the presentation of its report
with the respective dully-signed minutes. The public hearing shall be undertaken
taking into account the prescribed General Guidelines for a Public Hearing
Process, approved by Ministerial Resolution no. 130/2006, of 19 July
Section 3
Presentation of the proponents identification and address Section 1.3.3
Submission of the list of acronyms, and all the abbreviations contained in the
document translated into Portuguese
Page i
Identification of the environmental and social impacts to occur from the
implementation of the project, and presentation of the respective mitigation
measures
Sections 7 and 8
Indication of the estimated efficiency of the measures established to prevent,
reduce or compensate the negative impacts and reinforce the positive ones, and
identification of the residual impacts and proposed monitoring, as well as the
most important technical or knowledge gaps
Sections 7, 8, 9 and
10
A detailed description of the complete mining process Section 6
Presentation of procedures for the management of explosives and chemical
products (cyanides, among others) and also the expected security radius
between the explosives warehouse, the residential area and the mine
Table 8-3
Table 8-5
Table 8-8
Presentation of the laws as per the model used in the Official Gazette Section Error!
Reference source
not found.
Presentation of the mining plan in accordance with article 44 of the Mining Laws
Regulation
Section 6
Submission of the mines decommissioning plan as per the requirements of the Appendix P
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 1-4
mining legislation
Specification of the type of material produced in the plant, if it is concentrate or
crude mineral
Section 6.3.2.3
Inclusion in the Water Resources Management Plan, of the origin of the water
used in ore processing and the ways of treating the effluents resulting from the
activity
Section 6.3.5 and
Table 8-8
Analysing the quality of the surface and underground water and presenting the
results
Sections 4.7 and 4.8
Appendix H
Detailed description of the environmental descriptors and introduction of the
fauna and flora, using their scientific and indigenous names
Section 4.6
Appendix F
Presentation of concrete mitigation measures for issues such as soil
degradation, air and water pollution (surface and underground), and loss of
biodiversity
Table 8-5
Table 8-7
Table 8-8
Table 8-10
Table 8-11
Table 8-12
Table 8-13
Inclusion of awareness campaigns on poaching, uncontrolled forest fires,
deforestation and soil erosion
Section 8.3
Table 8-21
Elaboration of a Management Plan for Solid Waste and Effluents Table 6-5
Table 6-16
Table 8-8
Elaboration of an Emergency Plan in case of accidents Table 8-24
Presentation of measures to mitigate the effects on the dynamics of local culture Table 8-16
Table 8-17
Table 8-18
Table 8-19
Table 8-20
Table 8-21
Table 8-22
Inclusion in the maps presented with the study, of structural elements (access
roads, water lines, human settlements, etc.) and other additional elements
Provided in figures
where relevant
Presentation of the mines infrastructure distribution map, including the
accommodation area, and an indication of the safety radius between the
explosives warehouse, the mine and the accommodation area
Figure 6-13
Showing in the district map where the project is inserted at an appropriate scale,
the location of the concession area, the population distribution and the location
of infrastructures and services
Figure 1-1
Figure 1-2
Figure 4-18
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 1-5
Presentation of data on the population as per the most recent Population and
Housing Census
Section 4.14
Clarifying the number of families in the projects area of direct influence Appendix L
Appendix O
Presentation of a Plan of Action for the Resettlement and Compensation of
families, if the need to move local families arises, in accordance with that set
forth in the Regulation on the Process for Resettlement Resulting from
Economic Activities, approved by Decree no. 31/2012 of 8 August, together with
article 30 of Law no. 19/2007 of 18 July, which approves the Law on Land and
Town Planning;
Appendix O
Presentation of health, hygiene and safety measures for the workers and
communities residing near the area of the project, including awareness about
environmental sanitation, HIV-AIDS, malaria, diarrhoea and other infectious
diseases
Table 8-4
Table 8-18
Table 8-19
Table 8-20
Quantification of the labour to be contracted for the undertaking, and an
indication of the training/capacity building needs
Sections 6.2.4 and
6.3.3
Inclusion of the Companys Social Responsibility Program Table 8-17
Table 8-20
Presentation of an Environmental Management Program comprising of concrete
environmental management actions and respective frequency and
responsibilities, object and monitoring parameters
Section 8
Inclusion in the Non-Technical Summary, of an integrated description of the
environmental elements significantly affected, its predictable evolution in the
absence of the project, the main impact-causing activities, the main impacts and
mitigation or leverage measures.
Page iii
Also, the conclusions presented shall reflect the comparison balance between
alternatives, where there are any, or the balance of significant impacts (positive
and negative
Sections 5 and 11
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 1-6
1.3.1 EIA APPROACH AND PROCESS
A summary of the approach and key steps in the EIA process and corresponding activities conducted by
EnviroSig and SLR are outlined in Table 1-3.

TABLE 1-3: EIA PROCESS
Objectives Corresponding activities
EIA/EMP phase (June 2013 to January 2014)
Provide a detailed description of the
potentially affected environment.
Assessment of potential
environmental impacts.
Design requirements and
management and mitigation
measures.
Receive feedback on EIA and EMP.
Investigations by technical project team and appointed
specialists.
Compilation of EIA and EMP reports.
Distribute EIA and EMP reports to authorities and
stakeholders for review. Hold public consultation feedback
meetings.
Forward EIA and EMP reports and stakeholders comments to
MICOA for review.
Receive and circulate MICOA decision

1.3.2 EIA TEAM
EnviroSig and SLR have been appointed as the independent consultants that has been appointed by
Explorator to undertake the environmental impact assessment and related processes. Jose Jeronimo
(EnviroSig project manager) holds a degree in Agricultural Engineering and has over 20 years relevant
experience. Linda Munro (the SLR project manager) holds a Masters Degree in Environmental
Management and has more than 12 years of experience. Brandon Stobart (the reviewer) holds an
honours degree in economics and environmental science and has 15 years of relevant experience.
EnviroSig is registered with MICOA. The relevant curriculum vitae documentation is attached in
Appendix O.

The environmental project team is outlined in Table 1-4.

TABLE 1-4: ENVIRONMENTAL PROJECT TEAM
Team Name Designation Tasks and roles Company
Feasibility
Study
Manager
Darryl Howard Matomo Feasibility
Study Manager
Responsible for the
interface between
Explorator and the
environmental team
Basil Read
Matomo
EIA Jose Jeronimo Project manager,
Stakeholder
engagement and
authority liaison
Management of the process,
Implementation of public
consultation process, legal
framework, authority liaison,
social specialist input
EnviroSig
Linda Munro Project manager Management of the
process, team members
and other stakeholders.
Report compilation
SLR
Chiara DEgidio Project assistant
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 1-7
Team Name Designation Tasks and roles Company
Brandon Stobart Project review Report and process review.
Specialist
investigations
Morgan Fitzpatrick Air quality specialist Air quality impact
assessment
SLR
Darren Lafon-
Anthony
Noise specialist Noise impact assessment SLR
Luke Wiles Hydrologist Hydrology assessment,
static water balance and
stormwater management
plan
Highlands
Hydrology
Wouter Fourie Archaeologist Heritage resource
assessment
Professional Grave
Solutions (Pty) Ltd
Marine Pienaar Soil specialist Soil and land capability study TerraAfrica Consult
Stephen van
Staden
Biodiversity
specialist
Project leader/ecologist Scientific Aquatic
Services cc
Dr Rian Titus Water scientist Groundwater assessment SLR and Delta H
Erik Kohler Blasting specialist
Blasting impact assessment
Cambrian cc
Kerry Fairley and
Zama Khumalo
Social specialists
Social impact assessment
and resettlement plant
SLR
Gerrie Muller Economics
specialist
Economics impact
assessment
Strategy4Good
Stephen van
Niekerk
Civil engineer
Conceptual closure planning
and costing
SLR

The EIA team obtained information as required from the client and Matomo, the feasibility study
engineers. Key members with respect to the EIA included:

Professor Jim Porter Owners Team EIA Project Director
Mr Graeme Farr Owners Team Lead Chemical or Process Engineer
Mr Jayson Tolley Project consultant Lead Mining Engineer
Mr Darryl Howard - Matomo Feasibility Study Manager.

1.3.3 CONTACT DETAILS FOR RESPONSIBLE EXPLORATOR PARTIES
The Explorator contact details for the project are included in Table 1-5.

TABLE 1-5: EXPLORATOR CONTACT DETAILS
Title Managing Director CEO
Name Mr Francisco Matos Mr Dean Cunningham
Postal address Cidade de Manica, Bairro Josina
Machel (Pescina) 165
P.O. Box 61232, Marshalltown 2107,
South Africa
Telephone number +258 251 62141

+27 11 581 7673
Facsimile number +258 21 023 399 +27 11 880 1270
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-1
2 LEGAL FRAMEWORK
This chapter presents a summary of the Mozambican rules and regulations relevant to the project,
namely those relating to the Environment and Mining sectors, as well as other important legal instruments
regarding the sectors of Land, Water, Forests and Wildlife, Cultural Heritage, Territorial Planning and
Labour, and it also refers to the international conventions signed by Mozambique and related to the
project.

Included also are the international standards for best practices adopted by the Project, namely the
International Finance Corporation (IFC) Performance Standards relating to Environmental and Social
Sustainability and the Equator Principles.

2.1 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION
The more important legal instruments relating to the Environment and the Environmental Impact
Evaluation in force in Mozambique are presented below.

2.1.1 THE CONSTITUTION OF THE REPLBLIC OF MOZAMBIQUE
The Constitution of the Republic of Mozambique, approved in 2004, constitutes the Countrys main legal
instrument, from which derive all the others and with which all others must conform.

In terms of the environment, the Constitution provides for the protection of the natural environment,
referring to the following articles:
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-2
Article 45 Obligations towards the community
Every citizen has the obligation to:
...
f) Defend and preserve the environment;
Article 90 The right to the environment
1. Every citizen has the right to live in a well-balanced environment and the duty to uphold it.
2. The State and local municipalities, in collaboration with the environmental protection
associations, shall adopt environmental protection policies and ensure the just utilization of all
natural resources.
Article 117 The environment and quality of life
1. The State shall promote initiatives to ensure ecological balance and environmental
preservation, with the view to improving the quality of life of its citizens.
2. In order to ensure the right to the environment in a framework of sustainable development, the
State shall adopt policies aiming to:
a) prevent and control pollution and erosion;
b) integrate the environmental concerns into sectoral policies;
c) promote the integration of environmental values into policies and educational programs;
d) ensure the rational exploitation of natural resources subject to safeguarding their renewal
capacity, the ecological stability and the rights of future generations;
e) promote land use planning with the view to a correct location of activities and a balanced
socio-economic development.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-3
2.1.2 THE ENVIRONMENTAL LEGAL FRAMEWORK
The Environmental Act, Law No. 20/1997, was approved by the Mozambican Parliament on 31 July 1997
and promulgated on 1 October of the same year. This law provides a legal framework for the use and
management of the environment.

In its fundamental principles, the Act establishes:

The rationale for the use and management of the environment
The appreciation of the traditions and knowledge of the communities
The prevention of acts harmful to the environment
The comprehensive and integrated vision of the environment
The participation of the citizens
Equal access to and use of the natural resources
Accountability of whoever pollutes or degrades the environment i.e. the polluter pays principle.

With regards to the Environmental Impact Evaluation, Chapter V, in Articles 15 to 18, establishes that any
activity which by nature, location or dimension may lead to significant environmental impacts requires an
Environmental Permit issued by the competent authorities, referring also to the minimum content of
environmental impact studies and the objective of the environmental audits for activities already
underway.

2.1.3 REGULATION ON THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION PROCESS
The Regulation on the Environmental Impact Evaluation Process, Decree 45/2004 of 29 September,
updated by Decree 42/2008 of 4 November, determines how the Environmental Impact Evaluation should
be carried out in Mozambique.

Its Article 2, on scope and implementation, states that this Decree is applicable to all public or private
activities that may, direct or indirectly, affect the environment, in accordance with the terms of Article 3 of
the Environmental Act.

Article 3 indicates the categories, A, B or C, into which the activities must be classified, in accordance
with Annexures I, II and III of the Decree. These categories are defined as:

Category A: The activities presented in Annexure I, for the significant negative impacts they
cause, are conditional to an Environmental Impact Study (EIA).
Category B: The activities included in Annexure II, whose potential negative impacts are not as
significant as those of Category A, are conditional to a Simplified Environmental Study (EAS).
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-4
Category C: The activities listed in Annexure III, because significant impacts are not expected
from them, are only subject to compliance with the best practices of environmental management.

Articles 6, 7 and 8 address the content and procedures of the Process Guidelines, the Pre-Evaluation
and the evaluation criteria to determine the activities category.

Mining activities of level 3 (mining legislation), as is the case with this project, are classified as Category
A, being therefore subject to the undertaking of a complete EIA process, comprising the Environmental
Pre-viability Study and Scope Definition (EPDA) and the Terms of Reference (ToR) for the EIA (Articles
10 and 11), the Environmental Impact Study (EIS) (Article 12), which includes the Public Participation
Process (PPP) described in Article 14.

The following articles of the Regulation address the review of the EDPA and EIA and respective
deadlines for reporting the results. Chapter III is about the Environmental Licensing and Chapter IV is
about Proponents and Environmental Consultants, and defines the Registration of Environmental
Consultants (Article 21), the Proponents Responsibilities (Article 22) and the Environmental Consultants
Responsibilities (Article 23).

Finally, Chapter V deals with surveillance (Inspections and Audits - Article 24), sanctions and taxes.

2.1.4 AMENDMENTS TO THE REGULATION OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION PROCESS
Decree 42/2008, of 4 November, amends articles 5, 15, 18, 20, 21, 24, 25 and 28 of the Regulation of the
Environmental Impact Evaluation Process. Of particular relevance to this project is the amendment to
Article 20, relating to Environmental Licensing and the requirements to consider when renewing permits,
and the amendment to Article 25, relating to the environmental licencing taxes and the taxes related to
amendments to the permits.

2.1.5 GENERAL DIRECTIVE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STUDIES
The Ministerial Order 126/2006, of 19 July, contains a General Directive for the execution of
Environmental Impact Studies, which aims to standardize procedures and provide the various
stakeholders with the guidelines to carry out the EIAs.

The directive forms the minimum basis to guide the EIA process and the documents relating to it follow
the structure defined in the directive, as well as the necessary information requirements.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-5
2.1.6 GENERAL DIRECTIVE FOR THE PUBLIC PARTICIPATION PROCESS IN THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
EVALUATION PROCESS
The Ministerial Order 130/2006, of 19 July, the General Directive for the Process of Public Participation in
the Environmental Impact Evaluation Process, aims to "harmonize procedures and provide the various
stakeholders with the guidelines to direct the Public Participation Process".

The basic standardized principles are the availability of and accessibility to information, extensive
participation of the citizens, representation, independence, functionality, negotiation and responsibility.

The directive also establishes the methodology and procedural requirements that should be followed in a
Public Participation Process, including the content of the Public Consultation Report, in line with the
recommendations of Decree 45/2004, of 29 September.

2.1.7 REGULATION REGARDING THE ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING PROCESS
Decree 32/2003, of 20 August, contains the Regulation Regarding the Environmental Auditing Process,
which defines the proceedings for the undertaking of environmental audits.

Article 4 of the Decree determines the objectives of Environmental Audits, Article 5 establishes MICOAs
scope in matters of environmental audits and Article 10 specifies the content of the Environmental Audit
Report; Articles 11 to 13 establish the requirements with which environmental auditors have to comply to
be registered with MICOA, their responsibilities and the licensing fees of environmental auditors.

2.1.8 REGULATION AND STANDARDS ON ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY AND EFFLUENT EMISSIONS
Decree 18/2004, of 2 de June, addresses the Regulation and Standards on Environmental Quality and
Effluent Emissions.

This Regulation establishes the environmental quality and effluents emission standards aiming to "control
and maintain permissible levels of pollutants in environmental components", specifically in air quality,
water and soil quality and noise emissions.

For the proposed mining project, are of particular importance the provisions of this regulation relating to
atmospheric emissions, noise and residual waters, particularly the parameters defined in its Annexures I,
II and III (updated by Decree 67/2010, of 31 December), relating to Air Quality Standards, Emission
Standards for Gaseous Pollutants by the industries and Standards for Liquid Effluents Emission by the
industries.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-6
2.1.9 REGULATION ON THE MANAGEMENT OF RESIDUES
Decree 13/2006 of 15 June
This Regulation establishes the "rules relating to the production, deposit into the soil and subsoil,
discharging into the atmosphere or water, of any toxic or pollutant substances, as well as the carrying out
of pollutant activities that accelerate the degradation of the environment, with the view to preventing or
minimizing their negative impact on human health and the environment ".

It establishes the capacity of MICOA to manage residues, classifies the residues into hazardous and non-
hazardous, and defines the different categories of each type of residue.

This Decree also determines the minimum content for the Residues Management Plan and the basic
principles in the handling of hazardous and non-hazardous residues.

2.1.10 REGULATION ON ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTIONS
Decree 11/2006 of 15 June
It regulates the activities for supervision, control and observance of environmental protection standards at
national level.

2.2 NATIONAL LEGISLATION RELATING TO MINING ACTIVITIES AND THE ENVIRONMENT
The national legislation in the mining sector also comprises the management and preservation of the
environment, and includes the following laws and ordinances:

2.2.1 THE MINING LAW
The Mining Law (14/2002, of 26 June) establishes the legal framework for mining activities in
Mozambique. This law addresses, among other aspects, the environmental management of mining
activities and defines the requirements for access to these activities within a context of environmental
preservation.
Article 4 states that, under the Constitution, mineral resources are the property of the State.
Article 14 attributes the title holder of the mining site, the right to "use and occupy the land and carry out,
on an exclusive basis, the exploration of the mineral resources identified during the research phase, and
to undertake the necessary operations and works".

Article 15, in its section relating to mining concessions, determines that any mining exploration activity is
conditioned to the prior issuance of the environmental permit and the authorization for land use and
development.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-7
Chapter V of the Mining Law addresses the environmental management of mining, stating that, in the
course of the mining activities, the following aspects should be ensured:
a) Compliance with the laws and regulations relevant to the use and development of mineral resources,
as well as the protection and preservation of the environment, including the social, economic and cultural
aspects, in force;
b) Good mining practices, to minimize wastage and loss of natural resources, and to protect them against
unnecessary damage (Article 35).
Article 36 defines the following as environmental management tools:

The environmental impact evaluation (EIA)
The environmental management programme
The environmental management plan
The environmental monitoring programme
The mine closing programme
The environmental audit
The risk and emergency control program.

2.2.2 REGULATION OF THE MINES ACT
The Regulation of the Mines Act (Decree 62/2006 of 26 December), establishes the rules for the use of
mineral resources, in accordance with the Mining Law. This regulation establishes, among other aspects,
the responsibility of the title holder or operator to undertake the mining activities in accordance with the
best practices in mining and conformity with the legally established Environmental Quality Standards.

The Regulation also defines the tools and terms to which the tittle deed holder must conform to obtain the
environmental license and the deed for the use and development of the land.

2.2.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION FOR MINING ACTIVITIES
The Environmental Regulation for Mining Activities (Decree 26/2004 of 20 August) establishes in its
Article 2, the objectives to prevent, control, mitigate, rehabilitate and compensate for the negative effects
that mining activities may have on the environment, aiming to promote sustainable development from
these activities.

This Decree establishes the authorities capacity and specifically, the inter-departmental responsibilities,
regarding environmental management and the licensing process for mining activities.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-8
This Regulation classifies mining activities into three levels; the proposed Project falls into activities level
3, being therefore subject of a complete Environmental Impact Evaluation process.

The Decree, in its Chapter IV, also determines the environmental preservation requirements for the
natural resources including water, air, noise and vibrations, waste, national parks and reserves, and
responsibilities in terms of environmental incidents.

2.2.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT BASIC STANDARDS FOR MINING ACTIVITIES
The basic standards for environmental management in mining activities were defined by a joint Ministerial
Order from the Ministries of Mineral Resources, for the Coordination of the Environmental Action, and
Public Works and Housing (189/2006 of 14 December). These standards apply to mining activities level
1, which is not the case with this project, and aim to minimize the environmental and socio-economic
effects of the activities.

2.2.5 REGULATION ON TECHNICAL AND HEALTH SAFETY FOR GEOLOGICAL AND MINERAL ACTIVITIES
The Decree 61/2006, of 26 December, establishes safety and health measures with the view to ensuring
good working conditions to the workers involved in the mining activities, including implementing
measures to prevent and reduce the risk of operational accidents in the workplace.

2.3 OTHER LEGISLATION RELEVANT TO THE PROJECT
In addition to the legislation discussed in the previous sections, other legal instruments, from other
sectors of activities, are also considered relevant to the proposed project.

2.3.1 TERRITORIAL ADMINISTRATION
Law of Territory Planning (Decree 19/2007, of 18 July)
It establishes the principles, objectives and legal framework for territorial planning in Mozambique,
determining the procedures that give form to territory occupation and the rational and sustainable use of
the natural resources, the appreciation of the potential of each region, infrastructures and urban systems,
and the promotion of national cohesion and the safety of all peoples; this way, it ensures the protection of
the natural environment and the improvement of the living conditions of the populations.

Regulations on the Resettlement Process Resulting from Economic Activities (Decree 31/2012, of
8 August)
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-9
This Regulation establishes the basic rules and principles relating to the resettlement resulting from
economic activities, with the view to promoting the quality of life of the citizens and protection of the
environment, to boost the countrys socioeconomic development and ensure that the affected populations
have a better quality of life, taking into account the environmental, social and economic sustainability.

The Regulation indicates the composition and functions of the Technical Committee regarding the
Resettlement Monitoring and Supervision, the rights of the affected people and the responsibilities of the
proponent of the activities, and the various organs of State, as well as the Resettlement Plan elaboration
procedures.
In its Article 15, the Regulation states that "the elaboration and approval of the Resettlement Plan
precede the issuing of the environmental licence, in terms of the environmental legislation".

2.3.2 LAND OWNERSHIP AND USE
Land Law (Law 19/97, of 1 October)
It establishes the general principle that in Mozambique, and in terms of the Constitution, the land is State
property.

The Land Law and associated Regulations, define rights to use the land and the procedures that
individuals or companies, national or foreign, must follow to be able to obtain rights to use and develop
the land (DUAT).
In the case of this project, and taking into account the mining legislation, the proponent must acquire the
right to use and develop the land before initiating any mining exploration.

Regulation of the Land Law (Decree 66/1998, of 8 December)
It defines the provisions relating to the public possession of land, use and development rights, ownership
process, inspections and taxes.

The Regulation of the Land Law defines the procedures to be followed for the request and acquisition of
DUAT, which establishes the obligation to pay land taxes.
LAND.

Technical Annexure to the Regulation of the Land Law (Ministerial Order 29/2000 A, of 17 March)
This Annexure applies to the delimitation of areas occupied by the local communities, the delimitation of
areas occupied in good faith for more than ten years by national individuals and the demarcation, within
the scope of the ownership process, of those delimitations.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-10
It defines the land ownership process approach, implementation and mechanisms, mutatis mutandis to
the process of issuing a special license, and it defines provisions associated with the rights and
responsibilities of the local communities.

Article 3 of this Annexure states that "the delimitation and/or demarcation of areas occupied by local
communities do not prevent the carrying out of economic activities or other undertakings, provided they
obtain the consent of the communities". This article does not apply to this project since, being a mining
project, the mining legislation states that "the use of land for mining operations has priority over all other
land uses...

2.3.3 FORESTS AND WILDLIFE
Law of Forestry and Wildlife (Law 10/99, of 7 July)
It defines the principles regarding the management of forest and animal resources and breeding, and the
utilization of protected areas.

Its Article 13 determines the need to protect areas of use of, and with historical and cultural value to, the
local communities, such as forests of religious significance and other places of historical or cultural
interest.

Regulation of the Law of Forestry and Wildlife (Decree 12/2002, of 6 June)
This Regulation presents, in addition to the Law of Forestry and Wildlife, the guiding principles and rules
associated with the sustainable management, protection, use and exploration of the forestry and animal
resources.

2.3.4 WATER
Water Law (Law 16/91, of 3 August)
This Law defines the internal, surface and underground waters as State property, and establishes as
basis for its management, the principle of user pays and polluter pays, as well as the exploration
regime and licensing of water resources users.

The Law defines, in its Article 26, the priority of the water supply to the population (human consumption
and sanitary needs) regarding the private use of water. It also states that the private use of water to the
detriment of the quantities of water needed to protect the environment, is not permissible.

Article 18 confers to the Water Regional Administrations (ARAs) the authority to manage, control, plan
and supervise the surface and underground water resources, as well as to approve the establishment of
hydraulic works and infrastructures.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-11
2.3.5 CULTURE
Cultural Heritage Law (Law 10/88, of 22 December)
It defines the legal protection of tangible and intangible cultural heritage assets of Mozambique (existing
or undiscovered).
Of particular relevance to the project are the provisions of Article 13, which establish the responsibility of
disclosure of any places, constructions, objects or documents susceptible of being classified as cultural
heritage assets.

Regulation for the Protection of Archaeological Heritage (Decree 27/94, of 20 July)
This regulation defines the objective to protect material, movable and immovable assets of archaeological
value.

Its Article 21 prohibits, in the areas of archaeological protection, the undertaking of construction works,
transfers, demolition or any work that results in the physical alteration of those areas, or in areas that
show evidence of archaeological elements of inestimable value, which are important to preserve for
future generations.

This Regulation also states that the discovery of archaeological artefacts must be communicated to the
nearest local authority (District Administration or Municipal Council) within a period of 48 hours.

2.3.6 LABOUR
Labour Law (Law 23/2007, of 1 August)
This Law addresses the aspects relating to the contracting of workers, the rights and duties of employees
and employers within the working relationship, the issues regarding hygiene, health and safety in the
workplace, the employment contract models between employers and employees, and the issues
concerning national and foreign workers.

2.4 CONVENTIONS AND REGULATIONS
Mozambique is signatory to various international conventions and treaties. Those considered relevant to
the Manica Gold Project and the present EIA are listed as follows:

Resolution 18/81, of 30 December African Convention on Nature and Natural Resources
Conservation;
Resolution 8/93, of 08 December The Vienna Convention, of 22 March 1985, on the Protection
of the Ozone Layer
Resolution 1/94, of 24 August United Nations Convention on Climate Changes, June of 1992;
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-12
Resolution 2/94, of 24 August - United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity
Resolution 45/2003, of 05 November Convention on the tropical areas of international
importance and which serve as habitats for aquatic birds
Resolution 10/2004, of 28 July The Kyoto Protocol on Climate Changes
Resolution 56/2004, of 31 December The Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic
Pollutants.

2.5 BEST INTERNAITONAL PRACTICE
The Manica Gold Project will strive towards compliance with the best international practices, namely
those defined by the International Finance Corporation (IFC) and the Equator Principles, as far as
practically and economically feasible.

2.5.1 THE EQUATOR PRINCIPLES
The Equator Principles consist of a set of principles and procedures adopted by the financial institutions
in order to ensure that the environmental and social issues associated with a project financed by those
institutions are respected. The equator Principles are summarized below.

Principle 1 Analysis and Categorization
The projects are classified according to the potential social and environmental risks they represent.
Principle 2 Social and Environmental Evaluation
It is necessary to carry out an environmental evaluation of the project that addresses the risks identified
during the analysis and categorization.
Principle 3 Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Developed Countries
The projects implemented in emerging countries, apart from complying with local laws, must also follow
the IFCs performance standards.
Principle 4 Action Plan
The projects must have an action plan to address the risks identified during the environmental evaluation.
Principio 5 Consultation and Disclosure
It is necessary to promote and carry out consultations with the stakeholders in a culturally appropriate
and structured manner.
Principle 6 Grievance Mechanisms
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-13
It is necessary to establish mechanisms for ongoing involvement of interested and affected parties, to
allow for the submission of grievances or issues, during all phases of project development.
Principle 7 Independent Evaluation
The environmental performance must be audited by independent experts, with experience in the area
covered by the project.
Principle 8 Covenants
The laws and regulations, licensing and action plans, must be carried out in all aspects.
Principle 9 Monitoring
The projects should appoint an independent environmental and social expert to carry out the monitoring
and produce additional reports.
Principle 10 Information supplied by Financial Institutions
The financial institutions must publish information on the loans granted, at least annually, in accordance
with the rules of the Equator Principles.

2.5.2 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE CORPORATION PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 2012
International Finance Corporation (IFC), an institution of the World Bank, defined performance standards
relating to the environmental and social sustainability of the projects. These standards form the basis for
any project with international funding.

The Manica Gold Project adopted formally the Performance Standards for Social and Environmental
Sustainability (IFC, 2012). The Standards that are listed below are considered relevant for the Project:

Performance Standard 1: Assessment and Management of Environmental and Social Risks and
Impacts
Performance Standard 2: Labour and Working Conditions
Performance Standard 3: Resource Efficiency and Pollution Prevention
Performance Standard 4: Community Health, Safety, and Security
Performance Standard 5: Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement
Performance Standard 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Natural
Resources
Performance Standard 8: Cultural Heritage

To complement these Performance Standards, the IFC defined guidelines on environmental, health and
safety issues, both general and specific. For the present project are relevant the General Guidelines on
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 2-14
Environmental, Health and Safety Issues and the Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Mining
Activities.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 3-1
3 STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
3.1 EDPA PHASE
Engagement with stakeholders was conducted during the EPDA (Scoping) Phase by Dinis Napido. This
included:

Informal and formal meetings that were held from June to September 2010 in the villages of
Cacrue and Chinhadombwe
A public and community hearing was held on 28th August 2012. This meeting was advertised in
the newspaper Dirio de Moambique. The meeting was attended by regulatory authorities,
traditional leadership and the general public. The minutes of the meeting are provided in
Appendix B.

According to the minutes provided in Annexure 2 of the EPDA report, the following issues were raised at
the public hearing:

Compensation related to the machambas and the families that reside within the concession
area
Employment of local manpower
Opening of more boreholes
Social responsibilities of the mining company.

3.2 EIA PHASE
EnviroSig, in collaboration with SLR Consulting, implemented the continuation of the detailed process of
engagement between the interested and affected parties, which included:

Expansion of the stakeholders database
Community involvement: meetings were held with the communities affected by the project, during
which they were informed about the project and the key impacts resulting thereof; the views of
the communities were registered, and minutes of these meetings are available in the
Resettlement Plan chapter (Refer to Appendix A)
Notices were published in the newspapers Jornal de Notcias and Dirio de Moambique, as
well as in the Community Radio of Macequece
The draft of the EIAS Report was made available for consultation by the general public, at the
offices of EnviroSig, at the DNAIA and the National Mining Department, in Maputo, at the District
Administration of Manica, the City Council of Manica and the offices of Explorator, Lda., in
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 3-2
Manica, at the Provincial Department for the Coordination of the Environmental and the
Provincial Department of Mineral Resources and Energy, in Chimoio
Two Public Consultation meetings were held in Manica and in Chimoio to present the Project and
the EIAS, and to gather opinions, criticisms and suggestions from the participants.
Finally, a final report on the public participation process was compiled refer to Appendix B.
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-1
4 DESCRIPTION OF THE CURRENT ENVIRONMENT
This section provides a description of the current baseline conditions of the project site and surrounding
areas within which the project will be undertaken. Each discussion provides a link to anticipated impacts
and highlights the relevance of the information provided, identifies how data was collected to inform the
baseline description, provides the results/outcomes of research and/or studies undertaken and concludes
with the main findings as relevant to the impact assessment and management plan.

4.1 GEOLOGY BASELINE
The information in this section was sourced from the groundwater specialist report (refer to Appendix I)
and the geochemical preliminary desk study report (refer to Appendix D).

4.1.1 INTRODUCTION AND LINK TO IMPACTS
Geology has both physical and chemical implications for mining projects. From a physical perspective,
the geology influences the mine design. It also determines the underlying aquifer regime and it has
significant influence on groundwater flow through features such as dykes, channels, faults and fractures.

The chemical composition of the geology is an important factor in determining whether the project will be
acid generating. It also determines some of the potential contaminants that can be emitted by the mine,
particularly the mineralised waste facilities.

To understand the basis of these potential impacts, a baseline situational analysis is described below.

4.1.2 DATA COLLECTION
Data was collected via a desktop study utilising the following reports:

A Competent persons report for Manica assets, of Pan African Resources PLC (Pan African
Resources, 2011) prepared by Bill Northrop, Garth Mitchell and David Briggs
Gold Mine Project in Manica. Elaborated for Explorator LIMITADA 2012 (Explorator, 2012),
prepared by Dinis Napido
Manica Gold Project Preliminary Geochemical Desk Study (SLR, 2013).

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-2
4.1.3 RESULTS
4.1.3.1 Regional geology
The project is located on the Odzi-Mutare-Manica greenstone belt, situated on the Zimbabwean Craton.
The late Achaean linear east-northeast trending Odzi-Mutare-Manica greenstone belt is synformal
(secondary generated folds on the syncline) with associated Bulawayan Group which is ultramafic
metavolcanic rocks along the margins, associated Shamvaian Group which is coarse clastic
metasedimentary rock in the core and older gneisses (early Achaean) surrounding the greenstone belt.
Tonalites granodiorites and granites of the Sesombi and Chilimanzi Suites intrude the greenstones belt.

The Manica structure can be described as a synclinal, isoclinal structure, with the bending axis in an
east-west direction and is surrounded by older granites. At the basis, it has volcanic rocks of Macequece
Formation of the Manica Group, which contain mafic meta-volcanic and intermediate rocks, meta-basalt,
mafic clay, itabirite, talc-chlorite clay, talc schist, soapstone, plutonic rocks of Mavonde complex that
contain foliated granite and local porphyritic and sedimentary rocks of Mbeza-Vengo formation that
contain metagraywacke and graphitic schist.

Furthermore, no concluded evidence of synclinal structures was recorded locally in Mozambique side of
the Odzi-Mutare-Manica greenstone belt and indicates that the dense volcanic formation is more evident
and recent towards the south, deepening towards the north.

Gold mineralisation associated with the Odzi-Mutare-Manica greenstone belt is mainly hosted by
secondary and tertiary structures liked to primary layer parallel regional shear zones associated with
hydrothermal activity. The main host rock is Banded Iron Formation (BIF) with quartz veins and
associated shear zones and secondary gold host alluvial aquifers (flood plains and river systems) as
weathered and depositional gold bearing sediments.

Alluvial workings from the Revue River and its tributaries cut into many primary gold deposits. These
alluvial systems are wide spread in the lower and middle terraces (lower laying areas). Many artisanal
miners focus their working on these alluvial sediments and values high as 8.5 tons of gold have been
reported to be produced from these alluvial systems since the 1900s (Pan African Resources, 2011 as
cited in SLR, 2013).

The dominant lithologies present in Manica license area are discussed below in some detail and
presented in Figure 4-1 (SLR, 2013):

Talc-Chlorite-Schist: The talc-chlorite-schist rock forms part of the Medium to Higher
Macequece Formation and is the most dominant rock type in the mining licence area. As
described by Napido (Explorator, 2012 as cited in SLR, 2013) the bulk mineralisation of this rock
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-3
type is from intrusive origin (based on olivine crystals) and some extrusive lavas (based on
sphinefex textures)
Felsite (also locally called rhyolite): The felsic-silicified rock, i.e. felsite, is indicative of volcanic
origin, indicating a lapilli-tuff type rock occurrence. Some indication (sperulite minerals) show that
these volcanic explosive rocks transported the mineralisation fluids deposited in sedimentary
rocks and is associated with low percentages of gold and arsenopyrite (sulphide bearing mineral)
Greywacke: Greywacke presents as a rock with strata of immature sandstone increasing to a
black coloured argillite. In many occasions, these units are so sheared and altered that they get
confused with chlorite schist or a very dark phylite. It is common to observe arsenopyrite and
pyrite that occur in disseminated form in this unit, which is one of the important gold host-rocks
Striped ferruginous quartzite or (BIF): This ferruginous quartzite (BIF) is associated with chert,
magnetite, pyrrhotite, pyrites and arsenopyrite. The striped ferrugnous quartzite is one of the
most mineralized with contents of gold that sometimes exceed 10g/t (Explorator, 2012 as cited in
SLR, 2013)
Intermediate intrusive rock: Intermediate intrusive igneous rock, light green and of fine grain, in
general with a nodular texture. It is confined to the south of the mineralized zone around Fair
Bride and Dots Luck, very close to the extensive shear zone
Diabase dykes: These bulky rocks of dark green colour tending towards black, of medium grain
are from the Unkondo series, of Proterozoic age.
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-2
4.1.3.2 Local geology
The local geology and mineralisation associated with Fair Bride, Dots Luck and Guy Fawkes is
summarised below. The geology and mineralisation of Fair Bride and Dots Luck is similar (SLR, 2013):

license area associated with a 7 km BIF horizon. The BIF horizon extends from Dots Luck from
the eastern part of the licence area to Fair Bride. Historic production from this zone is in the order
of 480 kg gold mined. The gold mineralisation is hosted in two adjacent regional shear zones
associated with an east-west striking syncline.

The dominant lithologies associated with Fair Bride and Dots Luck is talc-chlorite-schists, some
serpentinite rock, metachert and ferruginous quartzite (associated BIF) and diorite.

The Guy Fawkes gold target zone is located on the northern limb of the synclinal structure
approximately 2 km north of Fair Bride. The zone is mostly associated with mafic and ultramafic
metavolcanics enveloping the BIF and felsic tuffs. The main gold mineralisation is associated
with a west-northwest trending one kilometre wide duplex shear zone. Furthermore,
mineralisation is mostly hosted in quartz veins and sulphide disseminations within the brecciated
BIF or quartz veins in talc-chloride-schist rocks.

No information is available regarding potential preferential flow paths at this stage. This will be
investigated at a later stage.

4.1.3.3 Geochemistry
The geochemical desktop study had the following main findings:

Acid rock drainage is unlikely because very little sulphide material is found within the non-
refractory ore which will be mined for this project, while a significant amount of carbonate
minerals are found within the ore body, which has pH neutralising capabilities
Arsenic is likely to be the most common enriched element because it is present in the geology.

The findings of the desktop study will need to be confirmed at a later stage by conducting leach testing on
representative samples of tailings, ore and residue material.

4.1.4 CONCLUSION
concession area associated with a 7 km BIF horizon. The Guy Fawkes gold target zone is located on the
northern limb of the synclinal structure approximately 2 km north of Fair Bride. There is low risk of acid
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-3
generation, however arsenic could leach from residue material and mine voids. The design of the
residue facilities will therefore need to ensure that seepage and runoff is minimised and contained as far
as practically possible.

4.2 CLIMATE BASELINE
Information was sourced from the air specialist study (refer to Appendix I).

Various aspects of the climate that are discussed in this section influence the potential for environmental
impacts and related mine design. Specific issues are listed below:

Rainfall influences erosion, evaporation, vegetation growth, rehabilitation planning, dust suppression,
the mine water balance and the mine water management plan
Temperature influences air dispersion through impacts on atmospheric stability and mixing layers,
vegetation growth, and evaporation which influences the mine water balance and rehabilitation
planning
Wind influences erosion, the dispersion of potential air pollutants, and evaporation which influences
the mine water balance and rehabilitation planning.

To understand the basis of these potential impacts, the baseline situational analysis is described below.

The meteorological conditions at the site have been assessed using both measured and modelled
(interpolated) data. Precipitation, evapo-transpiration and temperature data have been taken from the UN
Food and Agricultural Organisation (FAO) dataset. The FAO dataset uses long-term records of local
weather stations interpolated in order to present a site specific rainfall estimate.

Atmospheric dispersion modelling requires input of numerous meteorological parameters that are not
routinely measured by smaller on-site weather stations (for example the height variations in the
atmospheric boundary layers). In the absence of meteorological stations capable of monitoring all the
parameters necessary for detailed atmospheric dispersion modelling the 5
th
-generation prognostic
meteorological model MM5 (Mesoscale Model) has been applied. This service provides modelled
meteorological data for any specified location and site domain in the world (SLR, 2013).

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-4
4.2.3 RESULTS
4.2.3.1 Synoptic Scale Circulations and Regional Atmospheric Dispersion Potential
At approximately 19 degrees south of the Equator the concession area lies within the sub-equatorial
region which is drier than the inner humid tropical regions. The seasonally mobile inter-tropical
convergence zone (ITCZ) is a major determinant of the climate. Along this zone the trade winds
originating in the Northern and Southern hemispheres meet, forcing unstable tropical air aloft. The air that
is forced upward is cooled, and the resulting condensation produces prolonged and heavy precipitation.
Within this zone are Equatorial Low Pressure cells cantered over large land masses.

Three semi-permanent atmospheric regions shift north and south throughout the year associated with
high and low sun conditions. During the summer realm in the Northern Hemisphere the Equatorial Low
Pressure cells are situated north of the Equator with the Northern Subtropical High Pressure cells moving
pole ward and the Southern Subtropical High Pressure cells shifting toward the Equator. The reversed
pattern occurs when it is summer in the Southern Hemisphere. Through this process the Equatorial Low
Pressure cells cross over the Equator twice in a year creating heavy rain conditions throughout the year
in the equatorial regions.

Inter-annual variability in the wet season rainfall in Mozambique influenced the El Nio Southern
Oscillation (ENSO) which causes warmer and drier than average conditions in the wet season of Eastern
Southern Africa in its warm phase (El Nio) and relatively cold and wet conditions in its cold phase (La
Nia) (SLR, 2013).

4.2.3.2 Meso-Scale Atmospheric Dispersion Potential
The most important meteorological parameters governing the atmospheric dispersion of pollutants, i.e.
mesoscale, are wind direction and wind speed, and atmospheric stability.

Wind direction determines the initial direction of the transport of emissions. Pollutants concentrations are
probably more sensitive to wind direction than any other parameter for a point source emission (SLR,
2013). Wind speed will affect ground level concentrations of emissions by increasing the initial dilution of
pollutants in the emission and the distance of downwind transport, causing stretching of the plume. The
speed of the wind affects the extent of mechanical mixing or turbulence which increases dilution.

Atmospheric stability (a measure of the vertical motions or turbulence present), is affected by both
mechanical mixing (caused by obstacles on the earths surface) and thermal turbulence or buoyancy
(caused by differential heating of the earths surface) will affect plume rise and vertical dispersion. There
are a number of methods used to measure atmospheric stability; one is the Monin-Obukhov length,
defined as the height at which turbulence is generated more by buoyancy than by wind shear. In an
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-5
assessment such as this focussing on fugitive sources, however, atmospheric stability is of lesser
importance, as opposed to modelling emission stack releases.

4.2.3.3 Temperature and evaporation
Air temperature is significant in terms of its effect on plume buoyancy, i.e. a greater differential will result
in greater plume rise. Temperature may also be an important factor in driving thermal turbulence in the
atmosphere. However with respect to assessing potential dust impacts, temperature is more important,
along with air humidity in driving evaporation and causing drying of potential dust sources.

Figure 4-2 presents the monthly average, minimum and maximum temperature and average evaporation.
Figure 4-2 presents the annual temperature profile. The annual temperature profile shows a nine degree
temperature variation in monthly averages with the cooler months coinciding with the dry season,
resulting in lower rates of evapo-transpiration. As a result is it likely that precipitation will be of greater
significance as a driving factor in controlling levels of dust generation than temperature and evapo-
transpiration (SLR, 2013).

TABLE 4-1: TEMPERATURE AND EVAPORATION (SLR, 2013)
Month
Minimum
Temperature
o
C
Average
Temperature
o
C
Maximum
Temperature
o
C
Average Evapo-
transpiration
(mm/day)
January 18.3 24.2 30.0 112
February 18.5 24.2 30.0 98
March 17.1 23.2 29.2 101
April 14.6 21.5 28.2 83
May 11.0 18.7 26.6 71
June 9.5 17.0 24.6 56
July 7.3 15.8 24.3 58
August 9.1 18.0 26.7 76
September 12.0 20.2 28.6 97
October 15.6 23.2 30.8 121
November 17.3 24.1 30.7 113
December 17.7 24.0 30.2 111
Average 21.2 1095

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-6
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Min 14.9 13.5 12.2 10.8 7.5 6.2 7.1 7.1 9.9 9.4 11.6 14.9
Max 31.2 31.8 30.8 28.9 27.2 24.8 25.2 29.2 28.8 31.1 31.1 31.9
Avg 23.3 22.4 21.7 19.1 17.4 15.2 14.0 15.4 18.0 19.9 21.9 23.0
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
T
e
m
p

(
D
e
g
r
e
e
s

C
e
l
c
i
u
s
)

FIGURE 4-2: MONTHLY TEMPERATURE PROFILE (SLR, 2013)

4.2.3.4 Precipitation
Precipitation inhibits dust generation potential and represents a removal mechanism of pollutants from
the atmosphere via wet deposition. Rainfall equal to or more than 0.25 mm per day is widely accepted
within the industry to be sufficient to effectively suppress wind-blown dust emissions for some time and is
applied in the US-EPA AP-42 emission factors for unpaved haul roads to determine the level of natural
attenuation (SLR, 2013).

Figure 4-3 presents data from the site specific interpolated estimate as per FAO data. The interpolated
annual average rainfall is 1260mm per year, showing a marked variation from the wetter months of
November through to March. April and October are transitional months either side of the dry season of
May to September during which an average rainfall of 21.4mm occurs.

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-7
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
(mm) 272 224 174 64 25 23 18 20 21 49 127 243
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
R
a
i
n
f
a
l
l

(
m
m
)

FIGURE 4-3: MONTHLY RAINFALL (SLR, 2013)

4.2.3.5 Local Wind Field
Local wind direction and speed data has been obtained from the MM5 5-year data set. Figure 4-4
presents the annual average wind patterns and Figure 4-5 presents the key seasonal patterns.

FIGURE 4-4: WINDROSE (ANNUAL) (SLR, 2013)

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-8
From January to March the prevailing wind is from the south east. From April to September winds are
more variable with winds tending to be south easterly or north easterly. October to December sees a
transition with north easterlies becoming more frequent before the south easterlies dominate once more.

January - March April - June

July - September October - December

FIGURE 4-5: WINDROSE (QUARTERLY) (SLR, 2013)

Wind speed is generally between 2m/s to 4m/s for the majority of the year (at 57%) with the south
easterlies more likely to result in winds above 5m/s, this is important from a dust generation perspective
these higher winds coincide with the wet season between April and September. The average wind speed
is 2.6m/s (SLR, 2013).

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-9
4.2.4 CONCLUSION
The climate aspects described above assist in understanding the baseline climate and the potential
impacts which may result. The interpolated annual average rainfall is 1260mm per year. The rainy
season is from November through to March. April and October are transitional months either side of
the dry season of May to September during which an average rainfall of 21.4mm occurs. The storm
water management plan and water balance take into account the rainfall and evaporation conditions
for the site. Wind speed and direction has been used in the air quality modelling, and it is noted that,
in general wind speeds are below 5.4 m/s and not able to carry larger dust particles.

4.3 TOPOGRAPHY BASELINE
The information in this section was sourced from Google Earth imagery and available survey data
provided by the client.

Changes to the current topography by mine related infrastructure development may impact on
surface water drainage, visual aspects and the safety of people and wildlife. To understand the basis
of these potential impacts, a baseline situational analysis is described below.

The main source of data collection was a series of site visits by the EIA project team and review of
Google Earth imagery.

4.3.3 RESULTS
The Manica area is located in an embayment within the East African Escarpment, with the
topography rising steeply to the west, north and south, to the Zimbabwean border, which is defined
by the escarpment. The concession area can be divided into two main topographical domains:

The broad flat flood plains, associated along the alluvial systems that lie between 680 m to
720 m above mean sea level (amsl)

Topography is depicted in Figure 1-2 and Figure 4-12.
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-10
4.3.4 CONCLUSION
The proposed mine infrastructure and excavations will alter the topography and influence
topographical aspects such as surface water drainage, visual landscapes and the safety of people
and wildlife.

4.4 SOIL BASELINE
The information in this section was sourced from the soil and land capability specialist study (refer to
Appendix E).

The proposed mine has the potential to damage the soil resource through physical loss of soil and/or
the contamination of soils, thereby impacting on the soils ability to sustain natural vegetation and
reducing land capability. Contamination of soils may in turn contribute to the contamination of
surface and groundwater resources.

To understand the basis of these potential impacts, a baseline situational analysis is described
below.

Soil information was obtained through review of available mapping information, field surveys and
laboratory analysis of selected samples. The soil forms were classified according to the World
Reference Base system guidelines and different soil types identified were grouped together into soil-
mapping units on the basis of soil form and surface features.

4.4.3 RESULTS
4.4.3.1 Soil forms
Three soil types were identified in the concession area, namely Lixisols, Leptosols and Gleysols.
These are shown in Figure 4-6 and described in Table 4-2 below.

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-11
TABLE 4-2: SOILS TYPES IN THE CONCESSION AREA (TERRA-AFRICA, 2013)
Lixisols Leptosols Gleysols
Extent 2,036ha (67%of area) 790ha (26% of area) 211ha (6.9% of area)
Description Red and yellow tropical soils with a higher clay
content in the subsoil than the topsoil as a result of
clay migration.
Clay accumulates in subsoil argic horizon. Clays are
usually low-activity with a low cation exchange
capacity where the base saturation is very high.
Important to maintain organic matter as degraded
Lixisol surfaces are prone to slaking and/or erosion
as a result of raindrop impact.
Deep profile with topsoil an average of 1.8m depth.
Difference in top and subsoil texture and colour
noticeable.
Identified on hilltops.
Very shallow and very stony and/or gravelly.
Erosion risk especially on steep slopes.
Topsoil depth varies between 0.1 and 0.4m depth.
Associated with wetland areas.
Reddish, brownish or yellowish colours at ped
surfaces and/or in the upper soil layer or layers, in
combination with greyish/bluish colours inside the
peds and/or deeper in the soil.
Many Gleysols areas are covered by a layer of red
Lixisols as a result of sedimentation caused by
artisanal mining activities.

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-13
4.4.3.2 Soil chemical characteristics
The fertility of soil is determined mainly by the availability of nutrients as well as soil pH levels. Soil
pH is an indicator of soil acidity and alkalinity. Most soils have a pH in the range of 4 to 10.

The pH of the samples collected in the concession area range between 4.6 and 6.2 which is
considered to be very strongly acid to slightly acid according to the terminology. The lower pH levels
are associated with the Lixisols.

The base cations (calcium, magnesium, potassium and sodium) occur in very high levels in most
samples. Nutrient levels in the topsoil samples are almost always higher than that of the subsoil
indicating that the natural soil fertility is better in the topsoil.

4.4.3.3 Soil Texture
All the samples analysed has a dominant silt fraction and the topsoil horizon is lower in clay content
than the subsoil horizon in areas of Lixisol soils.

4.4.4 CONCLUSION
Three soils types were identified in the concession area, namely Lixisols, Leptosols (associated with
steep areas) and Gleysols (associated with wetlands). Lixisols are widespread and dominate the
site. Soil analysis shows that topsoil is more fertile than subsoil and therefore it is important to
conserve this valuable resource. Red Lexisols cover the Gleysols in many areas due to
sedimentation caused by artisanal mining.

4.5 LAND CAPABILITY BASELINE
The information in this section was sourced from the soil and land capability specialist study
(Appendix E).

The land capability classification is based on soil properties and related potential to support various
land use activities. The proposed mine has the potential to significantly transform the land capability
through the placement of infrastructure in particular. To understand the basis of this potential impact,
a baseline situational analysis is described below.

Mozambique does not have land capability classification guidelines and therefore The South African
Chamber of Mines pre-mining land capability system was utilised, given that this is the dominant
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-14
capability class classification system utilised in the mining and industrial fields. Using this system,
the land capability of the study area was classified into four distinctly different and recognisable
classes, namely, wetland, arable land, grazing land and wilderness.

4.5.3 RESULTS
The results of the land capability assessment are shown in Figure 4-7. This figure shows that of the
concession area mapped (3,037ha); approximately 67% is classified as arable, 26% grazing and 7%
as wetland.

4.5.4 CONCLUSION
The land capability study has determined that the concession area has predominantly arable land,
with grazing and wetland land capabilities to a lesser degree. This information was used in project
planning in an effort to minimise land capability impacts.
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-16
4.6 BIODIVERSITY BASELINE
Information has been sourced from the biodiversity specialist studies (refer to Appendix F).

In the broadest sense, biodiversity provides value for ecosystem functionality, aesthetic, spiritual, cultural,
and recreational reasons. The known value of biodiversity and ecosystems is as follows:

Soil formation and fertility maintenance
Primary production through photosynthesis, as the supportive foundation for all life
Provision of food and fuel
Provision of shelter and building materials
Regulation of water flows and water quality
Regulation and purification of atmospheric gases
Moderation of climate and weather
Control of pests and diseases
Maintenance of genetic resources (key for medicines, crop, and livestock breeding).


4.6.2.1 Methods
The first step in the biodiversity baseline study was a desktop study, which involved:

Consulting available maps, aerial photographs and digital satellite images in order to determine broad
habitats and sensitive sites
A literature review concerning habitats, vegetation types, faunal and floral species distributions
Identifying the status of the land as well as conservation requirements and nearby conservation
areas.

This was followed by the following fieldwork:
Flora fieldwork
Vegetation surveys were undertaken by first identifying vegetation units or communities and then
analysing the floral species composition. Wandering transects were undertaken to record the overall
floral species composition (woody and herbaceous components) throughout the study area
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-17
A Vegetation Index Score (VIS) was used to determine the ecological state of each habitat unit
identified. This enabled an accurate and consistent description of the present ecological state (PES)
of each habitat unit.
An assessment considering the presence of any Red Data Listed (RDL) plant species, as well as
suitable habitat to support any such species, was undertaken. RDL and protected species lists were
obtained from the Flora of Mozambique database of 2007, and the IUCN red list
Each of the floral communities was investigated for the presence of medicinal species by means of
wandering transects together with local traditional healers. These species were then identified and
their uses documented based on literature reviews.

Fauna fieldwork
Sherman traps were used to identify small mammals. This is necessary because small mammals are
unlikely to be directly observed in the field because of their nocturnal/crepuscular and cryptic nature.
Trapped animals were photographed and then set free unharmed
Invertebrates are also cryptic by nature and therefore Pit fall traps were used to capture ground
dwelling invertebrates
Avifauna (birds), reptiles and amphibians were identified in the field through observation, bird calls,
and identifying suitable habitat
The probability of occurrence (PoC) was determined for red data species that possibly occur in the
area, taking into account available suitable habitat, known distribution range (from literature) and
availability of food sources.

Aquatic ecosystem fieldwork
Wetlands were delineated according to the method presented in the final draft of A practical field
procedure for identification and delineation of wetlands and riparian areas published by the South
African department of Water Affairs in February 2005 (DWAF 2005) which is regarded as regional
best practice. The foundation of the method is based on the fact that wetlands and riparian zones
have several distinguishing factors including the following:
o The presence of water at or near the ground surface
o Distinctive hydromorphic soils
o Vegetation adapted to saturated soils
o The presence of alluvial soils in stream systems.
The PES of wetland systems was determined using Habitat Integrity (IHI) for South African floodplain
and channelled valley bottom wetland types (Department of Water Affairs and Forestry Resource
Quality Services, 2007)
Aquatic ecological surveys were conducted at key points in the concession area and included :
o Visual assessment
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-18
o Water quality testing
o Habitat assessment using the Invertebrate Habitat Assessment System (IHAS)
o Macro-invertebrate Response Assessment Index (MIRAI) to determine habitat integrity
o Fish community integrity assessment using the Fish Assemblage Integrity Index (FAII)
o Whole Effluent Toxicity (WET) procedures in which organisms were exposed to water
taken from the assessment sites to determine if there were any acute health effects on
these organisms.

All the information collected was then considered to delineate sensitive areas.

4.6.3 RESULTS
4.6.3.1 Ecoregion
The study area falls within the Central Zambesian Miombo Woodland (AT0704) ecoregion (SAS, 2013).
The Central Zambezian Miombo Woodland is one of the largest ecoregions in Africa. While much of the
ecoregion has been transformed by urban development, bush clearing, agriculture and mining, the
southern occurrences of the ecoregion, especially in the southern DRC, remain largely intact. The
ecoregion is listed as vulnerable (WWF, 2001 as cited in SAS, 2013).

4.6.3.2 Flora
Habitat Units
The project can be divided into three broad habitat units, namely ridges, riparian and wetland areas and
communal (mostly transformed agricultural) areas refer to Figure 4-8. Vegetation can be considered
largely uniform throughout the concession area, with the exception of a change in species composition
and density on the ridges and in wetland and riparian areas (SAS, 2013). The habitat attributes are
summarised in Table 4-3. The list of floral species found in each habitat type is provided in the specialist
report (refer to Appendix F).

Red Data Listed (RDL) Species
Two species have a distribution range that overlaps with the concession area, namely Encephalartos
manikensis and Millettia mossambicensis. These species were however not encountered in the
concession area during fieldwork surveys, although propagation of an unidentified species of
Encephalartos was noted in the town of Manica in informal nurseries.

Medicinal Species
The medicinal species identified are all considered to be common and were encountered in the
transformed habitat unit. The species identified include:

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-19
Solanum elaeagnifolium - Silver leaf bitter apple
Vernonia amygdanima - Vernonia
Milletia stuhlmanii - Panga panga
Strychnos spinosa - Spiny monkey-orange
Vernonia oligocephala - Bicoloured-leaved vernonia
Dichrostachys cineria - Sickle bush
Agave sisalana - Agave
Cuscuta cassytoides - Dodder
Ximenia Americana - Wild sour plum
Ziziphus mucronata - Buffalo thorn.

Exotic Species
Exotic floral species were found to be relatively abundant and of moderate diversity. Weeds were mostly
associated with agricultural and mining disturbances, where in some instances they were completely
dominant. Examples include Lantana camara (Lantana), Bidens pilosa (Spanish Blackjack), Datura
stramonium (Common Thorn Apple), Tagetes minuta (Tall Khakiweed) and Zea mays (corn).

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-20
TABLE 4-3: HABITAT UNITS (SAS, 2013)
Habitat unit Description Sensitivity Class derived from the
Vegetation Index Score
(VIS)
Rating Motivation for rating
Ridge Found on ridges and associated foothills
Community structure altered and habitat
fragmentation has taken place in many areas
Can still be recognised as Miombo Woodland.
Moderate The only moderately intact habitat unit in the
concession area
Ecological function ranges from highly to
moderately intact in most areas
Provides habitat for a wide variety of avifaunal
species.
C Moderately modified
Transformed and
agricultural areas
Largest habitat unit in concession area
In general, species composition could be
described as secondary Miombo woodland,
but tree densities, size and levels of
transformation varied significantly
Agricultural areas encountered were totally
transformed, with the woody layer completely
removed in most cases.

Low Habitat valuable to people for habitation and
resource utilisation
Severe disturbance has taken place and plant
communities have been completely
transformed.

E Loss of natural habitat
extensive
Wetland and
riparian
Levels of transformation varied with impacts
such as artisanal mining related activities
(especially topographic alteration and
siltation)
Large sections are also utilised for
subsistence agriculture.
Low in
disturbed
areas
High in less
disturbed
areas
Habitat valuable to people for resource
utilisation
Wetlands have important flood attenuation,
water filtration and nutrient cycling functions
Although disturbance has occurred in some
areas, ecological function is still moderately
intact in some wetlands
The habitat is well represented, but forms a
network of connected habitats, which ensures
migratory connectivity and forms a niche habitat
for faunal and floral inhabitants.
C Moderately modified

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-22
4.6.3.3 Fauna
Mammals
A low diversity of mammal species was observed and is believed to be a result of activities such as
deforestation for fuel, artisanal mining, transformation of habitat for agricultural use and hunting. Species
found on site include Crocidura mariquensis (Swamp Musk Shrew), Lepus saxatilis (Scrub hare),
Ichneumia albicauda (White tailed Mongoose), Mastomys coucha (Southern Multimammate Mouse),
Rhinolophus clivosus (Geoffroy's Horseshoe bat), Aonyx capensis (African claw less otter),
Cercopithecus pygerythrus (Vervet monkey). No RDL species were found on site.

Avifauna
A full list of species identified on site is provided in the specialist report. Examples include Corvus albus
(Pied Crow), Batis molitor (Chin spot batis), Streptopelia capicola (Cape Turtle Dove), Cecropis
abyssinica (Lesser Striped Swallow), Nectarinia venusta (Variable sunbird), Lophaetus occipitalis (Long-
crested Eagle), Tauraco porphyreolophus (Purple-crested Turaco) and Lamprotornis corruscus (Black-
bellied Glossy-starling). No RDL species were found on site, however 15 RDL species may occur in
Manica Province according to literature. However, the likelihood that some of these RDL species may fly
into the concession area to forage or use it as a migratory corridor is considered low, due to the highly
transformed habitat and high levels of anthropogenic activities occurring throughout the study area.

Reptiles
Few reptile species were recorded during the site survey within the concession area, and this is believed
to be due to the highly transformed habitat and high levels of anthropogenic activities. Trachylepsis varia
(Variable Skink), Plestiodon sp. (Skink) and the Trachylepsi striata (African Striped Skink) were found
during the site survey. No endangered reptile species occur in the Manica region of Manica Province
(MICOA 2009, as cited by SAS, 2013).

Amphibians
One species, namely Amietophrynus gutturalis (Guttural toad) was encountered during the site survey.
The low species diversity is believed to be due to the highly transformed habitat and high levels of
anthropogenic activities, particularly the artisanal mining activities. There are no protected or RDL
amphibian species in the area surrounding Manica town (MICOA, 2009 as cited in SAS, 2013).

Invertebrates
A list of general observed, sighted and collected invertebrates is provided in the specialist report.
Examples include Danaus chrysippus aegyptius (African monarch butterfly), Stolliana angusticornis (Saw
backed locust), Apis mellifera scutellata (African honey bee), Geotrupes egeriei (Earth-boring dung
beetle), Maransis rufolineatus (Grass stick insect), Lycosa sp. (Wolf spider) and Sphodromantis lineola
(African Praying mantis). The conservation status of many Mozambique invertebrates remains
problematic due to poor invertebrate surveys and scientific assessment (MICOA, 2009 as cited in SAS,
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-23
2013). At this current stage no global RDL invertebrate species were recorded or are expected to occur
within the Manica region and in the concession area.

RDL Species
No RDL faunal species were identified by direct or indirect observation during the site survey, nor are any
species deemed likely to occur in the concession area.

4.6.3.4 Aquatic Ecosystems
An aquatic ecological assessment was undertaken by assessing the aquatic ecology of several systems
in the vicinity of the proposed mining operations which could be affected by the proposed mine refer to
Figure 4-9 for the assessment locations. Points Man 1 (Revue River), 2 (Musambudzi River) and 4
(Kakarwoe River) have been significantly impacted by artisanal mining activities, while Man 3 (Mutsinza
River) is located in a small earth impoundment on a river that has been impacted by agricultural activities.
Man 5 (Mukurumazi River) is located in a fairly uninhabited mountainous area with few anthropogenic
influences. As such, this site is considered a reference point for the site to compare the results of the
assessments of the other sites to.

The sites were visually assessed, and this was followed by the following assessments:

Water quality assessment of key parameters such as electrical conductivity to determine salt
load, and pH
Habitat assessment using a habitat scoring system
Macro-invertebrate assessment in which the number and diversity of macro-invertebrates are
recorded at each site and provide an indication of habitat integrity. The sites are given a class to
give an indication of how modified or impaired the system is i.e. how impacted the sites already
are as a result of anthropogenic activities
Fish assembly assessment in which the number and diversity of fish are recorded at each site
and provide an indication of habitat integrity. The sites are classed according to the degree of
modification or impairment
Toxicity assessment in which organisms are exposed to water from each site to determine if
there are any acute health effects caused by the current water quality. The sites are classed
according to the degree of modification or impairment.

The results of the ecological assessments are provided in Table 4-4 and show that the Revue,
Musambudzi, Kakarwoe and Mutsinza Rivers have been significantly impacted by anthropogenic
activities.
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-25
TABLE 4-4: SUMMARY OF AQUATIC ECOLOGY ASSESSMENT FINDINGS (SAS, 2013)
Assessment Man 1 Man 2 Man 3 Man 4 Man 5 (reference point)
Visual Highly turbid Highly turbid with silt
deposition
Dam with good bankside
vegetation, depth diversity
and cover for fish.
Relatively clear water with
relatively poor substrate
Clear water, diversity of
flow with good substrate
Water quality (electrical
conductivity, pH)
Poor quality Poor quality Poor quality Poor quality with highest
salt load
Relatively good quality
Habitat Habitat and diversity
structure is adequate for
supporting diverse macro-
invertebrates
Habitat and diversity
structure is inadequate for
invertebrates
Assessment method could
not be applied to an
impoundment
structure is inadequate for
invertebrates
structure highly suitable
for supporting diverse
macro-invertebrates
Macro-invertebrate
(SASS)
Class F: Critically impaired Class F: Critically impaired Assessment method could
not be applied to an
impoundment
Class E: Severely
impaired
Class C: Moderately
impaired
Fish (FAII) Class F: Critically modified Class F: Critically modified Class F: Critically modified Class F: Critically modified Class F: Critically modified
Toxicity Class 3: Acute hazard Class 3: Acute hazard Class 3: Acute hazard Class 2: Slight acute
hazard
Class 2: Slight acute
hazard
Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-26
Wetlands
Due to the relatively high rainfall in the area as well as the local topography and the network of drainage
features, wetland conditions are found commonly throughout the area (SAS, 2013). In the steeper
mountainous areas, the extent of wetland/riparian development is more limited and wetlands are
associated with the small streams draining these areas. On the lower slopes of some of the hills, hillslope
seepage and valley head seepage wetlands were encountered, which then developed into channelled
valley bottom wetlands. In the flatter low lying areas, the larger rivers have extensive floodplains, such as
the Revue River basin where the Revue, Musambudzi and Mukurumazi River meet. In some areas, such
as the Musambudzi River, become strongly channelled and more riparian in nature.

Figure 4-10 shows the wetlands identified in the concession area. The Wetland Index of Habitat Integrity
was applied to the wetland identified. The system was applied to the larger drainage features in the area,
namely the Musambudzi and Revue Rivers. The system was then also applied to the smaller drainage
features such as the Kakarwoe River, Mukurumazi River and smaller unnamed wetlands which are linked
to the larger Revue system. The results are summarised below:

Larger river systems:
o Overall PES rating of 58.2%
o PES category C/D - moderately to largely modified conditions
o Impacts on the hydrology of the system are limited (largely natural with few modifications)
o Severe impairment of the geomorphological functioning of the system - largely as a result of
the effects of the artisanal mining and to a lesser degree agricultural activities
o Severe increase in suspended solids due to artisanal mining is considered to be serious. In
addition potential increases in concentrations of heavy metals such as mercury may occur as
a result of the recovery of gold by artisanal miners
o Vegetation alteration from both artisanal mining as well as clearing of vegetation for
agricultural purposes is significant and classified as being Largely Modified (Class D)
Smaller river systems:
o Overall PES rating of 70.5%
o PES category C indicating moderately modified conditions
o state of the hydrology and geomorphology of the systems is moderately modified and is
attributed to artisanal mining and agriculture to a lesser degree
o Water quality is moderately to largely or modified and is attributed to artisanal mining
o Vegetation alteration from both artisanal mining as well as clearing of vegetation for
agricultural purposes is significant and classified as being Largely Modified (Class D).

The following should be noted regarding the ecosystem services the wetlands provide (SAS, 2013):

Envirosig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-27
The wetland features in the concession area are of substantial significance in the area from both
a socio-cultural and ecological point of view and an ecological service provision point of view
Larger wetland systems of the Revue River and the Musambudzi River are particularly important
in terms of flood attenuation, sediment trapping and toxicant removal. These systems can also be
considered highly important in terms of provision of harvestable resources and cultivated foods.
Water supply and erosion control were also considered important within these systems.
The systems have a fairly low importance in terms of biodiversity maintenance and have little
importance in terms of tourism and research and education
The smaller wetland features in the area are of significance in the area from both a socio-cultural
and ecological point of view and an ecological service provision point of view although several
services are considered less important than what was observed in the larger drainage features.
The smaller systems are particularly important in terms of flood attenuation. These systems can
also be considered important in terms of provision of harvestable resources and cultivated foods.
Water supply and erosion control were also considered important within these systems.
The systems have a fairly low importance in terms of biodiversity maintenance and have limited
importance in terms of tourism and research and education.

4.6.3.5 Biodiversity Sensitivity Mapping
A sensitivity map was compiled by considering all of the information available. This map is provided in
Figure 4-11 and shows areas of high, medium and low sensitivity. Every effort should be made to avoid
placing infrastructure within higher sensitivity areas. However it should be noted that all wetlands should
be avoided as far as practically possible, even those deemed to be of low significance because these
wetlands offer services to the ecosystem, such as flood attenuation, as well as to local communities who
may use the wetlands for domestic use.

4.6.4 CONCLUSION
The concession area has three broad habitats, namely ridges, riparian and wetlands areas and
transformed habitat. The transformed habitat is the largest habitat unit and has negatively affected
biodiversity in the concession area. No RDL species have been found on site. The wetland and river
systems have been significantly impacted upon by anthropogenic activities, however these systems are
still considered valuable in terms of the services they provide to the ecosystem and the community. The
ecological sensitivity map was provided to the project team in an effort to avoid areas of higher sensitivity.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-30
4.7 SURFACE WATER BASELINE
The information in this section was sourced from the hydrology specialist study (refer to Appendix G) and
the groundwater specialist study (refer to Appendix H).

The mine will introduce a range of infrastructure and activities that have the potential to change surface
flow patterns, reduce run-off into the natural environment and pollute surface water resources. To
understand the basis of these potential impacts, a baseline situational analysis is described below.

The following activities took place for data collection:

Site inspection
Sourcing and review of rainfall data
Interpretation of elevation survey information
Flood hydrology calculations and analysis.

4.7.3 RESULTS
4.7.3.1 Surface drainage
Streams within the concession area are shown in Figure 4-12 and drain towards the Revue River, which
flows in an easterly direction across the site. The Revue River then flows in a south-easterly direction
into Chicamba Dam approximately 20km downstream.

4.7.3.2 Surface water use
Surface water is used for domestic use within the concession area, as well as for artisanal mining
activities such as ore-washing. The Chicamba Dam downstream is a key water abstraction point for
domestic use.
Revue
Musambudzi
M
u
ts
in
z
a
M
u
k
u
r
u
m
a
z
i
Legend
Figure 4-12
Surface Drainage and Topography
(Highlands Hydrology, 2013)
Projection: Transverse Mercator
Datum: Moznet, UTM Zone 37S
0 1 0.5
Kilometers
Hydrologic Consulting (Pty) Ltd
PO Box 71472, Bryanston, 2021
South Africa
Tel. +27 72 239 0974
Email. mark@hydrologic.za.com
Mark Bollaert
Site_Boundary
Haul Road
River (Surveyed)
Drainage Line (ASTER)
Subcatchments
10m Contours
Elevation
(mAMSL)
High : 1804
Low : 655
Scale: 1:000,000 @ A3
Administration Buildings
Bioremediation
Contractors Site
Explosive Store
Hazardous Waste
Laydown Area - Stores
Low Grade Dump
Mining Infrastructure
Opencast
Pollution Control Dam
Process Plant
Subsurface Mining
Tailings Storage Facility
Waste Dump
November 2013
G
u
y
F
a
w
k
e
s
K
a
k
a
r
w
o
e
R
e
v
u
e
Version 1
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-32
4.7.3.3 Surface water quality
As observed during the site visit, the Revue River is visibly turbid as a result of ore washing by artisanal
miners. In addition, the river valley has been subject to alluvial gold mining through the use of pontoon
mounted dredgers floating on lagoons.

Nine surface water samples were collected at accessible river locations as part of the hydrocensus. The
locations of these sampling points are shown in Figure 4-15. The results of the quality analysis were
compared to the World Health Organisation (WHO) drinking water standards and the IFC mine effluent
standards and is provided in Table 4-5. Surface water samples compiled with the WHO drinking water
standards, with the exception of the following (SLR, 2013):

SW 3, 6 and 9 and W7 showed elevated aluminium (Al) concentrations (maximum elevated
concentration of 0.98 mg/l exceeds 0.2 mg/l WHO standard for drinking water) and can be
attributed to the naturally occurring acidic soils and chemical weathering of clay minerals to
kaolinite. No acute health effects as a result of the high aluminium concentrations are expected;
though long-term neurological disorders might occur (it is not certain whether aluminium causes
such conditions or is an indicator of other factors). Adverse aesthetic effects on the water quality
can be expected (colouration)
SW5 showed an elevated arsenic concentration (0.047 mg/l As) (WHO drinking water standard
is 0.01 mg/l). Arsenic is naturally found in the environment and is highly toxic in its inorganic
form. Long-term exposure to inorganic arsenic, mainly through drinking of contaminated water,
eating of food prepared with this water and eating food irrigated with arsenic-rich water, can lead
to chronic arsenic poisoning. Skin lesions and skin cancer are the most characteristic effects.

It should however be noted that the water samples were only analysed four weeks after they were taken,
and additional baseline monitoring is therefore recommended.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-33
TABLE 4-5: WATER QUALITY OF THE SAMPLES COLLECTED AT MANICA GOLD MINE (SLR, 2013)
Element Ag Al As B Ba Be Bi Ca Cd Co Cr Cu Fe K Li Mg Mn Mo Na Ni P Pb Sb Se Si Sn Sr Ti V W Zn Zr pH EC Alkalinity Cl SO4 NO3 F CN Hg
Unit mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l pH Unit mS/m mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l mg/l
WHOStandard for Drinking Water (2011) N/A 0.2 0.01 2.4 0.7 N/A N/A 300 0.003 2 0.05 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.4 0.07 200 0.07 N/A 0.01 0.02 0.01 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2.5 N/A 250 400 11 1.5 0.07 0.006
IFC Mining Effluent (2007) N/A N/A 0.1 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.05 N/A 0.1 0.3 2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.5 N/A 0.2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.5 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1
GW1 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.06 <0.025 <0.025 18 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 28 <0.025 <0.025 8 <0.025 0.077 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 22 <0.025 0.201 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.5 34.1 132 25 <5 6 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW2 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.041 <0.025 <0.025 28 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 16 <0.025 <0.025 8 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 19.6 0.057 0.074 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.1 30 156 7 <5 0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW4 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 16 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 9 <0.025 <0.025 9 <0.025 0.079 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 31 <0.025 0.04 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.9 19.1 96 5 <5 1.8 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW5 (Boerhole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 21 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 9 <0.025 <0.025 9 <0.025 0.085 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 36 0.051 0.066 0.029 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.1 21.2 112 <5 <5 1.9 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW6 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 23 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 31 <0.025 <0.025 8 <0.025 0.039 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 33 <0.025 0.092 0.025 <0.025 <0.025 0.227 <0.025 8 13.4 72 6 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW7 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.072 <0.025 <0.025 11 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 5 0.122 <0.025 8 <0.025 0.035 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 14.1 0.039 0.045 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.7 6.8 32 <5 <5 0.4 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW9 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 4 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 3 <0.025 <0.025 2 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 12.9 0.049 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.2 36.7 196 13 <5 2.1 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW10 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 12 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 1.1 <0.025 14 <0.025 <0.025 11 <0.025 0.066 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 26 0.06 0.073 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.1 21.7 120 <5 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW11 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.127 <0.025 <0.025 28 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 4.3 <0.025 26 0.244 <0.025 23 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 27 0.036 0.15 0.039 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.4 43 232 13 <5 <0.2 0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW12 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.1 <0.025 <0.025 17 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 1.4 <0.025 13 <0.025 <0.025 10 <0.025 0.058 0.026 <0.010 <0.020 30 0.048 0.177 0.029 <0.025 <0.025 0.027 <0.025 7.8 21.6 132 <5 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW14 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.028 <0.025 <0.025 40 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 1.1 <0.025 30 <0.025 <0.025 7 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 24 0.05 0.06 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.4 45 244 14 <5 1.4 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW18 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 23 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 1.1 <0.025 20 <0.025 <0.025 15 <0.025 0.046 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 29 0.034 0.097 0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.1 33.7 176 11 <5 1.6 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
GW23 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.076 <0.025 <0.025 27 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 1.5 <0.025 10 <0.025 <0.025 28 <0.025 0.11 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 34 0.063 0.155 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.9 40.6 68 49 7 15 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
SW1 (River) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.037 <0.025 <0.025 18 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 1.7 <0.025 33 0.061 <0.025 10 <0.025 0.046 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 16.4 0.04 0.046 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.4 37.8 216 11 <5 0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
SW2 (River) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.026 <0.025 <0.025 20 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 16 <0.025 <0.025 10 <0.025 0.031 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 14.3 0.033 0.073 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.5 25.6 140 8 <5 <0.2 0.2 <0.05 <0.001
SW3 (River) <0.025 0.871 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 6 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 0.807 <1.0 <0.025 5 <0.025 <0.025 3 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 8.7 0.055 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8 9.8 56 5 <5 0.3 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
SW4 (River) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 11 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 0.056 <1.0 <0.025 9 <0.025 <0.025 4 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 10.5 0.043 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.2 14.4 80 <5 <5 <0.2 0.2 <0.05 <0.001
SW5 (River) <0.025 <0.100 0.047 <0.025 0.037 <0.025 <0.025 21 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 1.8 <0.025 20 <0.025 <0.025 5 <0.025 0.027 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 16.8 0.058 0.034 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.3 27.7 160 <5 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
SW6 (River) <0.025 0.979 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 0.843 <1.0 <0.025 7 0.05 <0.025 4 <0.025 0.032 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 8.8 0.031 <0.025 0.039 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8 11.5 44 7 7 0.2 0.3 <0.05 <0.001
SW7 (River) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.077 <0.025 <0.025 17 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 1.6 <0.025 9 <0.025 <0.025 8 <0.025 0.151 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 28 0.027 0.116 0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8.3 19 100 <5 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
SW9 (River) <0.025 0.26 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 0.31 <1.0 <0.025 6 <0.025 <0.025 5 <0.025 0.045 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 10 0.04 0.03 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.9 12.3 52 5 5 <0.2 0.4 <0.05 <0.001
Pitt 1 (Open Pit) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 46 <0.025 <0.025 4 <0.025 0.049 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 16.9 0.054 <0.025 0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.3 40.5 208 11 <5 0.5 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
Pitt 4 (Open Pit) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.026 <0.025 <0.025 11 <0.005 <0.025 0.104 <0.025 <0.025 1.2 <0.025 11 <0.025 <0.025 7 0.037 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 16.9 <0.025 0.052 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 6.6 18.5 64 12 <5 4.5 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
Pitt 11 (Open Pit) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 20 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 42 <0.025 <0.025 7 <0.025 0.036 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 33 0.062 0.037 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 6.9 44 248 11 <5 0.5 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
Pitt 14 (Open Pit) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 14 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 64 <0.025 <0.025 3 <0.025 0.034 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 15.4 0.065 <0.025 0.031 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.4 50.2 308 9 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
Pitt 15 (Open Pit) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 13 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 0.027 <1.0 <0.025 21 <0.025 <0.025 6 <0.025 0.039 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 15.7 0.054 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7 25.3 148 <5 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
Fountain 1 <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.047 <0.025 <0.025 11 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 12 <0.025 <0.025 6 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 14.9 0.05 0.062 0.038 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 6.9 18.6 100 6 <5 <02 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
Fountain 2 <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.048 <0.025 <0.025 15 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 0.03 1.2 <0.025 11 <0.025 <0.025 10 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 24 0.039 0.082 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7 21.4 112 5 <5 0.3 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
Fountain 3 <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 9 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 7 <0.025 <0.025 4 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 14.8 0.043 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 6.4 11.2 64 <5 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
Fountain 7 <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 7 <0.025 <0.025 3 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 9.1 0.041 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.1 11.5 60 <5 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
FF2 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 0.04 <0.025 <0.025 25 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 6 <0.025 34 0.087 <0.025 7 <0.025 0.181 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 24 0.045 0.063 0.028 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.4 40.2 200 8 <5 1.3 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
FF3 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 20 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 33 <0.025 <0.025 6 <0.025 0.033 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 17.3 0.045 0.059 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.1 34.7 184 10 <5 1 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
FF4 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 15 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 1.3 <0.025 24 <0.025 <0.025 5 <0.025 0.026 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 16.9 0.042 0.035 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.4 27.2 160 5 <5 <0.2 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
FF6 (Borehole) <0.025 <0.100 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <1.0 <0.025 14 <0.025 <0.025 4 <0.025 0.101 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 13.1 0.056 0.032 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 6.7 16.4 80 5 <5 0.4 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001
W7 (Vumba) (River) <0.025 0.555 <0.010 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 8 <0.005 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 0.437 <1.0 <0.025 8 <0.025 <0.025 8 <0.025 <0.025 <0.020 <0.010 <0.020 7.5 0.042 0.049 0.031 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 7.4 16.5 64 7 8 0.3 <0.2 <0.05 <0.001

Note: Red highlight shows exceedance of WHO drinking standard and blue highlight shows exceedance of IFC mine effluent standard
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-34
4.7.3.4 Return Period Rainfall Depths
Table 4-6 shows various 24-hour storm depths and associated return periods as derived using the
Hydrological Research Unit (HRU) methodology, which is a simplistic methodology which enables the
estimation of depth-duration-frequency (DDF) rainfall. The methodology uses the mean annual
precipitation (MAP) for the site and a factor to account for the sites location in order to determine the
DDF estimate.

TABLE 4-6: RETURN PERIOD 24-HOUR STORM DEPTHS (HIGHLANDS HYDROLOGY, 2013)
Return Period 24 hour Rainfall Depth (mm)
2 87
5 115
10 141
20 174
50 229
100 282
200 347

4.7.3.5 Floodlines
The concession area is drained by one main catchment (the Revue) which has been divided into eight
sub-catchments (refer to Figure 4-13). These sub-catchments were delineated using the ASTER Digital
Elevation Model survey data due to limited elevation survey data available for the site. ASTER data is a
product of Japan's Ministry of Economy, Trade and industry (METI) and Americas National Aeronautics
and Space Administration (NASA). In order to develop the floodlines, it was necessary to determine
peak-flows for the sub-catchments. Basic catchment characteristics and the peak flows are provided in
Table 4-7.

TABLE 4-7: SUB-CATCHMENT CHARACTERISTICS AND PEAK FLOWS (HIGHLANDS HYDROLOGY,
2013)
Subcatchment Area
Length of
Longest
River
River
Slope
Return period
1:50
1:100
1:50
1:100

km
2
km m/km
Rainfall Intensity
(mm/hr)
Peak Flow Rate (m
3
/s)
Reach1 121.6 25.5 35.9
47 57 745 1030
Reach2 184.1 26.0 35.1
46 56 1046 1446
Reach3 197.5 27.9 30.7 42 52 1053 1456
Reach4 200.8 28.8 30.2 41 51 1053* 1456*
Reach5 218.4 29.4 29.7 41 50 1112 1539
Trib1 57.3 21.9 21.9 44 55 351 486
Trib2 11.0 8.0 103.0 114 140 180 249
Trib3 1.5 3.0 54.7 145 179 29 40
Trib4 17.1 8.1 65.3 105 129 248 344

The 1:50 year and 1:100 year floodlines were determined for various rivers in the concession area using
the Rational Method and HEC-RAS software. This software is designed to perform one-dimensional
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-35
hydraulic calculations for a full network of natural and constructed channels, is used worldwide and has
consequently been thoroughly tested through numerous case studies. The floodline determination made
use of limited topographical data in the form of ASTER Data (Advanced Spaceborne Thermal Emission
and Reflection radiometer) data (based on a 30m x 30m grid resolution). This was supplemented with
survey data collected in the field to define the river centreline.

The floodlines are presented in Figure 4-13. From this figure, it is noted that the flood extent for the 1:50
year and 1:100 year events are close in most areas due to the steep topography. Streams that were not
modelled have been given a 100m buffer zone.

4.7.4 CONCLUSION
The nature of the proposed mine infrastructure and activities are such that they present real potential for
pollution of water resources that in some cases may be used by third parties for domestic, recreation
and/or agricultural purposes. Therefore the proposed mine must be managed/implemented in a way that
pollution of water resources is prevented and minimised when prevention is not possible.

The information regarding catchment characteristics and floodlines has been provided to the project
team to develop the stormwater management plan and for planning the surface layout in order to avoid
streams and floodlines as far as practically possible. The baseline water quality will be further
investigated to provide a basis with which to compare water quality to once the project is initiated in an
effort to measure water quality impacts.
Trib1
Reach1
Trib2
Trib4
Reach2
Reach3
Trib3
Reach4
Reach5
Legend
Figure 4-13
Floodlines
(Highlands Hydology, 2013)
0 1 0.5
Kilometers
South Africa
Tel. +27 72 239 0974
Mark Bollaert November 2013
100 Year Floodline
River (Surveyed)
Drainage Line (ASTER)
Modelled Subcatchments
Floodplain (Manica Gold)
Surveyed River - 100m Buffer
ASTER Drainage Line -100m Buffer
Haul Road
10m Contours
Elevation
(mAMSL)
High : 1034
Low : 668
Scale: 1:000,000 @ A3
Bioremediation
Contractors Site
Explosive Store
Hazardous Waste
Laydown Area - Stores
Low Grade Dump
Mining Infrastructure
Opencast
Pollution Control Dam
Process Plant
Subsurface Mining
Tailings Storage Facility
Waste Dump
Version 1
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-37
4.8 GROUNDWATER BASELINE
The information in this section was sourced from the groundwater specialist study (refer to Appendix H).

Mining of the open pits and in the underground mine section at Guy Fawkes could impact on the water
quantity through groundwater drawdown associated with dewatering of these areas in order to make
them safe for mining. The development of the mineralised waste and stockpile facilities and spills from
the process plant and other areas could also impact on the groundwater quality. To understand the
basis of these potential impacts, a baseline situational analysis is described below.

The groundwater baseline information was obtained from:

A desktop study of existing regional information
A review of geological data from the mineral exploration drilling
Hydrocensus was conducted in order to identify other water users, check water levels and water
quality in existing boreholes.

4.8.3 RESULTS
4.8.3.1 Identified aquifers
The concession area is underlain by shallow weathered (in the mountainous areas) and deeper
weathered (in the low-laying plains) aquifers associated with greenstone rocks classified as intergranular
fractured aquifer. The greenstones provide primary porosity and storage capacity with limited
groundwater movement and secondary features like the dominant east-west oriented and northeast-
southwest shear zones enhancing potential groundwater flow. Groundwater is expected to predominantly
flow in the weathered zone and brecciated shear zones (SLR, 2013).

The greenstones are overlain by an unconfined alluvial sand aquifer (i.e. primary aquifer) along river and
drainage courses which typically exhibits much higher hydraulic conductivities and storativity. The
alluvial aquifers are also in direct contact with the surface water. Once surface water run-off recedes in
the dry season, groundwater acts as the main contribution to these alluvial aquifers. This is evidenced by
the main rivers, i.e. Revue River, flow throughout the dry season.

The regional aquifer systems, based on the Aquifer Classification System of Mozambique, in and around
the concession area are classified as an intergranular or fissured (fractured) aquifer systems. The
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-38
intergranular and/or fissured (fractured) aquifer systems is furthermore subdivided into three aquifer
groups, based on potential groundwater yielding capability as shown in Figure 4-14. These three aquifer
sub-groups are summarised below (SLR, 2013):

C1 - Areas with local aquifers (intergranular or fissure) with limited productivity or areas without
significant groundwater. Continuous or discontinuous limited productivity (generally groundwater
yield is less than 5m
3
/h or 1.4L/s). The lithologies present can be described as alluvial deposits
related alteration zone and / or fracturing of rocks Crystalline Complex
significant groundwater. Areas with limited occurrence of ground water (usually groundwater yields
less than 3m
3
/h or 0.84L/s). The lithologies present can be described as Complex-gneissic-
migmatitic, including metasedimentary series, Complex-granite-gneiss-migmatitic and Charnoqutica
series
significant groundwater. Mountainous areas without significant alteration mantle and practically avoid
groundwater as resource (typically groundwater yields of less than 1m
3
/h or 0.28L/s). The lithologies
present can be described as Complex gneissic-migmatitic, including metasedimentary series,
Complex-granite-gneiss-migmatitic and Charnoqutica Series.

However, apart from the regional aquifer subgroup classification described above which indicates poor
yielding capability of the aquifers, most villages rely purely on groundwater as a water resource.

4.8.3.2 Existing Groundwater Use
The majority of boreholes are used either for domestic (29 groundwater points) or agricultural (23
groundwater points) by using hand pumps (hand pumps) and hand dug wells (hand dug wells).
Groundwater and surface water seem to be the only water resource available for the villages in the
concession area. Manica town receives water through a dedicated water supply pipeline from the
Chicamba Dam.

4.8.3.3 Groundwater Recharge
No information is currently available on groundwater recharge.

4.8.3.4 Groundwater levels
The water levels measured during the hydrocensus vary from 0.2m below surface to 16.4m below
surface, with an average groundwater depth of 5m below surface. Most of these boreholes have been
located in close proximity of surface water features, mostly streams. Therefore, the recorded
groundwater levels are representative of shallow groundwater levels associated with stream systems
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-39
(alluvial aquifers). Most water levels are a subdued reflection of surface topography and therefore deeper
groundwater levels are expected in the higher lying areas.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-41
4.8.3.5 Groundwater quality
Water quality samples were collected and analysed from 17 boreholes, five samples from open dug wells
(pits) and four samples from fountains during the hydrocensus. Refer to Figure 4-15 for the locations of
these sampling points. The following comments are made with regard to groundwater quality (SLR,
2013):

All the samples are representative of a freshly recharged groundwater, which had limited time to
equilibrate with the aquifer material along its flow path
There is no clear distinction between the different samples water signatures with respect to the
boreholes, rivers, open pits and fountains and all sampling points are characterised by a
dominant Mg-Na-HCO
3
water
Based on the salt content, the samples representing fountains and rivers show very low salt
content compared to the samples retrieved from the boreholes and open pits (hand dug wells).
The higher salt content in the boreholes and open pits is expected and can be attributed to
limited mineralisation of the groundwater, i.e. the longer the minerals in contact with water the
higher the salt content
The groundwater samples taken comply with WHO drinking, with the exception of the following
(SLR, 2013) (refer to Table 4-5 in section 4.7):

o Water sample Pit4 (open pit sample) has an elevated chromium (Cr) concentration
(0.104 mg/L Cr) exceeding both the WHO drinking water standards (0.05 mg/L) and the
IFC effluent standards (0.1 mg/L). Chrome occurs naturally in the earth crust but could
also be attributed to anthropogenic activities. However, this may be an outlier and
further baseline monitoring will determine if chrome levels are consistently elevated
o GW12 has an elevated lead concentration in sample (0.026 mg/L Pb) exceeds the WHO
drinking water standard (0.01 mg/L). Based on the locality of the sample, no clear
indication of the source of this lead concentration could be determined. Further
baseline monitoring will determine if lead levels are consistently elevated. Elevated Pb
concentrations might cause a risk of neurological impairment in sensitive groups
(children and pregnant women)
o GW23 has an elevated nitrate (NO
3
) concentration (15 mg/l NO
3
) which slightly exceeds
the WHO drinking water standards of 11 mg/L. Sample GW23 is located in a highly
populated area within Manica town indicating potential anthropogenic activities giving
rise to the elevated nitrate level.

It should however be noted that the water samples were only analysed four weeks after they were taken,
and additional baseline monitoring is therefore recommended.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-42
4.8.4 CONCLUSION
The nature of the proposed mine infrastructure and activities are such that they present real potential for
reduction and/or pollution of groundwater resources that in some cases may be used by third parties for
domestic, recreation and/or agricultural purposes. Therefore the proposed mine must be
managed/implemented in a way that groundwater impacts are prevented and minimised when prevention
is not possible. The baseline groundwater quality will be further investigated to provide a basis with
which to compare groundwater quality to once the project is initiated in an effort to measure groundwater
quality impacts.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-44
4.9 AIR QUALITY BASELINE
Information in this section was sourced from the air quality specialist study (refer to Appendix I).

The proposed mine will introduce new air emission sources into a relatively undeveloped environment.
The more significant dust sources include entrainment from vehicle movement, crushing, the TSF and
materials handling. The gold processing plant, smelter and waste incinerator will also emit off-gasses into
the atmosphere through stacks. Depending on the concentration of the emissions and their related
dispersion, this may reduce air quality which can impact on third parties and biodiversity.


Data collection included:

Review of prevailing meteorological conditions. Both measured and modelled (interpolated) data
was used as follows: precipitation, evapo-transpiration and temperature data have been taken
from the UN Food and Agricultural Organisation (FAO) dataset which uses long-term records of
local weather stations interpolated in order to present a site specific rainfall estimate; all other
data was sourced from the 5
th
-generation prognostic meteorological model MM5 (Mesoscale
Model)
Review of site baseline conditions through site inspection by identifying emission sources based
on surrounding land-uses, industry types and population centres e.g. nearby quarries,
agricultural practices, urban traffic
A search for publicly available data from other studies in Mozambique (e.g. Air Pollution
Information Network for Africa (APINA)).

4.9.3 RESULTS
Meteorological conditions are discussed in section 4.2.

4.9.3.1 Sources and types of emissions
The land surrounding the application site can be divided into three main areas in terms of air quality
characterised on the basis of broad land-uses (SLR, 2013):

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-45
To the south of the site lie the residential outskirts of Manica extending for approximately 2km to the
Manica urban centre
To the north the land is mountainous and forested
To the east and west lies a mix of open land, with small villages or homesteads and land used for
agricultural practices (with some chicken farming and fruit production).

Existing emissions noted include (SLR, 2013):

Fugitive dust: sources include agriculture, vehicle entrainment on sealed and unsealed roads
and wind erosion of de-vegetated areas. On site observations (undertaken in July) during the
dry season noted that away from unsealed roads, airborne dust and dust deposition was not
noticeable. Dust raised by vehicles on unsealed roads however was noticeable. Munhena Mine
lies approximately 2km to the north and is unlikely to have a significant effect in either Andrada
or Manica
Biomass burning: typically, during the dry season the savannah zones in the northern
hemisphere are burned and pollutants are transported to the south west, during the dry season
in the southern hemisphere the savannahs are burned carrying pollutants to the north-west.
Consequently the concession area will be influenced by both local pollution sources and regional
pollutant sources to varying degrees on a seasonal basis. Pollutants of concern are carbon
monoxide, carbon dioxide, nitrogen oxides, sulphur dioxide, particulates, ammonia, various
hydrocarbons and aerosols
Household fuel burning: biomass or coal burning is likely to be localised in the vicinity of
populated areas with the degree of pollution related to the density of population. The main
pollutants arising due to the combustion of wood include respirable particulates (PM10), nitrogen
dioxide, carbon monoxide, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, particulate benzo(a)pyrene and
formaldehyde
Vehicle emissions: Atmospheric emissions from vehicle activity are anticipated to be more
significant in built up areas of Manica but a relatively minor source of air pollution away from
major roads. The pollutants of most concern with regard to engine exhausts are nitrogen dioxide
and respirable particles (PM
10
) in relation to human health and oxides of nitrogen (NOx) in
relation to vegetation and ecosystems. Other pollutants of concern include carbon dioxide (in
terms of global impact), carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons and sulphur dioxide.

4.9.3.2 Ambient air quality
Given the absence of large scale industry (e.g. mines, mineral processing, power stations etc.) in the
area, the main influences on air quality are anticipated to be local exhaust emissions and road dust in
proximity to local roads, as well as combustion of fuel for cooking in proximity to populated areas. On this
basis air quality is considered to be typical of a non-industrialised urbanised area in Manica town. In the
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-46
non-populated areas around Manica and the concession area (away from roads) the main influences on
air quality are likely to be regional pollution and small scale agricultural practices (e.g. intermittent
burning or dust from brush clearing).

4.9.4 CONCLUSION
Various existing emission sources have been identified in the concession area. Air quality is considered
to be typical of a non-industrialised urbanised area in Manica town. In the non-populated areas around
Manica and the concession area (away from roads) the main influences on air quality are likely to be
regional pollution and small scale agricultural practices (e.g. intermittent burning or dust from brush
clearing).

4.10 NOISE BASELINE
This information in this section was sourced from the noise specialist study (refer to Appendix J).

The proposed mine will introduce a number of noise sources. The more significant noise sources include:
excavator, crushers, drill machines, a range of vehicles, rock breakers, generators and blasting. The
Manica area is considered to be relatively quiet with rural characteristics, but with suburban
characteristics in the villages. Science has not progressed to the point that the impact of noise on
biodiversity is understood so the potential for noise impacts is mentioned in the context of third parties
only. To understand the basis of these potential impacts, a baseline situational analysis is described
below.

A desktop study was conducted to identify potential sensitive receptors using Google Earth imagery.
This was followed up with field work in which baseline noise was measured during the day and night time
at 15 locations (refer to Figure 4-16) in the concession area in July 2013.

Noise measurements were carried out using the following equipment: SoundPro DL Type 1 sound level
meter and 3M Quest QC-10/QC-20 acoustic calibrator. All noise monitoring equipment was field
calibrated before and during the surveys and no drift in calibration was found to have occurred.

4.10.3 RESULTS
The results of the ambient noise monitoring are provided in Figure 4-16.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-47
Mozambique legislation does not specify noise limits for any environments during different periods of the
day and night. Therefore the noise study has made use of the South African National Standard
10103:2008 Edition 6 The measurement and rating of environmental noise with respect to annoyance
and to speech communication should be utilised. This standard provides outdoor noise levels that are
typically experienced in different environments, such as rural areas, suburban areas with little road traffic,
urban areas, industrial areas and central business districts. The results of the study show that ambient
noise levels over most of the concession area fall into the rural area category, however the large village
of Cacarue falls into the Suburban districts with little road traffic category.

In areas where the ambient noise level is determined predominantly by human activity and road traffic,
the night-time ambient level is typically 10 dB lower than the daytime level. This includes typical rural
settlements which are situated within the concession area. The exception to this as shown in the
monitoring results is monitoring location 5 in the large village of Cacarue, where the day time and night
time noise levels were very similar. The night time noise was attributed to animal calls and a nearby
power generator. The implication of overall decrease in night time noise levels is that the environment
becomes more sensitive to intrusive noise at night. This must therefore be taken into account when
assessing potential noise impacts.

Potential noise receptors include scattered dwellings located throughout the concession area, as well as
the Mutambarico/Mucurumazi, Rasa, Cacarue and Chinhadombwe villages. The Vengo School is
situated adjacent to the proposed TSF and may be more sensitive to noise generated by the proposed
mining activities.

4.10.4 CONCLUSION
Ambient noise levels are generally low and represent a rural type environment, with the exception of
Cacarue which has a suburban noise environment. An increase in noise levels due to the development
of the proposed mine will increase ambient noise levels, which could impact sensitive receptors such as
schools in the concession area.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-49
4.11 HERITAGE BASELINE
Information in this section was sourced from the heritage specialist study (refer to Appendix K).

The proposed mine has the potential to damage the land surface and associated heritage resources
through physical disturbance of the land. The main activities that could cause this disturbance are the
placement of surface infrastructure, open pit mining, vehicle movement, and mineralised waste facilities
site development. In addition, underground mining could damage paleontological resources, should
these be present. To understand the basis of these potential impacts, a baseline situational analysis is
described below.

Data was collected via desktop research and field surveys in the concession area. A local heritage
specialist as well as local inhabitants were also consulted.

4.11.3 RESULTS
It is unlikely that paleontological resources such as fossils will be found on site due to the metamorphic
character and age of the geological units found on site.

Numerous surface heritage sites were identified in the concession area refer to Figure 4-17 and Table
4-9. PGS determined the significance of these heritage sites using the following criteria (PGS, 2013):

The integrity of the site
The amount of deposit and range of features present at a site
The density of material present
The uniqueness of a site in the area, province and country
The potential of the site to answer present research questions.

Utilising this heritage significance framework, PGS linked each site to a grading system, which enabled
them to determine the extent of mitigation needed to conserve the site or to be implemented if the site
were to be destroyed during the life of the project. This grading system is endorsed by the Association of
Southern African professional Archaeologists (ASAPA) and was developed in accordance with best
international practice. The grading system is shown in Table 4-8. Grade 1 is the highest level of
significance.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-50
TABLE 4-8: SITE SIGNIFICANCE CLASSIFICATION STANDARDS USED (PGS, 2013)
Field Rating Grade Significance Recommended mitigation
National Significance
(NS)
Grade 1 High Significance Conservation; National Site
nomination.
Provincial Significance
(PS)
Grade 2 High Significance Conservation; Provincial Site
nomination.
Local Significance (LS) Grade 3A High Significance Conservation; Mitigation not advised.
Local Significance (LS) Grade 3B High Significance Mitigation (Part of site should be
retained).
Grade 4A Grade 4A High / Medium
Significance
Mitigation before destruction.
Grade 4B Grade 4B Medium Significance Recording before destruction.
Generally Protected C
(GP.A)
Grade 4C Low Significance Destruction.

TABLE 4-9: HERITAGE SITES IDENTIFIED IN THE CONCESSION AREA (PGS, 2013)
Site name Co-ordinates Description Significance and
Grading
Sites in the Dots Luck Area
DL1 18,89696 S
32,82193 E
Remains of a mud-brick house. Possibility of
infant burials around the hut (common
occurrence).
Low significance.
Grade 4C.
DL2 18,89638 S
32,82356 E
Two stone walled terraces with the remains of
a hut structure.
Medium significance
Grade 4C
DL3 18,89622 S
32,82374 E
Stone walled terrace. Medium significance.
Grade 4B.
DL4 18,89541 S
32,82521 E
Old road that serviced the pit in earlier mining
activities at Dots Luck. Stone terracing at
DL5 with possibility of archaeological
significance.
Low significance.
Grade 4C.
DL5 18,89530 S
32,82604 E
DL6 18,89520 S
32,82424 E

DL7 18,89470 S
32,82441 E
Brick and cement structure associated with
earlier mining activities at Dots Luck in the
1930s. May have served as a store. Currently
occupied.
Medium significance.
Grade 4C.
Legally protected.
DL8 18,89461 S
32,82381 E
Brick and cement structure associated with
earlier mining activities at Dots Luck in the
1930s. Served as a residence. A recent
addition has been constructed alongside the
older structure. Both structures are currently
occupied.
Grade 4C.
Legally protected.
DL9 18,89383 S
32,82703 E
Sacred tree used tree as a place of prayer
and ceremonies and to communicate with
ancestors and gods.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
DL10 18,89776 S
32,82331 E
Sacred place at the bottom of a large
exposed piece of rock face of a hill and is
used as a as a place of prayer and
ceremonies and to communicate with
ancestors and gods.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
DL11 18,89507 S
32,82014 E
And
18,89469 S
32,81984 E
Informal cemetery containing more than one
hundred graves. Included more recent
graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
DL12 18,89697 S Sacred place at the grave of a past chief and Very high significance.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-51
Grading
32,81722 E is used as a place of prayer and ceremonies
and to communicate with ancestors and gods.
Used specifically for rain making rituals
Grade 3A/2.
Legally protected.
DL13 18,89548 S
32,81739 E
Two informal graves. High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
DL14 18,89757 S
32,81327 E
Informal cemetery containing approximately
12 graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
DL15 18,89536 S
32,83224 E
Single informal grave. High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
Sites in the Fair Bride Area
FB1 18,89815 S
32,87516 E
Dense concentration of scattered potsherds
(fragment of ceramic material) close to the old
Fair Bride pit, as well as slag and possible
remains of a hut.
Grade 4B.
Legally protected.

FB2 18,89819 S
32,87460 E
Concentration of slag found at the western
extent of the old Fair Bride pit.
Grade 4B.
Legally protected.
FB3 18,89829 S
32,87192 E
Burnt clay pieces, slag pieces and postherds. Medium significance.
Grade 4B.
Legally protected.
FB4 18,89994 S
32,86728 E
Possible single informal grave. High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
FB5 18,90114 S
32,86803 E
Remains of a mud-brick structure, recently
abandoned and a good example of recent
traditional settlement in the region. Possibility
of infant burials around the hut (common
occurrence).
Low significance.
Grade 4C.
FB6 18,90332 S
32,86778 E
Mud-brick hut with thatched roof, currently
occupied. Possibility of infant burials around
the hut (common occurrence).
Low significance.
Grade 4C.
FB7 18,89592 S
32,87345 E
A single informal grave damaged by artisanal
mining activities.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
FB8 18,89993 S
32,86789 E
Approximately four informal graves believed
to belong to artisanal miners.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
FB9 18,89993 S
32,86709 E
Sacred tree used as a place of prayer and
ancestors and gods.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
FB10 18,89977 S
32,87099 E

Sacred tree used as a place of prayer and
ancestors and gods. Located next to the
current Explorator core shed.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
FB11 18,89933 S
32,87099 E
25 graves. Included more recent graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
FB12 18,90014 S
32,87436 E
Small informal cemetery with an unknown
number of graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
FB13 18,90097 S
32,87558 E
12 graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-52
Grading
Legally protected.
FB14 18,90307 S
32,87958 E
Sacred site known as Munyengwa, which is
a stone packed platform on top of a hill
(classified as a Zimbabwe type archaeological
site) used as a place of prayer and
ancestors and gods.
High significance.
Grade 3A/2.
Legally protected.
FB15
18,89890 S
32,888553 E
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
FB16
18,89890 S
32,888553 E
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
Sites in the Guy Fawkes Area
GF1 18,88351 S
32,87355 E
Fort Macequece, a registered national
monument including numerous structures as
well as a memorial stone commemorating the
Battle of Fort Macequece. The sites dates
from the late 1700.
Very high significance.
National importance.
Grade 1.
Legally protected.
GF2
18,88489 S
32,87411 E
Old, Portuguese colonial farmstead
constructed of bricks with corrugated iron
roof. Includes the farm house and numerous
out buildings. Derelict mud-brick house
adjacent to the brick structure was most likely
the original farm house and was built between
built between 1945 and 1957. Currently
owned and managed by a local farmer.
Grade 4B.
Legally protected.
GF3
18,89622 S
32,82374 E
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
GF4
18,88178 S
32,89291 E
30 to 40 graves. Included more recent
graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
GF5
18,88365 S
32,89325 E
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
GF6
18,87849 S
32,88540 E
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
GF7
18,87849 S
32,88436 E
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
GF8
18,87852 S
32,88455 E
Old exploration mining trench expected to be
40 years or older.
Low significance.
Grade 4C.
GF9
18,87444 S
32,87168 E
Sacred site known as Njerama, which is two
stone, raised platforms used as a place of
prayer and ceremonies and to communicate
with ancestors and gods. Used specifically
for rain making rituals. Additional features
include rocks placed upright as well and
earthen pots placed on the platforms,
evidence of collapsed walls. The site is
referred to as Zimbabwe type stone walling in
legislation.
Very High significance.
National significance.
Grade 2.
Legally protected.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-53
Grading
GF10
18,87651 S
32,87301 E
15 graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
GF11
18,87246 S
32,87437 E
Informal cemetery containing more than 60
graves. Included more recent graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
GF12
18,88035 S
32,88156 E
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
GF13
18,89548 S
32,81739 E
30 graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
GF14
18,88891 S
32,88612 E
Small informal cemetery containing an
unknown number of infant graves located in a
dry drainage channel.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.

4.11.4 CONCLUSION
Numerous heritage sites have been identified in the concession area. These included archaeological
sites, cemeteries, sacred sites and architectural structures which includes Fort Macequece, a registered
national monument. All of these sites are legally protected, with one site having a grade of 1, namely
Fort Macequece, and two the sacred places with grades of 2, namely Njerama and the sacred place at
the site of a past chiefs grave.

Potential impacts and mitigation measures relating to these resources must be taken into consideration
in the project layout, design and implementation.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-55
4.12 LAND USE
Information was sourced from the soil and land capability specialist report (refer to Appendix E),
information obtained from the client and site observations.

Projects of this nature have the potential to influence current land uses both on the site (through land
development) and in the surrounding areas (through direct or secondary positive and/or negative
impacts). As a baseline, this section outlines the land uses on site and in the surrounding area, and
identifies third party service infrastructure. This section provides the context within which potential
impacts on land uses and existing economic activity may be experienced.

Information on the context of the area and the presence of infrastructure was compiled by Terra-Africa
using information provided by observations during site visits and studying of satellite images.

4.12.3 RESULTS
Surface rights in the concession area
According to the Mozambique Constitution, ownership of all land lies with the State. The right to use
land can be granted through a DUAT process. Explorator will submit the relevant DUAT application for
the Concession area in the first quarter of 2013.

Concession rights
Explorator Limitada hold mining concession 3990C issued on 3 March 2011 over the concession area.
The concession area is shown in Figure 1-2.

Land use in the concession area
The land use in the concession area can be summarised as follows (Terra-Africa, 2013):

Land under temporary crops
Land under permanent crops (including commercial production of mangoes and bananas)
Land temporarily fallow
Other wooded land
Human settlements (scattered residential houses or dwellings and larger residential settlements
in the form of the Mutambarico/Mucurumazi, Rasa, Cacarue and Chinhadombwe villages)
Mining areas (artisanal).
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-56
The land uses were classified into groups of similarity for ease of mapping refer to Figure 4-20. An
area of 53ha has been identified that can be described as small-scale commercial agriculture where
permanent orchards with mangoes and bananas have been established as well as broiler houses for
chicken farming. The largest area (2,194ha) consist of mixed land use including non-commercial crop
production around and in the wetland areas, artisanal mining activities, cattle and goat farming as well as
housing infrastructure. An area of 790ha on the hilltops consist of wooded land (with very little
indigenous vegetation still remaining) and due to soil potential restrictions and position in landscape are
not used for crop production or cattle farming. These areas are mainly used for chopping of firewood
and making of charcoal.

In addition to this, limited infrastructure has been developed to support the current exploration activities
on-going in the Explorator concession area, such as a core shed, equipment storage areas, drill rigs and
associated infrastructure at drill sites and admin offices.

Third party infrastructure
Within the mining concession area there are numerous public roads. These are generally dust roads,
with the main road providing access to Phenyalonga (refer to Figure 1-2). These roads are currently
used by pedestrians, cyclists, light and heavy vehicles. Introduction of mine traffic will result in additional
safety risks.

There are various community structures such as schools, health post, trading centre, chicken and fruit
farms with associated infrastructure. These are shown in Figure 4-18. In addition, there are numerous
dwellings within the project area, concentrated in the Andrada/Cacarue area as well as scattered
throughout the project area.

A strategic fuel pipeline is situated to the south of the concession area.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-58
Surrounding prospecting and mining activities
Neighbouring prospecting and mining rights are shown in Figure 4-19 and listed in Table 4-10.

TABLE 4-10: NEIGHBOURING PROSPECTING AND MINING RIGHTS (FLEXICADASTRE MOZAMBIQUE,
2013)
Tenement Type Tennant
1022L Prospecting CAPITOL RESOURCES LDA
3990C MINING EXPLORATOR LDA
3241C MINING COMPANHIA MINEIRA DO GIL SARL
3905L Prospecting JACOMA MINERAIS LDA
3997L Prospecting HS MINING LDA
3545L Prospecting NRG AFRICA LDA
2296L Prospecting PEDREIRA DO VALE DO ZAMBEZE
4060L Prospecting HS MINING LDA
5026L Prospecting TIAGO PAS SABINO
6475L Prospecting AFRICAN STELLAR MOZAMBIQUE LDA (application)

Further afield, Munhena Mine lies approximately 2km to the north of the Manica Concession area.

4.12.4 CONCLUSION
The current land uses in the proposed concession area will be affected by the proposed project. The
information regarding current land uses has been used by the project team in an effort to minimise
impacts on these land uses.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-59

FIGURE 4-19: NEIGHBOURING PROSECTING AND MINING RIGHTS (FLEXICADASTRE MOZAMBIQUE, 2013)
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-61
4.13 VISUAL BASELINE
Information in this section was sourced from site visits conducted by SLR.

The proposed mine infrastructure will change the visual environment. The key related infrastructure
components are the open pits, Guy Fawkes decline, the processing plant complex and the mineralised
waste disposal and facilities. To understand the basis of this potential impact, a baseline situational
analysis is described below.

The visual baseline was collected by field investigations, photographs and map interrogation.

4.13.3 RESULTS
The various aspects of the visual baseline are set out below.

4.13.3.1 Landscape character
The concession area can be divided into two main topographical domains:

The broad flat flood plains, associated along the alluvial river systems that lie between 680 m to
720 m above mean sea level (amsl)

As described in section 4.12 above, the land use is a mix of commercial and subsistence agriculture,
chicken farming, scattered residential houses or dwellings, as well as large residential settlements in the
form of the Mutambarico/Mucurumazi, Rasa, Cacarue and Chinhadombwe villages. In addition, large
areas are used for artisanal mining, which has significantly impacted on the landscape and rivers
systems, which are visibly turbid as a result of ore washing. Vegetation cover varies in the concession
area, with some areas cleared for agriculture.

4.13.3.2 Scenic Value
Areas impacted upon by commercial and subsistence agriculture, artisanal mining and human
settlements have low scenic value. Some areas have been relatively uninhabited and still have natural
vegetation. These areas include ridges, such as in the southern extent of the Dots Luck concession
area, southern area of the Fair Bride concession area and some portions of the Guy Fawkes concession
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-62
area which is relatively uninhabited. In addition, in some areas the mountains provide a backdrop with
the river valleys in the foreground, and this is visually appealing. As such these areas have a higher
scenic value.

4.13.3.3 Visual receptors
Visual receptors include scattered dwelling located throughout the concession area, as well as the
Mutambarico/Mucurumazi, Rasa, Cacarue and Chinhadombwe villages. In addition, tourists visiting the
Fort Macequece, sacred cultural sites and graves shown in Figure 4-17 could also be negatively
impacted.

4.13.4 CONCLUSION
The landscape has been significantly impacted upon by anthropogenic activities, particularly in the flatter
areas. Steeper areas are often uninhabited and unsuitable for agricultural activities and therefore have a
higher scenic value. Artisanal mining targets especially alluvial resources, which are easier to access,
and as such, these activities have significantly impacted upon the river systems in the concession area.
Overall, the visual baseline can be characterised as having moderate value. This baseline information
will be used to assess potential visual impacts of the proposed mine.

4.14 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STRUCTURE/PROFILE
Information in this section was sourced from the social and economic specialist studies (refer to
Appendix L and M).

The development of mines in general may require a trade-off between the social, economic and
biophysical components of the environment. Hence by addressing socio-economic issues the decision-
makers are able to weigh up impacts across all the components of sustainable development, thus
enabling such decision-makers to evaluate whether a development is appropriate for society or not.

When one considers the socio-economic impact pathways in the context of the proposed Manica mine,
then the related investment will result in considerable positive employment and income generation on the
one hand, and on the other hand, can also put negative pressure on existing economic activities such as
on social resources and infrastructure, e.g. housing, health, sanitation and educational facilities.


EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-63
Information was primarily gained through field and desk-top research. In addition, a census of the
households that will be affected by resettlement was conducted in the concession area to gain specific
information regarding people residing in the concession area.

4.14.3 RESULTS
4.14.3.1 Regional setting
The regional setting of the proposed project site is provided in Table 4-11 and illustrated in Figure 1-1
and Figure 1-2.

TABLE 4-11: REGIONAL SETTING (SYNERGISTICS, 2013)
Province Manica Province
District Manica District
Traditional authorities
(empowered as per
Decree 15/2000 of June
2000)
Village Traditional Authority
Cacarue/Andrada Mr Chadzuka
Chinhadombwe Mr Estevao-Chenaimo-Matere
Rasa
Mutambarico/Mucurumazi Mr Henry Soza
Local authorities The Dots Luck and Guy Fawkes areas fall under the district government and
are administered at the Machipanda Administrative Posts and Mavonde
Administrative Post at the town of Maridza respectively.
The Fair Bride mining section is administered at the local Municipality of
Manica, which is located in Manica Town.
Project location Approximately 4km north of Manica Town.
Approximately 270km west-northwest of the city of Beira.
Closest
town/community
Manica lies approximately 4km to the south.
Villages within the concession area include Cacarue/Andrada,
Chinhadombwe, Rasa and Mutambarico/Mucurumazi.

4.14.3.2 Regional socio-economic profile
Population Demographics
The official estimated population in Mozambique for 2011 was 23 049 621. The majority of the
population reside in the Nampula and Zambezia Province with Maputo City being the most populated city
in the country with an estimated 1 589 000 inhabitants. Manica Province hosts seven percent of the
countrys population with 14% (249 439) of this population residing in Manica District. Mozambique has
a fast growing economy, which has attracted a number of people in search of economic upliftment. This
is particularly the case with neighbouring Zimbabwe and young Portuguese people.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-64
The majority of the population at the national and provincial level are between the age 0 and 29 (72%
National and 81% Provincial). The population at the district level shows similar age distribution with
higher numbers between age 21 and 35 (22%). This age group presents the potential labour force.

Ethnicity and Language
Indigenous ethnic groups in the country include Shangaan, Chokwe, Manyika, Sena, Makua and Ndau,
these groups make up 99.66 % of the population. The remaining percentage of the population
comprises Europeans, Euro-Africans (Portuguese ancestry) and Indians. The Manica district is occupied
by the Manyika people. The Manyika tribe are a Shona people with its own dialect, ChiManyika.
Portuguese is the countrys official language and used as the primary language of communication within
government. However, only 40% of the population speak Portuguese as their first or second language.
According to the 1997 census data, other widely spoken Mozambican languages include Emakhuwa,
Xichangana, Elomwe, Cisena, Echuwabo. Within the study area, the main languages include
Portuguese and ChiManyika, which is a dialect of Shona.

Education
There are four levels of education in Mozambique, namely pre-primary (not compulsory), primary and
secondary schooling, and higher or tertiary education (not compulsory). Primary education is
compulsory for children above six years of age and lasts for seven years. There are two levels of
primary school (Escola Primria) which include EP1 (Grade 1-5) and EP2 (Grade 6-7). The highest level
of education for the majority of the project affected persons interviewed is EP1. Secondary schooling
(Escola Secundria) lasts for five years and is also separated into two levels (ES1 and ES2). There are
Technical and Vocational Education and Training (TVET) schools offered after primary schooling, in the
field of agriculture, industry and business. At the first level of TVET, students are trained as skilled
workers and at the second level, students are trained to be technicians.

According to the Statistical Yearbook of 2011, there are approximately 14,424 primary schools and 551
secondary schools, and 86 technical schools in the country. Within the concession area, Cacarue and
Rasa Villages are serviced by the Cacarue and Chinya-Gore Primary Schools, Mutambarico/Mucurumazi
is serviced by the Vengo and Mkulumanzi Primary Schools and Chinhadombwe is serviced by the Agriza
Primary School. It should however be noted that these schools only provide the first level of primary
schooling (EP1), and students must go to Manica Town for EP2, ES1 and ES2 schools.

Employment
According to the Bulletin of Labour Statistics published by the Ministry of Labour, the working population
was estimated at 11,200,440 for the country in 2010. In that year there were 25,727 job vacancies and
52 359 people gained employment, while 21 691 people were registered in Job Centres as unemployed.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-65
Unemployed persons at the end of 2011 was estimated to be 134,505. Of these unemployed people,
approximately half were first time job seekers. This means that there were many first time job seekers
who have not yet been integrated in the employment industry. Manica District is however facing a
different scenario when compared to the National unemployment numbers. The majority of the
unemployed have been introduced to the working environment and therefore have some form of
experience.

In 2010, there were 854,653 workers registered in the Social Security System, across the country, of
which approximately 33% were formally employed. In Manica Province, 44,603 were registered in the
Social Security System of which approximately 34% were formally employed. These statistics present
those formal employed, however it should be noted that the majority of the population is engaged in
subsistence farming and therefore the employment numbers could be much higher than those
presented.

Within the study area, it was established that the majority of the population are self-employed and are
involved in subsistence farming, artisanal mining, selling fresh produce in Manica Town and around the
villages, and selling firewood. There is an agricultural association at the Chinhadombwe village which
also provides a source of employment for local people. The association was set up by the local
community to ensure bulk production of fresh produce. The main source of formal employment in the
area is from Agriza Plantation, Quinta Mariza Chicken Farm, Explorator and Vengo Mineral Water.

Economic Activities
The agricultural sector is a largest economic sector in Mozambique and employs approximately 75% of
the labour force. Furthermore, the sector provides livelihoods to more than 80% of the population. The
agricultural sector also provides more employment for females than any other sector. Other economic
sectors with a significant contribution to the economy include Trade and Finance, Manufacturing and
Construction, with mining contributing less than one percent. It is however noted that the mining sector
holds significant potential for economic development.

Within the concession area, agriculture is the main economic activity. The community is involved with
the subsistence farming of maize, cabbages, tomatoes, sugarcane and mealies, among other crops.
Surplus crops are occasionally sold at the community trade centres such as the Institute of wheat and
maize trading. The agricultural association at the Chinhadombe Village is also a contributor to the local
economy. The association manufactures agricultural equipment such as ox harnesses and other
equipment for ploughing. The association also has agricultural fields and cultivates vegetables and fruits
to sell in Manica, Chimoio and Beira. According to Mr Itai Chenaimoio (leader of the association), they
have an arrangement with Agriza to move their produce from the village to the market areas. There are
three large scale production companies which include Quinta Mariza which is dedicated for the breeding
and selling of chickens, Agriza which is a banana and litchi plantation and Vengo which produces bottled
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-66
water from the Vengo Mountains. These companies are the major source of formal employment within
the concession area.

Artisanal mining in the concession area is focussed mainly in the Fair Bride and Guy Fawkes resource
areas. Mining is reported by the chiefs as one of the economic activities that ensure the maintenance of
livelihoods within the area. The majority of the families are either involved in mining or provide services
to the artisanal miners.

Health
The most commonly diagnosed diseases at the Manica Hospital include Malaria, HIV/AIDS and
respiratory cases. HIV/AIDS is the cause of most deaths by diagnosed diseases within Manica Province
with Malaria being second. There is a large number of Malaria cases reported which indicates the need
to support Malaria prevention initiatives within the Province.

According to the National Survey on Prevalence, Behavioural Risks and Information on HIV and AIDS in
Mozambique (INSIDA 2009 as cited in Synergistics, 2013), among the population aged 15 to 49 years
old, approximately 13% of females and 9% of males are infected with HIV/AIDS. In Manica these
numbers were higher at 15% and 15%, respectively. This statistic shows that the prevalence of the
disease in the province is higher than in the country, especially among men.

Disaggregating by gender, among women, 18% of urban and 11% of the rural female population is
infected and among men, 13% of urban and 7% of the rural male population is infected. These statistics
show that the incidence of the disease is higher in urban areas with more woman being infected than
men.

Safety and Security
In rural areas, community safety is the responsibility of the police and traditional authority. The chiefs
deal with minor incidences such as theft of livestock and drunkenness whereas the police handle more
serious cases. According to the Manica District Police Command Chief of Operations, Manica is a
relatively safe province with only one violent crime reported in the first half of 2013. The artisanal miners
are however considered a cause for concern and police intervention has been required to remove illegal
miners.

Access to basic services
Housing
According to the 2007 census, the majority (approximately 70%) of the population live in huts and less
than 2 percent in conventional houses at both a national and provincial level. Within the concession
area, there are mainly traditional houses built with mud and thatch roofs with few conventional houses.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-67
There are currently no plans from provincial government to build new houses in the Manica District
however there is a big market for renting houses within the study area. Home owners are currently
driving the housing market in the area, as they build new houses on demand.

Water
According to the 2007 census, the majority (47% district and 40% provincial level) of people obtain water
from wells. This is followed by water obtained from rivers, lakes or ponds, and then from fountains.
Approximately 14% and 19% of people in the district and province respectively access water from a well
equipped with a pump. Less than two percent have piped water indoors. Within the concession area,
people obtain water from hand dug wells, few equipped wells and from the rivers.

Sanitation and waste
According to the 2007 census, approximately half of the population do not have access to even basic
sanitation facilities. 31% and 25% of people have access to a basic latrine, with 12% and 13% of people
having access to ventilation improved latrines at the district and provincial levels respectively. Less than
four percent of the population have access to toilets with septic tanks.

Within the concession area, the community uses latrines. In terms of waste management, there is only
one waste site which is located close to Manica Town.

Energy
According to the 2007 census, approximately half of the population make use of kerosene, petroleum or
paraffin. This is followed by firewood (approximately 30% of the population) and less than 11% have
electricity. Within the concession area, the main source of energy is firewood with some community
members creating charcoal for domestic use and to sell.

Health Care
The healthcare system in Mozambique was destabilised during the civil war which resulted in the loss of
medical staff and infrastructure. There are more health centres and posts than there are hospitals. The
health centres and posts offer first aid services, treatment of preventable diseases such as Malaria and
tuberculosis (TB). The health care system is strained by a lack of facilities and trained staff.

There are four district hospitals and one in the Manica Province. At a district level, the doctor to patient
ratio is approximately 85 806 inhabitants per doctor and the number of beds per inhabitants is
approximately one bed for 1 320 inhabitants.

Within the concession area, there are two health posts, namely the Cacarue Health Post and Jose De
Colonia Post (currently not operational). The Cacarue health post is operated by first aid trained staff
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-68
and therefore only offers first aid services. Local people must go to the Manica Hospital approximately
6km away to receive more advanced health care.

4.14.3.3 Economic environment
Basic baseline economic information at a national level is provided below (Strategy4Good, 2013):

The Gross Domestic Product (GDP) was 14 Billion US Dollars or 413 Billion Metical in 2012, and
its average growth rate was seven percent in real terms over the last five years. This growth rate
is relatively high compared to many other countries and this is a positive aspect as it would
indicate that some confidence had been restored in the country since gaining independence in
1975
The Mozambican GDP per capita (per person), which is a better indicator of poverty rather than
GDP on its own, has been increasing since 2009. However, GDP per capita is still lagging far
behind South Africa, and this shows a high level of poverty in the country. This is specifically
higher in the rural areas
As indicated in the section above, agriculture is the largest sector in the country, although
productivity is low and there is relatively little arable land
Mozambican currency strengthened against the rand and is trading in a relatively stable band to
the dollar over the last five years
Foreign Direct Investment has increased strongly over the last five years
The Mozambican foreign reserves as a percentage of its total external debt has improved
positively since 2007. This resulted in a favourable reserves-to-imports ratio for Mozambique
An area of weakness in the Mozambican economy is its reliance on official development
assistance
Mozambique is one of the world's poorest countries. According to the national household survey
conducted in 2008-2009, the number of Mozambicans living in absolute poverty had been
reduced to 54% from 70% in 1997. However, the vast majority of the rural population still lives on
less than US$1.25 a day and lacks basic services such as access to safe water, health facilities
and schools. Poverty levels are highest in rural areas, with women being particularly
disadvantaged.
A popular approach to establishing an economic baseline for a country is to look at the World
Economic Forums rating of that countrys competitiveness. Mozambique is seventh last in the
global competitiveness index, and this had in fact deteriorated from 2012 to 2013. Thus based
on these findings, Mozambique does not possess a competitive economy.

Basic baseline economic information, obtained mainly through observations, at a local level is provided
below (Strategy4Good, 2013):

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 4-69
The economy of Manica Town, as expected, is very small (approximately US$ 37.5 per month
per person; household income and expenditure estimated at US$ 11 million per annum for
Manica Town). As a comparison, it is approximately five percent of the size of a typical small
town in South Africa
Agriculture is the main economic activity in Manica Town. There is very little manufacturing, if
any, evident in the town
There is one active gold mine (H.S. Mining Limitada), said to employ just over a hundred people
Artisinal mining is pervasive in the concession area
The Manica District is served by the Beira Corridor, and the railway line that links Beira to
Zimbabwe. This is an important corridor with development along the route
The retail sector is thriving in Manica. There are informal markets and stalls that sell mostly
basic goods and services to local inhabitants
A number of government offices, schools and a hospital were evident in Manica Town, however
government expenditure in Manica may well be on the low side. This is based on the visible lack
of a government presence and it was found that government expenditure for Mozambique as a
percentage of GDP is relatively low at 14%, compared to for example South Africa where it is
21%
Housing in Manica is mostly informal and traditional, and the roads and infrastructure have been
neglected for decades since the advent of civil war. There is no industrial capacity and hence
most economic activity is labour-based, which renders economic productivity low.

4.14.4 CONCLUSION
Mozambique has a growing economy with much potential for the mining sector. Poverty and lack of
education, employment and basic services is noted in the region and locally. The proposed project could
contribute positively to the economy on a national, regional and local scale and offer employment and
service provision opportunities at a local and regional level. However, increased activity and inward
migration could place additional pressure on social structures and scarce resources. Therefore, while
the potential for positive economic impacts associated with the proposed mine is significant, cognisance
must also be taken of the potential negative impacts on infrastructure and society.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 5-1
5 ALTERNATIVES CONSIDERED
5.1 THE NO PROJECT OPTION LINKED TO NEED AND DESIRABILITY
The assessment of this option requires a comparison between the alternative of proceeding with the
proposed project with that of not proceeding with the proposed project.

The proposed project has the potential to uplift the local communities by providing employment
opportunities, albeit it limited employment opportunities due to the small scale of the mine, and
downstream procurement goods and service opportunities. The proposed project also represents a
relatively large private sector investment and its success will have a significantly positive impact on the
national and local economy in the short term. Potential negative impacts on the environment can be

5.2 PROJECT ALTERNATIVES
Baseline information provided by the biodiversity, water and social specialists was used in developing the
infrastructure layout in order to avoid areas of higher sensitivity as far as practically possible. However,
the site layout was also influenced by the geology and the location of the ore bodies. The site layout
underwent various iterations until the final site layout was produced. Some detail is provided below with
respect to the TSF alternatives considered.

Seven alternatives were considered for the location of the tailings storage facility (TSF). These sites are
conceptually shown in Figure 5-1. The following sites are deemed to be fatally flawed at an earlky stage
in the site selection process:

TSF Site Option 1: The relatively small footprint area, the proximity to the Guy Fawkes
underground mining area and the extremely steep topography rendered this site fatally flawed
TSF Site Option 2: The location of part of the site within the Fairbride pit blast radius, the location
of the site over the confluence of two drainage lines and a wetland, and the proximity to the
Andrada settlement rendered this site fatally flawed
TSF Site Option 3: The relatively small footprint area and the general steep topography rendered
this site fatally flawed for the wet deposition of tailings.

The remaining four sites were then subjected to a selection process using environmental, engineering
and financial criteria. This was achieved with the use of a site selection matrix and a scoring system. For
each of the criteria, a score of one is allocated to the best site and a score of six to the worst. The site
with the lowest total score is then deemed to be the preferred site.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 5-2
TABLE 5-1: TSF SITE SELECTION MATRIX
Criteria Site
4
Site
5
Site
6
Site
7
Comments
Biodiversity
(terrestrial
and aquatic
fauna, flora)

1 3 6 2 There are no pristine biodiversity sites in the study area but certain areas are more sensitive than others, mainly because of the
presence of ridges, watercourses and/or wetlands, and varying degrees of terrestrial habitat disturbance.

TSF option 4 is situated on a large flat plain that has been transformed by poor land management (subsistence agriculture and grazing
etc.). There are no terrestrial and aquatic ecology issues of concern at this site.

TSF option 5 is situated upslope of a wetland, more than 100m from non-perennial watercourses that are located to the east and west,
and against the lower slopes of a hill to the south. The habitat has been transformed by grazing, deforestation and human activity.

TSF option 6 is situated on a wetland, a non-perennial watercourse and some larger trees. Habitat integrity of veld and wetland seem to
be intact.

TSF option 7 lies approximately 300m west of a watercourse which flows into the Revue River. Although habitat has been transformed
by grazing, deforestation and human activity, a small section of its northern boundary is situated on the footslopes of a ridge where
vegetation structure is generally more intact than in surrounding lower lying areas.
Heritage
resources

1 3 4 1 There are no plotted heritage resources in or adjacent to the footprints of TSF 4 and 7.

There is one historic site adjacent to TSF 5, which is less sensitive as a resource.

There are two cemeteries in the footprint of TSF 6, which should be avoided if at all possible.
Land
capability as
defined by
topography
(slopes) and
soils
4 4 6 5 The land capability of the site is dominated by arable land capability with the exceptions being the highest positions of the hill slopes that
have grazing capability as a result of shallow soil profiles. The areas where wetlands have been identified have wetland land capability.
The main restriction to the use of arable land for crop production seems to be the availability of irrigation water and infrastructure
therefore crops are only planted next to rivers and wetlands. Areas further away from the waterways are used for grazing for cattle and
goats, although only small numbers of livestock were observed during the site visit.

TSF option 4 and 5 are both located on arable soils but these are not currently cultivated because they are away from surface water
resources.

TSF option 6 is situated on a wetland and upstream of good quality cultivation fields with good soils in the lower valley slopes. The TSF
will compromise the availability of irrigation water for cultivated fields nearby.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 5-3
Criteria Site
4
Site
5
Site
6
Site
7
Comments

TSF option 7 is located on grazing and arable land and is used for subsistence farming.
Ground
water
regime and
impacts on
downstream
users
0 0 0 0 No information available to do a relative comparison.
Proximity to
surface
water
resources
and impacts
on
downstream
users
2 3 6 2 This issue relates not only to the proximity to immediate water resources (watercourses and wetlands that are used by the local
communities for domestic use) but also to the proximity to the main Revue River which is fed by run-off and watercourses and ultimately
feeds a downstream dam used for regional water supply and fish farming.

TSF option 4 is situated in an area that is far from surface water resources. One negative factor is the fact that the pipelines will have to
cross the Zambuzi River.

TSF option 5 is situated upslope of a wetland, more than 100m from non-perennial watercourses that are located to the east and west.

TSF option 6 is situated on a wetland and a non-perennial watercourse.

TSF option 7 lies approximately 300m west and 450m east of watercourses, which flow into the Revue River.

Land use
issues in the
TSF
footprint
2 4 3 6 This issue relates to relocation of houses and land uses such as crops that are in the TSF footprint.

TSF option 4 is situated in a remote area. No relocation is required but alternative land for subsistence agriculture may be required
depending on the final position and layout of the TSF.

TSF option 5 is situated in an area that is sparsely populated but relocation of at least six homesteads and a worship area/church would
be required. It was determined that relocation of the worship area would not be a concern with the local communities.

TSF option 6 does not have any households within the footprint area however, there are two homesteads located approximately 20m
north east of the facility that may require relocation. North of the TSF there is also artisanal mining activities. Proper safety and security
measures will need to be provided to prevent the mining of the tailings facility by artisanal miners.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 5-4
Criteria Site
4
Site
5
Site
6
Site
7
Comments
TSF 7 will require the relocation of approximately 20 households and is located near the Vengo primary school.
Proximity to
houses and
human
activities
(dust, visual,
noise impact
zones)
4 5 3 6 This issue relates to the human health and nuisance impacts associated with tailings dams relative to nearby settlements and land uses.
If these settlements and land uses are in the high impacts zone (for dust in particular) of the TSFs, then relocation may be required.

TSF option 4 is situated in a remote area. Issues to manage are the litchi orchards, subsistence fields, farm worker settlements and
school further to the north. No relocation is required but an adequate buffer would need to be determined and enforced to manage
impacts on these receptors.

TSF option 5 there are households within the footprint. Less than ten households and some economic /cultural activities will require
relocation.

TSF option 6 is situated close to arable fields and some settlements. Some relocation may be required.

TSF 7 is situated in an area of subsistence agriculture with approximately 20 households within the footprint area. The Vengo school is
situated approximately 200m east of this TSF location.
Public safety
and
environment
al issues
relating to
the failure
zone and
hazardous
infrastructur
e elements
(RWD,
Sumps,
trenches) of
the Tailings
dam
2 2 4 2 The extent of the zone of influence associated within each option is substantial (SANS guidelines recommends 100 times the height
downstream of the facility as an upfront estimate i.e. up to 3km for a 30m high facility), Public safety and environmental issues would
therefore be a concern for each option.

The proximity to densely populated areas downstream of each site and the site slope has rather been used to rank this option. The
closer the site is to populated areas and the steeper the site, the higher the risk. The approximate distances and slopes are as follows:
TSF option 4: 1,500m and 1:50
TSF option 5: 1,000m and 1:35
TSF option 6: 300m and 1:10
TSF option 8: 950m and 1:15
Suitability of
soils for clay
liner
construction.
2 4 4 1 Only the suitability of soil for clay liner construction is considered under this item.
TSF option 4: high level site walkover indicated that this area is underlain by low permeability material that appears suitable for use
as a clay layer.
TSF option 5: high level site walkover indicated that this area is rocky with rock outcrop near surface and therefore it would not
appear that there is clay material available within the footprint of this site for liner construction.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 5-5
Criteria Site
4
Site
5
Site
6
Site
7
Comments
TSF option 6: compared to the surrounding area this site is likely to be rocky near surface and therefore it would not appear that
there is clay material available within the footprint of this site for liner construction.
TSF option 7: high level site walkover indicated that this area is underlain by low permeability material that appears suitable for use
as a clay layer.
Construction
costs
relating to
wall(s), liner,
moving
material etc.
5 4 3 1 TSF option 5 and 6 would require the importing of clay material or the installation of a geomembrane liner. This would not be required at
TSF option 4 and 7.

TSF option 6 and 7 has a steeper overall site slope and is likely to involve more earthworks.

With the processing plant located in the Guy Fawkes region, TSF option 7 would require the least amount of tailings delivery and return
water piping, followed by TSF option 6, then option 5 and then option 4.
Operations
energy
usage and
carbon
footprint
6 3 2 1 This item is a function of proximity to the centroid of processing activities. Assuming that the processing plant will be located at Guy
Fawkes, it follows that the further the TSF is located away from Guy Fawkes the greater the energy usage and the greater the carbon
footprint.

The distances between each TSF option and the plant are as follows (centroid to centroid):
TSF option 4: 5,300
TSF option 5: 3,200
TSF option 6: 2,000
TSF option 8: 600m

Sterilisation
of minerals
1 1 1 1 Explorator has determined that none of the TSF sites would cause sterilisation of minerals.
Total 30 36 42 28 Site 7 is preferred

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-1
6 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Auroch Minerals NL aim to exploit gold resources in three deposit areas including Dots Luck, Fair Bride
and Guy Fawkes through their Mozambican subsidiary Explorator Limitada. The Project will target the
non-refractory ore occurring close to the surface which will be mined using open pits at Fair Bride and
Dots Luck, while shallow non-refractory ore will be mined via adits at an underground operation at Guy
Fawkes. Table 6-1 provides perspective on the magnitude of the proposed mine.

TABLE 6-1: MAGNITUDE OF MINING OPERATIONS
Features Description
Group Specific
Open pits Fair Bride Length (m) Width (m) Depth (m)
1 117 141 53 (660 metres above
mean sea level)
Dots Luck Length Width Depth
202 152 100 (720.5 metres above
mean sea level)
Guy Fawkes
U/G
Depth 350 m
Strike Length 1 000 m
Average
Stoping Width
6 m
Mining Target minerals Gold
Resource
estimation
(non-refractory
JORC
compliant
resource as at
July 2013)
Fair Bride 138 896oz.
Dots Luck 54 105oz.
Guy Fawkes 389 796oz.
Rate of mining Fair Bride at 75% of the 60 ktpm rate
with an anticipated stripping ratio of
2.4 to 1.
45 kilo tons of reef plus 108 ktpm of
waste rock
Dots Luck at 25% of the 60 ktpm rate
with an anticipated stripping ratio of
3:1.
waste rock
Guy Fawkes at 100% of the 60 ktpm
rate
waste rock
Total volume to
be mined over
life of mine
Deposit Ore (t) Waste (t) Density (t/m
3
)
Total Volume
(m
3
)
Fair Bride
2
123 580
4 801 889 1.8 3 847 483
Dot's Luck 389 602 1 084 333 1.8 818 853
Guy
Fawkes
2 239
880
818 513 1.8 1 699 107
TOTAL 6 365 433
Total volume to
be processed
2,640,590m
3

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-2
Group Specific
over life of mine
Volume
(weight) of
Product (Gold
Bullion)
Estimated at 89kg/month (Based on 1.85g/t recovered; 85 % fine)
Life of mine Fair Bride 4 years
Dots Luck (Mined Simultaneously with
Fair Bride)
2 years
Guy Fawkes 3 years
Operating times Construction Daylight hours 7 days a week
Operations Continuous operations 365 days per
year at all sites excluding Dots Luck
where mining and hauling to the
processing plan will be limited to
daylight hours during the dry season.
Mine-related
surface area
and associated
surface
infrastructure
that falls within
the fence line
Fair Bride 2.12771km
2

Guy Fawkes 1.116579km
2

Dots Luck 0.857762km
2

Linear corridors 2km of linear corridor length at a
width of 50m
Blasting Construction of the decline portal will typically require 1 blast per day.
Operations blasting at the pits and in the underground mine section will typically
be once per day.
Mineral
processing
Process Plant
including
cominution
circuits with a
Carbon in
Leach (CIL)
Circuit
Footprint 300m x 300m
Height 40m at the top of the CIL tower crane
Throughput 60 ktpm
Mine
residues
Waste rock Deposit
Waste
(t)
Broken
Density
(t/m
3
)
Total
Volume
(m
3
)
Footprint Height
(m)
Deposition
rate
(m
3
/month)
Fair
Bride
4 801
889
1.8
2 667
716
320 m by
320 m
40 55 557
*Dot's
Luck
1 084
333
1.8 602 407
185 m by
185 m
40 25 100
Guy
Fawkes
818
513
1.8 454 729
185 m by
185 m
20 12 631
*Backfilling of Dots Luck planned using waste rock at the end of the life of mine
when all adjacent areas have been fully explored.
Low grade
stockpile (10%
of total ore
tonnes is
assumed to be
low Au grade
ore)
Low Grade
Ore (t)
Broken
Density
(t/m
3
)
Total
Volume
(m
3
)
Footprint Height
(m)
Deposition
rate
(m
3
/month)
475 306
1.8 264 059
200 m X
340 m
6 6816
Tailings
Storage Facility
and Return
Water Dam
Footprint 40Ha
Height 45m
Volume Total volume of tailings to be stored = 3.75 Mm
3
at an assumed
dry density of 1.35 t/m
3

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-3
Group Specific
Deposition
rate
60 000tpm
Rate of rise Maximum rate of rise of 3 4m/yr above the starter wall crest.
Resource
use
Water demand Construction: approximately 925m
3
per month
Operations: approximately 156 960m
3
per month
Power demand Construction: 1.1MVA to be supplied by 5 of 220kVA generators
Operations: 10 MVA to be sourced from power utility
Employment Staff Construction Approximately 639 people of which 45% are unskilled
labour to be sourced from Manica town or surrounding
districts with 350 ex-patriots and third country nationals
housed in the construction camp
Operations Approximately 451 people

The project description has been separated into the following phases: construction, operation,
decommissioning and closure. These phases are described below.

6.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE
The purpose of the construction phase is primarily to establish the infrastructure and activities required
for the operational phase.

6.2.1 SITE FACILITIES FOR CONSTRUCTION
A number of contractor working areas will be established on site during the construction phase. These
work areas will either be within the footprint of the planned operational infrastructure, or in the dedicated
contractors camp and lay-down area to be located within the process plant area. Refer to Figure 6-13 for
the overall site layout. The following facilities will be required for the construction phase:

Workshop and maintenance areas
Stores for storing and handling fuel, lubricants, solvents, paints and construction materials
Contractors lay-down areas
Mobile site offices
Explosive magazine
Waste collection and storage areas
Wash bay for washing equipment and vehicles
Parking area for cars and equipment
Change houses
Portable ablution facilities
Temporary power and water supply infrastructure.
Construction Camp.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-4
6.2.2 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
Construction activities are those activities which will take place during the establishment and preparation
of the site for mining and mineral processing. In addition, mining activities will coincide with the
construction phase. A table of construction activities is provided in Table 6-3. The xs in the table
indicate which activities may be associated with the construction of the various infrastructure items.

6.2.3 CONSTRUCTION TRANSPORT
There are two possible access routes to the Manica site; the primary (shortest) access route allows
access directly from the Manica town as illustrated in Figure 6-1 below. This route passes through a
densely populated informal trade centre with significant encroachment on the road from local
communities.

FIGURE 6-1: ACCESS TO SITE FROM MANICA TOWN

The single lane bridge across the river to the North of the railway line could be problematic for heavy
interlink trucks as there are tight turns before and after the bridge which could make crossing difficult as
outlined in Figure 6-2 below.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-5

FIGURE 6-2 - NARROW BRIDGE NORTH OF MANICA

An alternative access route exists through the area of Garuzo 21 kilometres west of the town of Manica.
This alternative access, although longer, bypasses the Manica town infrastructure by making use of the
provincial dirt road to the east of the project site. The 16km link road from Garuzo to Garvin will require
localised rehabilitation. The proposed route is illustrated in Figure 6-3 below.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-6

FIGURE 6-3 - ALTERNATIVE ACCESS TO SITE

It is envisaged that more than 300 deliveries by interlink truck will be made during the construction phase
over a ten month period. Light vehicular traffic will move throughout the tenement on a daily basis,
between five and ten vehicles with free movement at any given time.

A bus system will be put in place to transport local unskilled labour from the Manica town to the project
site, this will likely transport approximately 280 workers at the start and end of each day resulting in
approximately 17 bus trips (30 seater) per day. Table 6-2 below specifies the vehicles and equipment to
be used on site during construction.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-7
TABLE 6-2: CONSTRUCTION VEHICLES TO BE USED ON SITE
Area of Construction Vehicles and equipment
Mine 4 x light delivery vehicle (LDV)
2 x Flat Beds
2 x Forklifts
1 x Backhoe
1 x Front-end Loader
1 x Mobile Crane
1 x Grader
1 x Dozer
1 x Water bowser
Process Plant 3 x 35 ton articulated dump truck (ADT)
2 x tracked excavator (Komatsu PC40)
2 x bulldozers (Bell D6R)
1 x grader (Caterpillar 140)
2 x Tractor-Loader-Backhoe (TLB)
1 x pad foot roller
1 x smooth drum roller
1 x vibratory compactor
Light vehicular traffic
4 x LDV (Land Cruiser)
1 x 35 ton 18 wheeler interlink truck

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-8
TABLE 6-3: TABLE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
Activity
C
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n

C
a
m
p

S
i
t
e

o
f
f
i
c
e
s

a
n
d

a
d
m
i
n

f
a
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s

P
r
o
c
e
s
s

p
l
a
n
t
,

w
o
r
k
s
h
o
p
s

a
n
d

s
t
o
r
e
s

D
e
c
l
i
n
e

i
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

O
n
-
s
i
t
e

p
o
w
e
r

i
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

O
n
-
s
i
t
e

W
a
t
e
r

i
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

C
o
n
t
r
a
c
t
o
r
s

l
a
y
-
d
o
w
n

O
p
e
n

p
i
t

d
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

M
i
n
e

r
e
s
i
d
u
e

f
a
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s

a
n
d

o
r
e

s
t
o
c
k
p
i
l
e
s

O
n

s
i
t
e

r
o
a
d
s

E
x
p
l
o
s
i
v
e
s

m
a
g
a
z
i
n
e

A1 Earthworks: Drilling and blasting activities X x
A2
Earthworks: Cleaning and grubbing and bulldozing
activities
x x x X x x x x
x
A3 Earthworks: Soil excavation x x x X x x x x x x x
A4 Earthwork: Stockpiling of topsoil and other material x x x X x x x x x
A5 Disposal or treatment of contaminated soil x x X x x x x x
A6 Backfill of material (specific grade) from borrow pits x x x x x x
A7 Opening and management of borrow pits x x x x x x
A8
Construction and use of new on-site roads clearing of
areas
x x x x x x x x
A9 Civil works: Foundation excavations x x x x x x
A10 Building activities x x x x x x
A11
Storage and handling of material: Sand, rock, cement,
chemical additives in cements
x x x x x

A12 Water utilization x x x x x x x
A13
Mixing of concrete (batch plant) and concrete work
(casting)
x x x
x
A14
Operation and movement of construction vehicles and
machinery
X x x x x x x x x
x
A15 Refuelling of equipment X
A16 Use of cranes x x
A17 Erection and destruction of scaffolding x x
A18 Building of shutters x x
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-9
Activity
C
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n

C
a
m
p

S
i
t
e

o
f
f
i
c
e
s

a
n
d

a
d
m
i
n

f
a
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s

P
r
o
c
e
s
s

p
l
a
n
t
,

w
o
r
k
s
h
o
p
s

a
n
d

s
t
o
r
e
s

D
e
c
l
i
n
e

i
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

O
n
-
s
i
t
e

p
o
w
e
r

i
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

O
n
-
s
i
t
e

W
a
t
e
r

i
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

C
o
n
t
r
a
c
t
o
r
s

l
a
y
-
d
o
w
n

O
p
e
n

p
i
t

d
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

M
i
n
e

r
e
s
i
d
u
e

f
a
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s

a
n
d

o
r
e

s
t
o
c
k
p
i
l
e
s

O
n

s
i
t
e

r
o
a
d
s

E
x
p
l
o
s
i
v
e
s

m
a
g
a
z
i
n
e

A19 Installing re-enforcement steel x x x
A20
Handling, storage and disposal of hazardous waste
Blasting media packing material
Empty paint containers
Cements bags
Chemical additives (for cement) containers
Contaminated PPE and other (with oil etc.).
Redundant concrete
x x x x x
x
A21
Handling, storage and disposal of non-hazardous waste
Steel off-cuts
Domestic waste
Wood off-cuts
Grinding wheels
Other construction waste
x x x

A22 Transportation of hazardous material x x x x x x
A23 Transportation of non-hazardous material x x x x x
A24
Handling and storage of Hazardous material
Blasting media
Paints
Gas (welding)
Cement
Chemical additives for cement for leach tanks
only)
x x x
x
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-10
Activity
C
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n

C
a
m
p

S
i
t
e

o
f
f
i
c
e
s

a
n
d

a
d
m
i
n

f
a
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s

P
r
o
c
e
s
s

p
l
a
n
t
,

w
o
r
k
s
h
o
p
s

a
n
d

s
t
o
r
e
s

D
e
c
l
i
n
e

i
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

O
n
-
s
i
t
e

p
o
w
e
r

i
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

O
n
-
s
i
t
e

W
a
t
e
r

i
n
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e

C
o
n
t
r
a
c
t
o
r
s

l
a
y
-
d
o
w
n

O
p
e
n

p
i
t

d
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t

M
i
n
e

r
e
s
i
d
u
e

f
a
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s

a
n
d

o
r
e

s
t
o
c
k
p
i
l
e
s

O
n

s
i
t
e

r
o
a
d
s

E
x
p
l
o
s
i
v
e
s

m
a
g
a
z
i
n
e

A25
Install pipelines for water and process solutions (Above
ground)
X x x x X x

A26 Install of electricity lines X x x x x x x x
A27 Use of electricity generators x x x x x x x x x X x
A28 Install transformers x x x x x
A29 Install parking bay for trucks x x x x
A30 Manage construction site x x
A31 Painting, grind and welding x x x x
A32
Provision and operation of water washing and toilet
facilities
x x x x x x

A33 Slope stabilization and erosion control x x x x x x X x

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-11
6.2.4 EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING
At the height of construction, approximately 639 workers will be required for site construction, 45% of
these will be local labour sourced from the town of Manica and the surrounding districts with 350 persons
being accommodated in the construction camp. Contractors will be required to provide additional suitable
housing for their staff in nearby communities with access to basic services if necessary. Contractors will
be contractually bound to provide proof of suitable housing in order to prevent the development of
informal settlements.

6.2.5 WATER SUPPLY FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
During the construction phase 13 882 m
3
of water will be required for the 15 month construction and
commissioning duration. Refer to Table 6-4 below for the breakdown.

TABLE 6-4: WATER SUPPLY FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES BREAKDOWN
Detail Volume (m
3
)
Plant construction (Based on previous similar Project) 1,000
Earthworks, roads and platforms 300
430 workers@100l/day for 6 months 7,740
215 workers@100l/day for 6 months 3,870
108 workers@100l/day for 3 months 972
Total 13,882

Water will be supplied from either the Manica town water supply or a series of boreholes.

6.2.6 POWER SUPPLY FOR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES
Power demand during the construction phase will be approximately 1.1 MVA. Temporary power for the
construction phase will be supplied by 5 x 220 kVA diesel generators.

6.2.7 SANITATION FOR CONSTRUCTION
A sewerage treatment package plant suitable to treat the effluent of 500 people will be provided at the
construction camp. Temporary toilet facilities (including septic tanks) are required at the construction site.
A honey sucker will be required for emptying of the septic tank and discharge into the sewerage
treatment plant at the camp, it has been ascertained that a honey sucker is available in the town of
Manica.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-12
6.2.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Waste will be separated at source, stored in a manner that there can be no discharge of contamination to
the environment and either reused where possible or transported off site to appropriate recycling or
disposal facilities (general waste is to be disposed of in the Manica municipal waste site, with hazardous
waste being stored in shipping containers within bunded areas for disposal upon commissioning of the
project incinerator).

Table 6-5 presents the waste management specification that has been developed for the Manica project
and outlines the waste management for all waste types. In summary, the types of waste expected to be
generated during the construction phase include:
General waste (domestic waste and other non-hazardous waste)
Industrial waste
Hazardous waste

TABLE 6-5: WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE
Waste type Waste specifics
(example of waste
types)
Storage facility End use
Non-hazardous solid
waste (non-mineralised)
Pallets and wooden
crates, cable drums,
scrap metal, general
domestic waste such as
food and packaging
Skips in relevant work
areas will be provided for
different waste types. A
Waste Management
Contractor will remove
skips regularly to the
Waste Transition Yard
(WTY).
Waste will be sorted at
the WTY. Recyclable
waste will be sent to a
reputable recycling
company. Some items
may be distributed directly
to the community such as
pallets and wooden
crates. The remainder of
the waste will be
transported by the Waste
Management Contractor
to a permitted general
landfill facility in Manica
for disposal.
Building rubble and waste
concrete
Waste Management
WTY.
Building rubble will be
disposed of to a
designated area in the
WTY.
Hazardous solid waste
(non-mineralised).
Treated timber crates,
printer cartridges,
batteries, fluorescent
bulbs, paint, solvents, tar,
empty hazardous material
containers etc.
Hazardous waste will be
stored in sealed drums in
designated hazardous
storage and handling
areas in each work area.
A Waste Management
these drums regularly to
the WTY.
disposed of at a permitted
hazardous disposal site in
within the tenement after
incineration in the project
incinerator.
Hydrocarbons (oils,
grease)
Used oil and grease will
be stored in drums in
bunded areas at key
points in work areas. The
bunds will be able to
Used oil will be sent to a
reputable recycling
company for recycling.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-13
(example of waste
types)
accommodate 110 % of
the container contents
and include a sump and
oil trap. The Waste
will remove these drums
regularly to the WTY. The
yard will have a dedicated
used oil storage area
which will include a
concrete slab, proper
bunding and an oil sump.
Medical waste Syringes, material with
blood stains, bandages,
etc.
Medical waste will be
stored in sealed drums at
medical stabilization
facilities. A Waste
regularly to the WTY.
to the project incineration
facility.
Sanitation waste Sludge from French
drains
Composting Toilet Sludge resulting from the
French drains will be
buried or used for
rehabilitation of areas no
longer required for
construction activities.

6.2.9 CONCURRENT MINING OPERATIONS
As the commencement of mining operations (pit development etc.) will coincide with the construction
phase, the construction of permanent offices, workshops, operators lunchroom, and laydown areas will
need to be scheduled in place early during the construction phase to facilitate construction.

The explosive magazine will be commissioned in the construction phase. The explosives magazine and
bulk explosives are discussed in more detail in Section 6.3 as part of the operations description.

6.2.10 TIME TABLE
Subject to authorisation, the construction phase will commence in the third quarter of 2014 and continue
to the end of the second quarter of 2015. With 12 months anticipated for construction and three months
thereafter to complete the commissioning process. The mining operations are planned to commence at
the beginning of the second quarter of 2015.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-14
6.3 OPERATIONAL PHASE
6.3.1 SITE FACILITIES FOR OPERATION
The operational phase will consist of the following on site facilities, most of which are indicated on the
overall site layout (Figure 6-13):

Dots Luck open pit
Fair Bride open pit
Guy Fawkes adit and associated bank and underground infrastructure
On site roads
Primary crusher (situated at the processing plant)
Run of mine (ROM) pad and stockpiles
Low grade stockpile
Process plant complex
Waste rock dumps at Guy Fawkes, Dots Luck and Fair Bride
Tailings Storage Facility close to the Process Plant
Explosives magazine
On site water supply infrastructure
Storm water management facilities
TSF and return water slurry lines
Clean and dirty water holding facilities
Sanitation infrastructure with French drains
Potable Water treatment plant
Conveyors in the allocated Process Plant area
Topsoil stockpiles for rehabilitation
A workshop and fuel depot to service all mining equipment
Covered concrete slab to act as a workshop area for each at each mining operation
Local storage containers in the mining operation
A project storage and laydown area including all bulk warehousing, reagents storage and the core
shed
Salvage yard and WTY (next to plant complex)
Communication infrastructure
Lighting infrastructure in plant, laydown and mining areas
Airstrip or helipad in the vicinity of the plant space is to be allocated on the site plan, however this
does not form part of the current project scope
The project administration complex including the plant offices, mining offices and main parking area
Change house, lamp room and ablution facilities in the main administration complex
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-15
Medical stabilization facilities in each mining area, in the Process Plant and Reagents Make up
areas
Bio remediation facilities in each mining area, the Process Plant and near any lubricant storage
facility
Security infrastructure
Assay laboratory (Administration complex)
On site power infrastructure
Hazardous waste storage and handling facilities in each mining area, at the Process Plant and in
reagents make-up areas.

It should be noted that the infrastructure layout was developed using baseline information on biodiversity,
communities, heritage sites and surface water in order to avoid areas of sensitivity as far as practically
possible.

6.3.2 OPERATION PHASE ACTIVITIES
6.3.2.1 Mine plan
Mining will take place in two simple shell open pits at Fair Bride and Dots Luck, and shallow underground
mining will take place at Guy Fawkes via adits. Fair Bride and Dots Luck will be mined simultaneously
to ensure constant gold grades during operations.

Open Pit Mining
The stripping ratio of overburden/waste rock to ore will be roughly 2.5:1, meaning that approximately 2.5
tons of overburden/waste rock will be extracted out of the pits for each ton of ore extracted. At full
production, approximately 2.5 Mt of total material on average (waste rock and ore) will be mined per
annum from both pits combined. At the end of open pits life, 0.475 Mt of low grade stockpiled ore is to be
fed to the process plant. The ultimate length, breadth and depth of each pit are provided in Table 6-1.
This will also be undertaken in order to access the ore early in the schedule. Mining will commence in
Fair Bride in year 1 and in Dots Luck in year 3. In general, bulk mining will be undertaken using trucks
and shovels with 10 m benches. Ore from the pits will be transported by truck along the haul roads to the
allocated ROM pad.

Underground Mining
The mining method planned for Guy Fawkes will be using selective retreat sub-level open stoping (SLOS)
methods, mining the stopes top-down and leaving crown pillars between mining levels and rib pillars
between the stopes. Access to the mine will be via a decline system though an adit into the hill and ore
will be transported along the decline and the haul roads using underground haulage trucks. Mining at Guy
Fawkes will commence in year 5 and will continue to year 7 at the end of the LoM for the project.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-16
TABLE 6-6: DETAILS ON THE GUY FAWKES UNDERGROUND MINING OPERATIONS
Features Details
Access to
the workings
Decline Depth below surface: 350 m
Decline will be as the main access into and out of Guy Fawkes. Ore and waste
material will be transported by haulage rucks via the decline
Mining
method
Type Retreat SLOS method: SLOS recovers the ore in open stopes, which are normally
backfilled to enable recovery of pillars. The orebody is divided into separate stopes,
between which ore sections are set aside for pillars to support the roof and the
hanging wall. Pillars are normally shaped as vertical beams, across the orebody.
Horizontal sections of ore are also left as crown pillars.

Stoping is the process of extracting the desired ore from an underground mine,
leaving behind an open space known as a stope. Stoping is used when the
country rock is sufficiently strong not to cave into the stope, although in most cases
artificial support is also provided. The project developer is currently considering the
options of development using mechanised mining equipment only.
Mining
operations
Drilling and
blasting
Drilling and blasting on different mine levels will take place according to a
predefined schedule.
Loading and
hauling of
ore and
waste
Broken ore and other waste rock will be transported via LHDs to U/G stockpiles.
Ore from decline will then be transported from the stockpiles by truck up the
decline and then along the haul road to the gold plant.
Ventilation The primary ventilation will be located at the adit entrance to Guy Fawkes. Vent
shaft locations will be at the extremities of the Guy Fakes stoping area. These will
be underground fans with secure grills on surface which will result in minimal air
and dust emissions. The size of the ventilation fans is still to be determined.

6.3.2.2 Dewatering
The steady-state mining groundwater inflow rates were simulated by the groundwater specialist, and the
predicted inflow rates are provided in Table 6-7 below.

TABLE 6-7: GROUNDWATER INFLOW RATES AT FULL DEVELOPMENT FOR MANICA GOLD MINE
(SLR, 2013)
Mine pits / void
Average inflows
m
3
/d L/s
Dots Luck 46.9 0.5
Fair Bride 252.2 2.9
Guy Fawkes UG 502.4 5.8

In-pit dewatering will take place in the Dots Luck and Fair Bride pits using a simple pumping system.
Dewatering will take place at the deepest point in the underground mine section and pumped up to
surface. The water will be settled out in settling dams and re-used for dust suppression or in the mine
process water circuit.

6.3.2.3 Mineral Processing
The section below describes the mineral processing that is required in order to extract gold from the ore
and should be read in conjunction with the process flow diagram. To provide a sense of scale the plant
throughput is expected to be 60ktpm and the production of final product is estimated at 130.59 kg/month
(Based on 1.85g/t recovered; 85% fine). Table 6-8 below discussed the main components of the
processing.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-17
TABLE 6-8: MINERAL PROCESSING OPERATIONS AT THE PROCESS PLANT
Features Details Inputs Waste/
emissions
Note: As material in the gold plant is potentially gold bearing, all spillages are recycled.
Stockpile of ore Ore from decline and pits will be stored in a 2000t tonne live
capacity cone-type open stockpile to be situated on the ROM
pad close to the gold plant.

A primary crusher will be located next to the ROM pad, fed by
means of direct tipping and Front End Loader. Crushed ore will
be conveyed to a Mill feed bin with +-4hours capacity.

Solution run-off from the stockpile will be captured in a sump and
pumped to the process plant.
Water Runoff
Storage of raw
materials/
chemicals
A chemical off-loading area and lime storage area is located
outside the gold plant area. The following main chemicals are
stored in the gold plant: hydrochloric acid, lime, caustic soda and
sodium cyanide. Other raw materials needed in the process
include: flocculent, fluxes and carbon.

The chemical off-loading, storage and process facilities cater for
containment in the form of bunding to 110% of the largest
possible volume spill in the area with adequate sump and pump
systems.
In addition, all materials are stored in closed vessels or bags.
Reagents
Compressed
air
Water
Empty
containers
Spillages
(contained)
Milling The milling plant will consists of a SAG mill and a ball mill. Ore
from the Mill feed bin will be conveyed to the SAG mill where it is
ground using large (100 mm) steel balls.

The ground material will then be screened. Oversized material
will be recycled back to the SAG mill while undersized material
will be fed to a common discharge sump.

From the discharge sump, the material will be pumped to the
cyclone cluster for classification. The cyclone overflow will
gravitate to a linear screen for woodchip/trash removal. The final
milled pulp will gravitate into a high rate thickener (HRT).

Cyclone underflow will form the feed to the Ball Mill. The ground
material from the ball mill will then be screened. Oversized
material will be recycled back to the mill while undersized
material will be fed to the same sump as the SAG mill discharge.
Lime will be added to the discharge sump.

The entire area under the milling plant will be bunded and
spillage is recycled to the mill discharge sump.
Large
volumes of
process
water;
Lime
Spillages
(recycled)
Woodchip/
trash
Mill liners
Concentrating
(shown in green
on the process
flow diagram)
At this stage there will only be space allowed in the design for
this option as a future installation (shown in green on process
flow diagram).

The underflow from three or four cyclones on the cluster will be
fed to a vibrating screen. The oversize will be recycled back to
the ball mill while the undersize will be sent to the concentrators
for the recovery of free gold.

Concentrate from the concentrators will be fed to a storage tank
in the smelt house. Water will be recycled back into the process.
Reagents Process water
(recycled)
Thickening The HRT feed will be dosed with flocculent to agglomerate solid
particles as they settle to produce pulp.

Lime will be added, (at the SAG mill discharge box) to regulate
the pH. Clear water will overflow to the mill circuit water tank
while the underflow (pulp) will be thickened and pumped to the
Flocculent
Lime
Process water
(recycled)
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-18
emissions
leach tanks.
Leaching (CIL) Pulp from the HRT will be pumped to the leach section where it
will be treated in mechanically agitated tanks with sodium
cyanide to dissolve the gold. Air will be injected to provide the
oxygen needed during the leaching process. Lime will be added
to regulate the pH.

The entire area under the leach tanks will be bunded and
spillage will be recycled to the leach tanks. Carbon (which is
porous) will be added to each tank to adsorb the dissolved gold.

Samples will be taken in each tank to see the carbon profile and
to see how much gold the carbon has adsorbed. The loaded
carbon will be pumped to a screen where it will be washed. The
underflow will be recycled back to the CIL tanks while the
overflow will be dropped into an elution column.

The elution process involves firstly the acid treatment of the
carbon to remove impurities before stripping the gold into a
solution by the use of a hot cyanide/caustic solution. The
resulting eluate will be circulated through Electrowinning cells in
the smelthouse.

The stripped carbon will then be transferred to a screen where
the undersize will report to the carbon fines circuit. Oversize will
be fed into a rotary kiln for regeneration.

As a percentage of Transitional and Sulphide material will be
mined with the oxides at a later stage, space provision is allowed
for a Flotation circuit and an ultrafine grinding (UFG) mill. The
concentrate produced will then be oxidised and leached. This
material will be introduced to the first leach tank and the
thickened flotation tails will be introduced to the second leach
tank with the overflow from the first ensuring that grades will
balance.
Sodium
cyanide
Air
Lime
Carbon
Spillages
(recycled)
Carbon
regeneration
The process of regeneration is used to rid the stripped carbon of
organics and other impurities, which decrease the activity of the
carbon that is to be used in the CIL process. This is achieved by
raising the temperature of the carbon in a rotary kiln to 750C.
The steam created during the regeneration process creates a
negative atmospheric pressure which prevents the combustion
of the carbon.

The regenerated carbon is quenched for cooling and then
transferred hydraulically, with water, to the carbon sizing screen.
Fine carbon is then distributed to two settlers from where the
settled fines (carbon sludge) are recovered in 1-ton bulk bags
and sold to a contractor/recycler who will recover the fine gold
caught in the fine carbon.

The sized carbon is collected in a transfer vessel before it is
returned to the adsorption circuit (CIL circuit).

Being a wet process, the kiln feed hopper will be fitted with a
wire screen in order to drain excess water and some fines (if
present). Excess water will gravitate to a water tank for re-use.
- Process water
(recycled)
Carbon sludge
(sold)
Off-Gas to
atmosphere
Smelt house Concentrate from the concentrators will be upgraded using a
vibrating table from where it will be calcined and smelted.

The eluate from the Elution section will be circulated through
automatic electrowinning reactors until most of the gold is
recovered to a sludge. The reactors are then backwashed on a
fluxes Gasses and
fines
Scrubbing liquid
(recycled)
Spillages
(recycled)
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-19
emissions
daily basis and the sludge is discharged into holding tanks inside
the smelt house. The gold sludge will then be filtered and dried
in the smelt house.

The spent electrolyte can be re-used for the next Elution, or be
recycled back to the leach circuit. Dried sludge will be smelted
with fluxes in an induction furnace to produce gold bullion and
slag.

Slag will either be recycled back to the SAG mill, or sold as by-
product.
A minimum amount of gasses and fines are generated from the
furnace. The gas will be emitted to atmosphere via a stack.

Due to the gold content all spillage in the section is recycled.
Incinerator All solid combustible containers (bags and wooden boxes) used
for chemicals etc. in the plant will be disposed of by burning it in
a diesel fired Incinerator
diesel Smoke

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-20

FIGURE 6-4 - BLOCK FLOW DIAGRAM
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-21
TABLE 6-9: PROCESS PLANT REAGENTS
Reagent Delivery and storage
Hydrated Lime
(CaOH at 70 %
strength) (powder)
Approximately 860 tons (at 10kg/t CaOH consumption) will be required on a monthly basis.
This will be delivered to site in drums or bulk bags and approximately 260 m
3
will be stored
as such until required.
Flocculant Approximately 1 ton of flocculant will be required per month. This will be delivered to site in
one ton bulk bags, which will be stored (20 m
3
) in the reagent storage area in the bulk bags
stack. Bags will be transferred to the mixing area using a forklift. Once mixed, the batch will
be transferred to the dosing tank, which will provide 12 hours of mixed solution storage. The
flocculant will be distributed to the plant by a series of dosing pumps.
Hydrochloric Acid
30%
Approximately 27.65 tons will be required per month. This would be delivered to site in
isotainers and 40 m
3
stored in acid tanks.
Sodium cyanide
(liquid at 30%
strength)
Approximately 120 (at 2kg/t addition) tons will be required on a monthly basis. This will be
delivered to site in drums and approximately 100 m
3
will be stored as such until required.
Sodium hydroxide
(liquid at 50 %
strength)
Approximately 10 tons will be required on a monthly basis. This will be delivered to site in
drums and approximately 50 m
3
Borax
This will be delivered to site in drums and approximately 2 m
3
will be stored as such until
required.
Silica
3
required.
Sodium Nitrate
3
required.
Oxygen
Approximately 44 tons will be required on a monthly basis. This will be delivered to site in
canisters and approximately 50 m
3
Activated Carbon Approximately 1.2 tons of activated carbon will be required on a monthly basis. This will be
delivered to site in either drums or bulk bags and approximately 30 m
3
will be stored as such
until required.
Grinding Media Steel balls will be required in the SAG- and Ball milling circuits. Steel balls will be delivered
in bulk in truck and stored in the steel ball bunker near the mills. A kibble and hoist system
will be employed to transfer the required quantity to the mills. Annual consumption is
expected to be approximately 1100 tons.
Fire suppression
foam
Foam chemicals will be required for the fire suppression system in high fire risk areas. The
consumption will be dependent on use.

The following services are required in the Process Plant:

Potable water: 15m
3
/h
Raw water: 113m
3
/h
Compressed air
Instrumentation Air (dry)
Electrical Power +/- 8.5MVa.

6.3.2.4 Mine residue
Waste Rock
The conceptual design details of the waste rock dump is provided in Table 6-10 below (same design to
be applied to all three dumps). Refer to Figure 6-13 for the positioning of the waste rock dumps.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-22
TABLE 6-10: CONCEPTUAL DESIGN OF THE WASTE ROCK DUMP
Feature Detail
Dimensions Fair Bride 320 m wide by 320 m long with a height of 40 m, the configuration of the dump is to make
use of the hillside for containment on the southern side.

Guy Fawkes 185 m wide by 185 m long with a height of 20 m, the configuration of the dump is to
make use of the hillside for containment on the northern side.

Dots Luck 185 m wide by 185 m long with a height of 40 m, the configuration of the dump is to make
use of the hillside for containment on the southern side.
Waste Rock
Transport and
Deposition
Via 40t and 50t Articulated Dump Trucks
Diversion / Storm
water
management
Pollution control dams will be sized according to the expected catchment of the waste dumps to
manage runoff. Accurate sizing is to be done pending the surface hydrology study by SLR.
Topsoil Stripping Stripped topsoil is to be stockpiled close to the waste rock sites to facilitate rehabilitation upon
closure
Lining It is envisaged that the in-situ clay may be suitable to line the dump, however provision is made for
the inclusion of a synthetic liner if this is deemed necessary pending the results of the surface
Geotech study and the geochemical analysis by SLR.
Embankments Side slopes are to be benched in 20m sections with a side slope not exceeding the natural angle of
repose of the waste material.
Under Drains The rock dumps are strategically placed away from drainage lines and headwaters, as such no
rerouting of natural watercourses is deemed necessary. Drainage to facilitate the management of
storm water captured by the dump to the pollution control dam is to be considered geometrically with
the requirement for under drainage to be assessed pending the outcomes of the surface Geotech
study.
Access and
Access Control
Dedicated haulage roads will be developed over the life of mine from mining operations to the waste
dumps.
Waste
Minimisation
Mining methods at Dots Luck and Guy Fawkes will be considered such that waste is minimized.
Monitoring Basic instrumentation and monitoring to be included in the pollution control ponds for level control to
prevent discharge.

Waste rock quantities to be measured and monitored by pit survey and waste rock haulage
accounting.
Dust Control No dust control to be included in the design, the provision may be made for wetting by water bowzer
in the dry season if necessary.
Concurrent
shaping and
capping
Controls will be incorporated in the capping and shaping of the waste rock dumps as the dump height
increases to optimize the volume and limit additional haulage.
Closure Backfilling of pits to be considered upon closure.

The waste rock dumps and low grade ore stockpile hazard classification is provided in Table 6-11 below
(the same classification applies to all of these facilities).

TABLE 6-11: WASTE ROCK DUMP AND LOW GRADE ORE /STOCKPILE CLASSIFICATION
Criteria
No.
Criteria Comment Safety
Classification
1 No. of
Residents in
Zone of
Influence
0 (Low hazard) None Low hazard
1 -10 (Medium
hazard
>10 (High hazard)
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-23
Criteria
No.
Classification
2 No. of Workers
in Zone of
Influence
<10 (Low hazard) Due to the relatively small zone of
influence (calculated to be less than
20m), it is likely that less than 10
workers will be within the area should
any of the waste rock dumps or low
grade stockpile fail.
Low hazard
11 100 (Medium
hazard)
>100 (High hazard)
3 Value of third
party property in
zone of
influence
0 R2 Million (Low
hazard)
N/A Low hazard
R2 R20 million
(Medium hazard)
>R20 million (High
hazard)
4 Depth to
underground
mine workings
>200 m (Low hazard) N/A Low hazard
50 m 200 m
(Medium hazard)
<50 m (High hazard)

Tailings Facility and Return Water Dam
The conceptual design details of the tailings facility and return water dam are provided in Table 6-12
below.

TABLE 6-12: CONCEPTUAL DESIGN OF THE TAILINGS FACILITY AND RETURN WATER DAM
Feature Detail
Typical physical
characteristics
Expected to be typical Witwatersrand gold tailings with 80% passing 75 micron.
Chemical characteristics Not expected to be acid generating
Physical dimensions Total required storage capacity = 5.04 Mt (720 ktpa over 7 years)
Footprint area = approximately 40 ha (includes associated infrastructure)
Total volume of tailings to be stored = 3.75 Mm
3
at an assumed dry density of 1.35
t/m
3

Maximum height = 45m (measured at lowest natural ground level)
Sequence of development Side hill impoundment with an initial starter wall and upstream cyclone deposition.
Method of deposition On dam cyclone deposition.
Rate of rise Maximum rate of rise of 3 4m/yr above starter wall crest.
Soil stripping Topsoil to be stripped and stockpiled. Clayey soil to be stripped for wall construction.
Lining Assumption is that in-situ clay material will act as a suitable liner. The depth of in-situ
clay will be confirmed through a site geotechnical investigation, along with the physical
properties of the clay. Field permeability tests of the in-situ clay material are also
planned. Synthetic liner has not been ruled out.
Embankments A starter wall will be constructed to a crest elevation that corresponds to a maximum
rate of rise of 3 4 m/yr. Walls will be constructed from locally sourced clayey soils.
The maximum starter wall height is expected to be around 15 m high.
The coarse underflow from the cyclones will be used to form the outer embankment
above the level of the starter wall.
A 1 2 m high toe wall will be constructed around the final downstream toe of the TSF
which will demarcate the final TSF extent and also assist with silt control during TSF
development.
Decant system There are two options are being considered:
A series of intermediate and a final reinforced concrete penstock decant
structures spaced along the length of the TSF will be used to decant supernatant
pond water. Each decant will be connected to a central buried outfall pipeline. An
energy dissipater will be provided at the outlet of the outfall pipeline next to the
downstream toe of the TSF. Outflow will, under gravity, report to a solution trench
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-24
Feature Detail
connected to a silt trap which overtops into the RWD.
Supernatant pond water will be stored on top of the TSF and be decanted into a
series of decant structures strategically placed along the length of the TSF. Each
decant structure will consist of a slotted steel tower surrounded by highly
permeable rock which will also form an access platform. The active decant tower
will be fitted with a vertical spindle pump for return to the plant.
Drainage system Up to three lines of blanket, drains will be constructed within the footprint of the coarse
underflow zone along the outer perimeter of the TSF. These blanket drains will be both
upstream and downstream of the starter wall.
Collected seepage water will be discharged into a ~1 m deep solution trench. This
solution trench will be installed around the perimeter of the TSF (except along the
back end of the TSF next to the ridge) and will transfer collected seepage water to the
RWD (in the case of penstock decants) or to a sump (in the case where water is
stored on top of the TSF).
Drain outlets are typically provided at 50 m intervals.
Stormwater diversion Clean runoff from the areas up gradient of the TSF site will be diverted away from and
around the site by suitably sized diversion trenches.
Paddock walls Catchment paddocks will be constructed around the perimeter of the TSF, except
along the northern boundary next to the ridge.
Silt traps A dual compartment reinforced concrete silt trap will be required if supernatant pond
water will be decanted via a penstock decant. If supernatant pond water will be stored
on top of the TSF a silt trap structure will not be required as the supernatant pond and
the decant structures will relied upon to reduce the silt load in the return water.
Return water dams An HDPE lined RWD will be required only if supernatant pond water will be decanted
via a penstock decant. The RWD is expected to have a capacity of about 250,000
300,000 m
3
. A pump station at the RWD will return water to the plant and/or water
treatment (if required).

In the case where supernatant pond water will be stored on top of the TSF a small
HDPE lined sump will be provided downstream of the TSF to collect seepage water
from the drainage system. A pump station at the sump will return seepage water to the
plant and/or the TSF surface and/or water treatment (if required).
Access and access control A wooden catwalk/access will be provided high ground to the intermediate and final
penstock decant structures; or a soil and/or waste rock platform will provide access to
the decant structures.
A 5 m wide gravel road will be constructed around the perimeter of the TSF and
RW/sump.
A five-strand barbed wire perimeter fence with access gates will be installed along the
perimeter with appropriate signage.
Dust
Control
Provided that the facility is operated appropriately, the rate of rise of the TSF and the
proposed concurrent rehabilitation of the outer slopes are expected to reduce dust
generation to acceptable limits. This will need to be confirmed by the air quality
specialist.
Contingency Plans This will be defined in the TSF operating manual.
Monitoring This will be defined in the TSF operating manual and will be in line with standard
practice.
Rehabilitation and closure During operation:
The TSF will be constructed with relatively flat overall side slopes (1v:3h).
The outer slopes of the TSF, consisting of coarse cyclone underflow material, will
need to be covered with a 300mm thick layer of topsoil. Mixing the topsoil with rocky
material to provide a more erosion resistant cover should be considered prior to
commissioning. Step-ins at ~8 m height increments may also need to be provided and
engineered to allow collection and control of runoff from the slopes.

Vegetation will be placed on the side slopes of the TSF by means of hand planting
which may require irrigation.
Crests of berms along each step-in and the crest may need to be covered with a
media to reduce dust and assist with vegetation establishment.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-25
Feature Detail

Closure:
The final penstock decants / decant structures will be sealed.
The TSF surface will be graded to ensure that all storm runoff can be decanted. The
surface will be vegetated. It is envisaged that only about 50% of the TSF surface will
be accessible in the first year following closure while the remaining 50% around the
pool, will need some 2 to 5 years before access can be achieved. This falls into the
aftercare period. Surface water run off drainage measures will be established to
control erosion where necessary, for example along access roads.

Aftercare:
This will include monitoring and maintenance of vegetation establishment.
Monitoring of the decreases in the phreatic surface and the quantity and quality of the
seepage from the under-drains will also be required followed by under-drain outlet
closure.

The TSF failure zone is shown in Figure 7-1and the safety hazard classification is provided in Table 6-13
below.

TABLE 6-13: TAILINGS FACILITY CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA
Criteria
No.
Classification
1 No. of Residents
in Zone of
Influence
0 (Low hazard)
A number of dwellings are indicated
within the zone of influence. The
total no. of residents in the zone of
influence is unknown but is likely to
exceed 10.
High Hazard
1 -10 (Medium hazard
>10 (High hazard)
2 No. of Workers in
Zone of Influence
<10 (Low hazard)
The zone of influence covers the
process plant, laydown area, low
grade stockpile and pollution control
dam, explosives magazine and
various access roads. It is likely
that there would be more than 10
workers (other than those involved
in the operation of the TSF) within
the zone of influence.
Medium Hazard
11 100 (Medium
hazard)
>100 (High hazard)
3 Value of third
party property in
zone of influence
0 R2 Million (Low
hazard)
No formal assessment of the value
of property within the zone of
influence has been done but it is felt
that the replacement value would
not exceed R 20 million (some US$
3 million in 1996 terms of
replacement value) mainly for
possible repairs to roads, dwellings
and compensation.
Medium Hazard
R2 R20 million
(Medium hazard)
>R20 million (High
hazard)
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-26
Criteria
No.
Classification
4 Depth to
underground
mine workings
>200 m (Low hazard)
N/A Low Hazard
50 m 200 m (Medium
hazard)
<50 m (High hazard)

Refer to Figure 6-13 for the positioning of the TSF. Detailed layouts of the TSF will only be available
pending an assessment of the deposition options to limit the rate of rise.

6.3.3 EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING
During the operation phase 451 people will be employed by the Manica Project. Employees will be
housed in nearby towns such as Manica and Chimoio. The mine will offer employees a housing
allowance for this purpose and will be bussed in from Manica town.

6.3.4 OPERATIONAL TRANSPORT
6.3.4.1 Employees
The plant and mining operations will be divided into two 12 hour shifts per day, allowing for shift changes
and equipment maintenance in the plant. Ore tramming will be undertaken in daylight hours only. It is
estimated that 75% of the staff will be bussed to site from the town of Manica, 10% will use alternative
means of transport and 15% will drive themselves to site. A total of 338 workers will be transported by
bus, which equates to 169 workers per shift necessitating 6 trips of a 30 seater bus to mobilise the shift.
Employees will work the shift roster and need to be transported in the following manner:

Manica town-to-site: 05H15 06H00 (Dayshift Start 6 Bus Trips Fully Loaded)
Site-to-Manica town: 06H15 07H00 (Nightshift End 6 Bus Trips Fully Loaded)
Manica town-to-site: 17H15 18H00 (Nightshift Start 6 Bus Trips Fully Loaded)
Site-to-Manica town: 18H15 19H00 (Dayshift End 6 Bus Trips Fully Loaded)

At this stage in conceptual planning the preferred permanent access to the site, as well as all site roads
will be constructed as gravel roads with the appropriate layer works to make use of locally available
material.

6.3.4.2 Goods and Materials
All goods will be transported to site via a dedicated road to the laydown area. Deliveries are likely to vary
between 1 and 8 deliveries of 20ft containers per day (consider an average of 4 per day) by interlinked
trucks. Table 6-14 lists the main vehicles and equipment to be used on site during operations. The
transport routes are outlined in section 6.1.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-27
TABLE 6-14: VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT TO BE USED ON SITE DURING OPERATIONS
Component Description
Mine Fair Bride 6 x 50 t Open Pit Trucks
Dots Luck 3 x 50 t Open Pit Trucks
Guy Fawkes - 6 x 40 t Underground Trucks
Process Plant 4 x 35 t Interlink Truck deliveries per day

6.3.5 WATER SUPPLY FOR OPERATIONS
A summary of the mines potable and process water requirements are provided in Table 6-15 below. The
overall mining and processing water management philosophy is to be re-assessed pending the outcomes
of the hydrology and geohydrology studies undertaken as part of the EIA.

TABLE 6-15: OPERATIONAL PHASE WATER REQUIREMENTS
Potable water Process water
Source Boreholes and/or Municipality Boreholes and/or Municipality
Quantity 10 800 m
3
total volume per month
(15 m
3
/h)
144 m
3
total volume per month
(2 m
3
/h)
Use Domestic use :
Administration buildings, ablutions and
plant support facilities. Safety showers in
the Plant area.

Process Plant
Underground mining and in open pits (drilling, dust
suppression, conveyance of sludge)
Dust suppression
Gold plant
Fire system

A dynamic water balance model is to be developed based on the outcomes of the hydrology and
geohydrology studies being undertaken as part of the EIA, the preliminary Project water demand is based
on the following:
Return Water Volume:
o Dry season - 42.83 m
3
/h
o Wet Season - 71.4 m
3
/h

Raw Water Make- up:
o Dry Season 84.28 m3/h
o Wet Season 48.6 m3/h

Mining Requirements:
o Guy Fawkes U/G requirements 118 m3/h

6.3.6 OTHER SURFACE WATER MANAGEMENT FACILITIES
Surface water run-off upstream of, and within the concession area after rainfall events will be managed to
ensure that clean and dirty water systems are kept separate.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-28

6.3.7 ABLUTIONS AND SANITATION FOR THE OPERATION PHASE
Ablution blocks will be located in each of the mine areas servicing approximately 20 persons at Dots
Luck, 200 persons at Guy Fawkes and 60 persons at Fair Bride. Facilities will include toilets and basins
for mine labour. The toilets will have septic tanks and French drains to manage effluent.

6.3.8 POWER SUPPLY FOR OPERATION ACTIVITIES
Power during the operation phase will be supplied from overhead lines expediting power from the Manica
sub-station. The exact routing is not known at this stage.

6.3.9 NON-MINERALISED WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR THE OPERATION PHASE
Domestic waste will be disposed of by a contractor at the Manica municipal waste disposal site. On site
facilities will be provided at the waste transition yard (WTY) for sorting and temporary storage prior to
removal and disposal.

Industrial waste will be sorted on site, at the waste transition yard, and either disposed of within the waste
rock dumps or sent to the municipal waste sites with the domestic waste.

Hazardous waste includes inter alia: fuels, chemicals, lubricating oils, hydraulic and brake fluid, paints,
solvents, acids etc. Hazardous waste will be disposed of by incineration in the project incinerator. A
waste specification has been developed for the Manica Project and details waste management on site. A
summary of this is provided in Table 6-16 below.

TABLE 6-16: NON-MINERALISED WASTE MANAGEMENT FOR OPERATIONS
(example of waste
types)
Non-hazardous solid
waste (non-mineralised)
Metal Cut offs, rubber,
wood, cardboard/paper,
used PPE, etc.
Waste Management
Waste Transition Yard
(WTY). Scrap metal will
be sold as scrap.
Waste will be sorted at
the WTY. Recyclable
waste will be sent to a
reputable recycling
company. Some items
may be distributed directly
to the community such as
pallets and wooden
crates. The remainder of
the waste will be
tot eh Manica municipal
waste site.
Building rubble and waste
concrete
Building rubble will be
disposed of to a
designated area in the
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-29
(example of waste
types)
Waste Management
WTY.
WTY.
Hazardous solid waste
(non-mineralised).
Printer cartridges,
batteries, fluorescent
bulbs, etc.
stored in sealed drums in
work areas. A Waste
incinerated prior to
disposal at the Manica
municipal waste disposal
site.
Hydrocarbons (oils,
grease)
Used oil and grease will
be stored in drums in
bunded areas at key
points in work areas. The
bunds will be able to
accommodate 110 % of
the container contents
and include a sump and
oil trap. The Waste
regularly to the WTY. The
yard will have a dedicated
used oil storage area
which will include a
concrete slab, proper
bunding and an oil sump.
Used oil will be sent to a
reputable recycling
company for recycling.
Medical waste Syringes, material with
blood stains, bandages,
etc.
stored in sealed drums at
the clinic. A Waste

incinerated in the project
incinerator prior to
disposal in the municipal
waste disposal site.
Sanitation waste Sludge from French
drains
Sludge will be buried on
site

6.3.10 ADDITIONAL SITE FACILITIES
6.3.10.1 Fuel and lubricant storage and use
There will be one fuelling point on site. All fuel tanks will be above ground and within impermeable bunds
which will make allowance for 110% containment for the largest potential failure. All day-to-day spillage
within the bund and filling / delivery areas will be channelled into sumps equipped with oil traps and
separators. Bio remediation facilities will be included in the design to handle any contaminated soils.

The process plant will have a dedicated day tank for all generators, the incinerator and furnace (if diesel
fired). Lubricants will be stored in a bunded area inside the process plant security fence. Bulk lubricant
storage will be in a dedicated bunded area inside the project bulk store. The fuel station will be located
adjacent to the workshop close to Guy Fawkes and will consist of 3 of 63kl steel tanks.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-30
6.3.10.2 Explosives use and storage
Explosives and explosive accessories will be an essential consumable in the mining process and as such
a safe, efficient and reliable supply of this commodity is vital. At peak production the project will store a
maximum of 10 tons of bulk explosives per annum. Emulsion is a water repellent based explosive that is
used to charge holes that contain water.

All explosive transportation, storage and handling will be governed by the Mozambique regulations with
periodic inspections undertaken by the relevant authorities. Handling of explosives on the mine will be
under the direct supervision of an appointed person who will be the holder of a Mozambique surface
blasting certificate.

The explosives magazine will be located in a remote area to the east of the Fair Bride pit; the perimeter
fence includes a 60 m buffer zone around the store. The magazine will be specially designed,
constructed and approved facilities used for the storage of blasting consumables (detonating fuse,
explosives boosters, detonators, detonating timer delays and cartridges explosives).

These magazines will be surrounded by earth bunds, which will be in a fenced off area, free of all plant
growth. Lightening conductors shall be erected as additional protection. The magazine will be kept under
lock and key with access by authorised, approved trained personnel only with 24 hour security. The only
time persons will be in the magazine will be during receiving of stock or delivery of consumables required
for blasting operations.

6.3.10.3 Telecommunications
Mobile Radios on site will include dispatch consoles located in the security control room, the
administration complex and the Guy Fawkes and Dots Luck deposits. Hand held radios, vehicle radios
and a mast and antennae will be part of the mobile radio equipment.

A telephone system is proposed for communications. This will provide site wide telecommunications.
The necessity for a cell phone mast will be assessed as part of the project, if deemed necessary a 30m
high cell phone mast that will have the radio and cell-phone communication repeaters will be installed on
site.

6.3.10.4 Helipad
Space has been reserved on the overall site layout for a Helipad and Airstrip this is however not part of
the project scope at this point.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-31
6.3.10.5 Laboratory
The laboratory will provide an analytical service to the metallurgical plant to assist with efficient operation
and control. It will also analyse mining and exploration samples and undertake in house environmental
monitoring. Accreditation of the laboratory is not envisaged at this stage and therefore a comprehensive
inter laboratory program will be implemented.
Sample receipt area
Offices and record room
Metallurgy specific facilities including:
o Pressure filter area / Sample Preparation Area
o Wet chemistry laboratory
o Solvent laboratory (The laboratory will be equipped with a fume extraction hood fitted
with filters and a scrubber)
o Fire Assay laboratory
o XRF (x-ray fluorescence)/ICP (inductive coupled plasma mass spectroscopy) room;
o XRF preparation room
o Sample storage area
Facilities for the Exploration and Mining Lab including:
o Sample drying oven
o Dust Extraction hoods
o Splitting facility
o Jaw crush to -2.3mm (Terminator, Rhino or similar)
o Labtech 2 Pulverising mill
o Weighing room
o Fire Assay room and equipment
o AAS or gravimetric finishing facility
o Sample storage area

6.3.10.6 Medical first aid station
There will be on-site first aid stabilisation facilities located at each mine site as well in the process plant
and the reagents storage and make-up areas. These facilities are to be equipped to address minor day to
day medical issues only and will serve as a holding facility in the event of serious injury while an
ambulance is dispatched from the hospital in the town of Manica. Small diesel generators will provide
emergency power for lighting in these facilities.

6.3.10.7 Security and access control
Fencing will be as shown in Figure 6-13 with the three mining areas being fenced off individually with
access points. High security fencing (typically 2.1m high diamond mesh fencing topped with razor wire)
will be installed around the following facilities:
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-32
The greater Process Plant and Guy Fawkes fenced area
The laydown area
The administration complex
The construction camp
The tailings facility and return water dam
The low grade stockpile
All pollution control dams
The Fair Bride mining area
The Dots luck mining area
The explosives magazine

The plant will additionally be fenced with electrified high security fencing and will have its own access
control point with a vehicular and pedestrian air-lock.

6.3.10.8 Weighbridge and Parking
No weighbridge will be considered for the project, ROM accounting will be done by measuring the output
from the jaw crusher by a weightometer on the crusher product conveyor.
On-site parking will be provided at the following places:

Main administration building complex Assay laboratory
First aid stations in each area
At the Dots Luck ablution facility
At the Fair Bride ablution facility
Bus drop off zone at the centralized change house
At the security control pond entering the Process Plant complex

6.3.10.9 Lighting
The plant, Fair Bride open pit and decline will all operate 24 hours per day, and will thus require lighting.
Lighting in the pits will consist of a number of lighting skids consisting of 4 x 1000 Watt metal halide lights
standing 10m high. Dots Luck open pit will only be mined during daylight hours and during the dry
season.

The plant and decline complexes will utilise a combination of high pressure sodium, pole mounted
streetlights and building/structure-mounted lights. These are envisaged to be lit between dusk and dawn.
Standard fluorescent lighting has been designated for internal, walkway and plant occupational areas.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-33
6.3.10.10 Workshops and Stores
The main mine workshop will be constructed within a dedicated area in the laydown and storage area
outlined in Figure 6-13 and will service large truck, support equipment, light vehicles and any ancillary
equipment. Activities associated with the workshops include painting, grinding, welding, and repairs.
There will be three dedicated covered slabs will be placed at all three mining operations. These areas will
serve as satellite workshops for basic maintenance of mining equipment.

Stores will be located in the following areas:
A bulk reagents receiving area will be included in the laydown area, with a dedicated bunded, IBR
clad bulk cyanide store and another bunded IBR clad store for the balance of reagents
The engineering workshop in the process plant will be constructed from shipping containers with a
steel superstructure and an IBR clad roof supporting a 2 ton crawl beam, the containers are to act as
storage facilities
The laydown and storage area will have a dedicated IBR clad store for receiving of bulk deliveries,
and will be located within the project laydown area
Covered component stores will be located at Fair Bride, Guy Fawkes and Dots Luck for spare
mining equipment parts, batteries and specialised tools

6.3.10.11 Salvage Yard
The salvage yard will be a separately fenced off area, within the project laydown area. Run-off from the
salvage yard will integrated into the dirty water management system. The WTY will be located within the
salvage yard.

6.3.10.12 Internal Roads
The road entering the main administration area, the explosive magazine and the laydown area will be a
6 m wide road to accommodate buses and light vehicles. Internal plant servitudes will be between 6 and
8m wide depending on the local requirements for mobile cranage, there will be no dedicated roads within
the plant, rather compacted servitudes to reduce costs. There is limited vehicular traffic in the plant, local
reagent deliveries will report to the reagents area. Roads are for maintenance activities primarily.

Haul roads will run from the open pits and decline to the plant will be 15 m wide. The haul roads will
serve trucks coming from the plant to the open pits and decline for maintenance. It should however be
noted that haulage from the Dots Luck open pit to the processing plant will only take place during daylight
hours and during the dry season.

All site roads will be gravel with appropriate layer works to make use of locally available material.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-34
6.3.10.13 Internal Pipelines
Various on-site pipelines have been described in the discussion above. The pipelines will be placed in the
following manner:

Pipelines within the plant will all be located at elevated positions above ground either on plinths,
sand bags or run along pipe racks
All water pipelines will be above ground, fire water pipelines will be buried only if a fire water system
is deemed necessary pending costing and detailing of the Process Plant
The slurry line to the TSF and return water line will be run above ground in a compacted earth trench
which will act as double containment

6.3.10.14 Conveyors
Conveyors will be used to transport material in the front end of the process plant between the crushers,
and stockpiles. Summary of the on-site conveyors is as follows:

Conveyor from ROM stockpile to plant. Conveyors will be inclined to provide sufficient height to feed
stockpiles etc. and have only sufficient length to reach the desired elevation. All conveyors will lie
within the process plant footprint outlined on Figure 6-13
Only three conveyors are envisaged, one conveyor feeding crushed product to a surge bin. One
conveyor feeding the stockpile and the mill feed conveyor

6.3.10.15 On-going exploration
Exploration drilling will continue. It will be used to upgrade the mineral resource on a bi-annual basis as
well as to assist with detailed mine planning going forward. Related issues have been assessed and
approved in the process associated with the award of the relevant mining right.

6.3.10.16 On-going contractor work
The contractor administration and lay-down area will remain in use as and when required for the life of
mine. This is particularly relevant to any alterations, maintenance or refurbishment that may be required
from time to time and that may require the services of contractors.

6.3.11 WATER BALANCE
A site wide static climatic water balance model has been developed for the proposed Manica Gold
Operation. It covers water consumption and reticulation of the following components of the project
(Highlands Hydrology, 2013):

Dots Luck- Opencast and Waste Rock
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-35
Fair Bride- Opencast and Waste Rock
Guy Fawkes- Underground and Waste Rock
Central Processing- Process Plant, Tailings Storage Facility, Low Grade Stockpile.

The static water balance presented represents typical wet and dry seasons based on monthly flows for
the proposed operation. The wet season was calculated using the three wettest months (December -
February) with the dry season calculated using the three driest months (June to August). The purpose of
this water balance is to assess the site wide water balance from an environmental or overall water use
perspective. To this end, the water balance makes a number of simplifying assumptions and is not
intended for use in sizing and detailed design requirements.

The water balance schematics are presented in Figure 6.5 to Figure 6-12. The overall conclusion of the
site wide water balance is that there will be excess water during the wqet season that cannot be reused.
This excess water volume is estimated to be approximately 121,456m
3
/month. The mine will therefore
need to treat this excess water and discharge it to the environment, with the relevant authorisations.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-36

FIGURE 6.5: DOTS LUCK PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE WET SEASON
(HIGHLANDS HYROLOGY, 2013)

FIGURE 6.6: DOTS LUCK PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE DRY SEASON

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-37

FIGURE 6.7: FAIR BRIDE PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE WET SEASON

FIGURE 6.8: FAIR BRIDE PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE DRY SEASON

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-38

FIGURE 6.9: GUY FAWKES PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE WET SEASON

FIGURE 6.10: GUY FAWKES PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE DRY SEASON

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-39

FIGURE 6-11: CENTRAL INFRASTRUCTURE PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE
WET SEASON (HIGHLANDS HYROLOGY, 2013)

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-40

FIGURE 6-12: CENTRAL INFRASTRUCTURE PROCESS WATER BALANCE MODEL FOR AVERAGE DRY
SEASON (HIGHLANDS HYDROLOGY 2013)

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-41
6.3.12 TIME TABLE
Mineral processing will commence at the end of the second quarter 2015 with an expected Plant life of 8
years. Mining operations will commence at the beginning of the second quarter 2015 with anticipated
closure of all mines after 7 years, with the processing of low grade stockpiles for a year thereafter. Plant
closure is estimated to commence at the end of the second quarter 2022. It is however noted that the life
of mine could be extended if additional minable resources are found and if it is economically viable to do
so.

6.4 DECOMMISSIONING AND CLOSURE PHASE
At a conceptual level, decommissioning can be considered a reverse of the construction phase with the
demolition and removal of the majority of infrastructure and activities very similar to those described with
respect to the construction phase. The closure phase occurs after the cessation of all decommissioning
activities. Relevant closure activities are those related to the after care and maintenance of remaining
structures. A conceptual closure plan is provided in Appendix P.

6.4.1 CLOSURE OBJECTIVES
The planning stage for decommissioning and closure has commenced and in broad terms the main
objective will be to remove as much infrastructure as possible and rehabilitate what remains to resemble
the pre-project land state as closely as possible. At this stage, the proposed post closure land use will be
agricultural. Closure objectives could include:

Disturbed areas other than those comprising mineralised waste facilities will be returned to as close
to their original state as practicable
Permanent visible features such as the mineralised waste facilities and related environmental bunds
will be left in a form that blends with the surrounds
Contamination beyond the mine site by wind, surface runoff or groundwater movement will be
prevented through appropriate erosion resistant covers, containment bunds
Linear infrastructure comprising roads, pipelines, power lines, conveyors and related components
will be removed and the disturbed land rehabilitated to blend with the surrounding natural
environment
Socio-economic impacts (including the loss of employment) will be minimised through careful
planning and preparation for closure beginning three to five years before closure takes place.

The above principles and concepts will be refined as part of on-going detailed closure planning and
costing during the life of mine.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-42
6.4.2 DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITIES
At a conceptual level this is a reverse of the construction phase with infrastructure and activities very
similar to those described in section 6.2. The conceptual decommissioning plan is discussed below.

Buildings, plant and mine infrastructure
Buildings, processing plant, substations, conveyors and associated mine infrastructure will be dismantled
and/or demolished to a minimum of 1m below ground level. Material that can be recycled / has a scrap
value will be stockpiled for removal from site. Inert rubble and non-recyclable demolition waste will be
buried.

Areas requiring reclamation, where infrastructure has been removed, will be levelled and shaped for
drainage, covered with topsoil (or a growth medium material) and re-vegetated.

Adit portals
The closure of the underground portals at Guy Fawkes is primarily a safety consideration. Typically, the
portal is backfilled with inert building rubble or waste rock, and then sealed with a 1 m thick mass
concrete cap. Allowances for the engineering design and specification of the concrete cap should be
allowed for in the closure costs.

Open pits
The Dots Luck open pit will be backfilled using waste rock, sloped to be free draining and restored in
terms of soils horizons, vegetation and drainage.

The Fair Bride open pit will need to be made safe for humans and animals. A perimeter berm will be
established to restrict access and also some sloping of the high wall areas to 1V:3H (18) will be
conducted. Ideally, the sloping of high walls should be to the pit floor or to the stable groundwater level
that could establish within a reasonable period within the open pit void.

Overburden, spoils and mineralised waste facilities
Overburden and spoil dumps will have a low pollution potential and hence only need to be shaped and
re-vegetated with indigenous vegetation to create a stable landform. The shaping of the facilities will form
part of the ongoing deposition operations (and not left until mine closure).

The TSF has a higher pollution potential and therefore as a minimum requires outer slopes of 1V:4H
(typically constructed during operations), stormwater management measures, armouring/capping and/or
vegetated evaporative covers (to reduce the ingress of air and water, and hence contaminated seepage
arising from the footprint area). Stormwater and/or seepage containment (in existing containment
facilities) may still be required following rehabilitation of mineralised waste facilities.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-43

Roads
Minor roads (with minimal use) no longer required for post closure use will be ripped, fertilised and re-
vegetated. Similarly, major roads (with significant use) will first have the top layer works removed, and
then reclaimed as per minor roads.

Fencing
Fencing no longer required for post closure use will be removed and recycled or disposed of. Reclaimed
fencing areas may require ripping, fertilising and re-vegetation.

Powerlines
Powerlines no longer required for post closure use will be removed and recycled or disposed of.
Reclaimed powerline areas may require ripping, fertilising and re-vegetation.

Re-vegetation
Re-vegetation will involve the planting of indigenous trees, shrubs, and grasses to mimic the natural
surrounding vegetation cover. Topsoil stripped and stockpiled prior to the development of the project will
be used wherever possible to provide a suitable growth medium material. In the case of inadequate
topsoil sources, or topsoil that has deteriorated due to anaerobic conditions (typically in high topsoil
dumps (greater than 3 to 4m)), some form of fertiliser and/or amelioration of the soil may be required.

It is also suggested that the mine establish a nursery to provide a source of indigenous trees, shrubs, and
grasses that can be used for revegetation purposes, and more importantly, vegetation trials during the
ongoing operations of the mine to determine and optimise the mine closure and revegetation strategy.

Maintenance and Aftercare
All reclaimed and rehabilitated areas will require some form of aftercare and maintenance to ensure
closure success. These activities typically include fertilising of poor growth areas; control of alien
vegetation; erosion control, filling of erosion gulleys and repairing covers/capping/armouring; monitoring
of surface and groundwater quality; monitoring of vegetation composition and diversity; maintaining
firebreaks to protect vulnerable vegetation etc.

Typically most of the maintenance and aftercare activities are undertaken in the first two to three years
following closure (active maintenance period), and thereafter the frequency of activities is expected to
decline (passive maintenance period). The passive maintenance period is a further two to three years,
usually up to a maximum of about six years, after the initial active maintenance period.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 6-44
6.4.3 CLOSURE ACTIVITIES
It is assumed that all mining activities and processing operations will have ceased by the closure phase
of the mining project. The potential for impacts during this phase will depend on the extent of demolition
and rehabilitation efforts during decommissioning and on the features which will remain, such as the
mineralised waste facilities.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-1
7 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Potential environmental impacts were identified by SLR in consultation with stakeholders, regulatory
authorities, specialist consultants and Explorator.

In the case of potential people related impacts, the EIA assessment focused on third parties only (third
parties include members of the public and occupants of the contractors camp after working hours). The
potential health and safety impacts on workers were not assessed because these aspects are regulated
separately by health and safety legislation, other policies and standards.

The impacts identified are discussed under issue headings in this section. Impacts are considered in a
cumulative manner where possible. The discussion and impact assessment for each sub-section covers
the construction, operational, decommissioning and closure phases where relevant. This is indicated in
the table at the beginning of each sub-section. Also, included in the table is a list of project
activities/infrastructure that could cause the potential impact per mine phase.

Mitigation measures to address the identified impacts are provided in detailed management plans in 8
and are not repeated in this section. These mitigation measures have been taken into account in the
assessment of the significance of the mitigated impacts.

Both the criteria used to assess the impacts and the method of determining the significance of the
impacts is outlined in Table 7-1. Part A provides the approach for determining impact consequence
(combining severity, spatial scale and duration) and impact significance (the overall rating of the impact).
Impact consequence and significance are determined from Part B and C. The interpretation of the impact
significance is given in Part D. Both mitigated and unmitigated scenarios are considered for each impact.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-2

EXAMPLE SHOWING HOW THIS CHAPTER HAS BEEN STRUCTURED
7 7. .2 2 T TO OP PO OG GR RA AP PH HY Y
7.2.1 ISSUE: HAZARDOUS EXCAVATIONS
Project phase and link to activities/infrastructure
Construction Operational Decommissioning Closure
N/A*
Activity/infrastructure 1

-
* N/A not applicable.

Assessment of impact
Description of the issue and associated impact in terms of severity, duration, spatial scale,
consequence, probability and significance considering all phases of project including any
cumulative impacts

Tabulated summary of the assessed impact
Management Severity Duration Spatial
Scale
Consequence Probability of
Occurrence
Significance
Unmanaged L M L M M M
Managed L L L L L L

Conceptual description of mitigation measures
Identification of mitigation objectives and conceptual description of mitigation actions

Emergency situation
Description of any emergency situations where relevant with reference to relevant procedures
Environmental component heading
Issue heading
Bars showing phase of operation in which
impacts could occur, and link to project
activities
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-3
TABLE 7-1: CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING IMPACTS
PART A: DEFINITION AND CRITERIA
Definition of SIGNIFICANCE Significance = consequence x probability
Definition of CONSEQUENCE Consequence is a function of severity, spatial extent and duration
Criteria for ranking of the
SEVERITY/NATURE of
environmental impacts
H Substantial deterioration (death, illness or injury). Recommended level will often be
violated. Vigorous community action. Irreplaceable loss of resources.
M Moderate/ measurable deterioration (discomfort). Recommended level will
occasionally be violated. Widespread complaints. Noticeable loss of resources.
L Minor deterioration (nuisance or minor deterioration). Change not measurable/ will
remain in the current range. Recommended level will never be violated. Sporadic
complaints. Limited loss of resources.
L+ Minor improvement. Change not measurable/ will remain in the current range.
Recommended level will never be violated. Sporadic complaints.
M+ Moderate improvement. Will be within or better than the recommended level. No
observed reaction.
H+ Substantial improvement. Will be within or better than the recommended level.
Favourable publicity.
Criteria for ranking the
DURATION of impacts
L Quickly reversible. Less than the project life. Short term
M Reversible over time. Life of the project. Medium term
H Permanent. Beyond closure. Long term.
Criteria for ranking the
SPATIAL SCALE of
impacts
L Localised - Within the site boundary.
M Fairly widespread Beyond the site boundary. Local
H Widespread Far beyond site boundary. Regional/ national

PART B: DETERMINING CONSEQUENCE
SEVERITY = L
DURATION Long term H Medium Medium Medium
Medium term M Low Low Medium
Short term L Low Low Medium
SEVERITY = M
DURATION Long term H Medium High High
Medium term M Medium Medium High
Short term L Low Medium Medium
SEVERITY = H
DURATION Long term H High High High
Medium term M Medium Medium High
Short term L Medium Medium High
L M H
Localised
Within site boundary
Site
Fairly widespread
Beyond site
boundary
Local
Widespread
Far beyond site
boundary
Regional/ national
SPATIAL SCALE

PART C: DETERMINING SIGNIFICANCE
PROBABILITY
(of exposure to
impacts)
Definite/ Continuous H Medium Medium High
Possible/ frequent M Medium Medium High
Unlikely/ seldom L Low Low Medium
L M H
CONSEQUENCE

PART D: INTERPRETATION OF SIGNIFICANCE
Significance Decision guideline
High It would influence the decision regardless of any possible mitigation.
Medium It should have an influence on the decision unless it is mitigated.
Low It will not have an influence on the decision.
*H = high, M= medium and L= low and + denotes a positive impact.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-4
7.1 TOPOGRAPHY
The topography (as described in Section 4.3) will be changed by the proposed infrastructure and
excavations associated with proposed mine. The following related issues have been identified and are
discussed further in the sections emphasised by brackets:

Hazardous excavations and infrastructure, surface subsidence and the dangers they present to
animals and humans (Section 7.1.1)
Changes to surface water flow and related impacts (Section 7.4)
Visual impacts (Section 7.10).

7.1.1 ISSUE: HAZARDOUS EXCAVATIONS AND INFRASTRUCTURE/ SURFACE SUBSIDENCE
7.1.1.1 Introduction
With reference to Table 7-2, hazardous excavations and infrastructure include all structures into, or off
which, third parties and animals can fall and be harmed. This can also be caused by surface subsidence.
Included in this category are facilities that can fail (such as mineralised waste facilities). Hazardous
excavations and infrastructure occur in all project phases from construction through operation to
decommissioning and closure. In the construction and decommissioning phases these hazardous
excavations and infrastructure are usually temporary in nature, usually existing for a few weeks to a few
months. The operational phase will present more long term hazardous excavations and infrastructure, as
well as the risk of surface subsidence, and the closure phase will present final land forms that are
considered hazardous.

TABLE 7-2: HAZARDOUS EXCAVATIONS & INFRASTRUCTURE/SURFACE SUBSIDENCE - LINK MINE
PHASES & ACTIVITIES

Foundations
Trenches
Stockpiles
Scaffolding
Cranes
Borrow pits
Open pits
Underground mining
Decline
Stockpiles
Mineralised waste facilities
Water dams/reservoirs
Voids
Trenches
Buildings and equipment
Pipelines
Open pits
Underground mine void
Decline
Stockpiles
Water dams/reservoirs
Voids
Trenches
Scaffolding
Cranes
Piles of rubble
Piles of scrap
Permanent mineralised waste
facilities
Permanent water dams
Permanent stockpiles
Fair Bride open pit

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-5
7.1.1.2 Assessment of impact
Severity
Hazardous excavations and structures are identified in the table above for the different project phases,
and present potential risk of injury and/or death to both animals and third parties. This potential impact
has a high severity. With mitigation, the severity reduces to medium for the majority of hazardous
excavations and structures. This includes the possible failure of the TSF, which could inundate
households and cause pollution of the Revue River refer to Figure 7-1. The mining method allows for
sufficient support pillars which will remain in the mine void and therefore surface subsidence is not
considered to be a significant risk.

Duration
Should death or permanent injury to third parties occur, this is considered a long-term, permanent
impact. This applies to the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios because even if the mine successfully
reduces the safety risks significantly, any person or animal that has sustained a long-term injury or
fatality will experience the impact in the long-term or permanently.

Spatial scale
The spatial scale may extend beyond the project site to the communities to which the injured people or
animals belong. This applies to the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Consequence
In both the unmitigated and mitigated scenario, the consequence of this potential impact is high.

Probability
The probability is considered to be moderate in the unmitigated scenario; however this can be reduced to
low with the implementation of mitigation measures provided in section 8.

Significance
The significance is rated as high in both the unmitigated scenario; however this can be reduced to
moderate with the implementation of mitigation measures provided in section 8.

Tabulated summary of the assessed impact hazardous excavations and infrastructure
Mitigation Severity Duration Spatial
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Unmitigated H H M H M H
Mitigated H H M H L M

X
X
X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X X X X
Style23
ridges
Fbride Wet2
Fbride Wet3
The Bowl wetland
Fbride Wet 1
Ruvue River
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X -7 908 500
X -7 909 500
X -7 910 500
X -7 911 500
Y

-
4
8
7

0
0
0
Y

-
4
8
8

0
0
0
Y

-
4
8
9

0
0
0
Y

-
4
9
0

0
0
0
Y

-
4
9
1

0
0
0
Y

-
4
9
2

0
0
0
TSF
OPTION 8
TSF ZONE OF
INFLUENCE
TSF ZONE OF
INFLUENCE
WETLAND
FAIR BRIDE
WETLAND
THE BOWL
WETLAND
Date : Scale :
Johannesburg Office
METAGO HOUSE
FOURWAYS MANOR OFFICE PARK
CORNER ROOS ANDMACBETH STREETS
FOURWAYS
J OHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA
T: +27 (11) 467-0945
F: +27 (11) 467-0978
www.slrconsulting.com
LEGEND:
ADMIN BUILDING
EXPLOSIVE MAGAZINE
POLLUTION CONTROL DAM
PROCESS PLANT
WASTE DUMP
LOW GRADE STOCKPILE
EXISTING ROADS
COMMUNITY ACCESS ROADS
X
FENCED OFF AREAS
LAYDOWN AREA
X
MINE LICENSE BOUNDARY
ZONE OF INFLUENCE
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-7
7.2 SOILS AND LAND CAPABILITY
Soils are a significant component of most ecosystems. As an ecological driver, soil is the medium in
which most vegetation grows and a range of vertebrates and invertebrates exist. In the context of mining,
soil is even more significant if one considers that mining is a temporary land use where-after
rehabilitation (using soil) is the key to re-establishing post closure land capability that will support post
closure land uses.

Information in this section was sourced from the soil and land capability specialist report (refer to
Appendix E).

7.2.1 ISSUE: LOSS OF SOIL RESOURCES FROM POLLUTION
With reference to Table 7-3, there are a number of sources in all phases that could pollute soils
particularly in the unmitigated scenario. In the construction and decommissioning phases these potential
pollution sources are temporary in nature, usually existing for a few weeks to a few months. Although the
sources are temporary in nature, the potential related pollution can have long term effects. The
operational phase will present more long term potential sources and the closure phase will present final
land forms that may have the potential to contaminate soils through long term seepage and/or run-off.

TABLE 7-3: SOIL POLLUTION LINK TO MINE PHASE AND ACTIVITIES

General construction activities
Cement mixing
Management of dirty water
Storage and handling of new
and used materials and
chemicals (including
hydrocarbons)
Waste management (non-
mineralised)
Equipment servicing
Use of vehicles and equipment
that may leak lubricants and
fuel
Servicing equipment
Management of dirty
process water/effluent
hydrocarbons)
Waste management
(mineralised and non-
mineralised)
Open pit mining
Underground mining

General building activities
hydrocarbons)
Waste management
mineralised)
Equipment servicing
Use of vehicles and
equipment that may leak
lubricants and fuel
Backfilling of Dots Luck open
pit
Seepage and run-off from
remaining mineralised waste
landforms

Severity
In the unmitigated scenario, pollution of soils from numerous incidents such as spills and leaks from
equipment and vehicles and spills of potentially polluting substances can result in a loss of soil
functionality as an ecological driver. This is because it can create a toxic environment for vegetation,
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-8
vertebrates and invertebrates that rely on the soil. It could also negatively impact on the chemistry of the
soils such that current growth conditions are impaired. Subsistence and commercial agriculture is
practiced in the concession area and upon closure; the soils must be capable of supporting these land
uses. This impact has a high severity during all project phases but it can be reduced to medium with the
implementation of the soil management plan outlined in section 8.

Duration
In the unmitigated scenario, most pollution impacts will remain until long after closure. In the mitigated
scenario most of these potential impacts should either be avoided or be remedied within the life of the
mine.

Spatial scale
Potential soil pollution will be restricted to the project site in both the unmitigated and mitigated
scenarios.

Consequence
In the unmitigated scenario, the consequence of this potential impact is high. In the mitigated scenario,
this reduces to medium because the severity and duration of the impact is reduced.

Probability
Without any mitigation the probability of impacting on soils through pollution events is high. With
mitigation, the probability will be significantly reduced to low because emphasis will be placed on
preventing pollution events and on quick and effective remediation if pollution events do occur.

Significance
In the unmitigated scenario, the significance of this potential impact is high. In the mitigated scenario, the
significance reduces to low because with mitigation the severity, duration and probability associated with
the potential the impact all reduce.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact soil pollution
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
unmitigated H H L H H H
mitigated M L L L L L

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-9
7.2.2 ISSUE: LOSS OF SOILS RESOURCE AND RELATED CAPABILITY THROUGH PHYSICAL DISTURBANCE
Introduction
With reference to Table 7-4, there are a number of activities/infrastructure in all phases that have the
potential to disturb soils through removal, compaction and/or erosion. In the construction and
decommissioning phases these activities are temporary in nature, usually existing for a few weeks to a
few months. The operational phase will present more long term activities and the closure phase will
present final land forms that may be susceptible to erosion.

TABLE 7-4: PHYSICAL DISTURBANCE OF SOILS AND REDUCED LAND CAPABILITY LINK TO MINE
PHASE AND ACTIVITIES

Soil stripping
Cleaning and grubbing
Preparation of the foundations
Compacting bases
Opening borrow pits and
trenches
Slope stabilization
Building roads
Vehicle movement
Developing open pit
Mining development
Vehicle movement
Stockpile development
Mineralised waste facility
development
Exploration

Soil stripping
Material movement
Slope stabilization
Vehicle movement
pit

Erosion of final land forms

Severity
The loss of soil through erosion and compaction could occur during all project phases as outlined in
Table 7-4 and is considered to have a high severity. This is because of the important role soil plays in
the ecosystem and the flora and fauna that it supports. This could also affect the capability of the land by
reducing its potential. The soils underneath the residue facilities and at the Fair Bride open pit will be
permanently lost because these facilities will remain in perpetuity. However, if utilisable soil is stripped
from all areas designated for other surface infrastructure, this valuable resource can be stockpiled and
used in the rehabilitation of the site. With the implementation of this and other management and
mitigation measures, the significance can be reduced to moderate.

Duration
Physical disturbance of soils can be long term in nature. However, with mitigation soil is conserved and
replaced in some areas (excluding the Fair Bride open pit and residue facilities), which reduces the
duration of the impact if the soil functionality can be restored.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-10
Spatial scale
Physical disturbance of soil will be restricted to the project site in both the unmitigated and mitigated
scenarios.

Consequence
In the unmitigated scenario, the consequence of this potential impact is high. In the mitigated scenario
this reduces to medium because the severity and duration of the impacts are reduced.

Probability
The probability of losing soil through removal, erosion and compaction is high in the unmitigated scenario
because without soil conservation interventions this resource will be lost. This can however be reduced
to moderate with the implementation of soil conservation management and mitigation measures. This
applies to all project phases.

Significance
significance could reduce to moderate with the implementation of the mitigation measures outlined in
section 8.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact physical disturbance of soils
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Unmanaged H H L H H H
Managed M M L M M M

7.3 BIODIVERSITY
Information in this section was sourced from the biodiversity specialist studies (refer to Appendix F).

7.3.1 INTRODUCTION
The assessment covers the following broad topics: physical destruction and disturbance of terrestrial
biodiversity and impacts on aquatic ecosystems. Each of these topics is individually assessed below.

It must also be noted that the secondary impacts on biodiversity associated with soil erosion, soil
compaction, and physical disturbance and pollution of soils have already been assessed in Section 7.2
and will not be repeated below.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-11
7.3.2 ISSUE: PHYSICAL DESTRUCTION OF TERRESTRIAL BIODIVERSITY AND HABITAT
potential to destroy biodiversity in the broadest sense. In this regard, the discussion relates to the
physical destruction of specific biodiversity areas or habitat, reduction in species diversity, and of species
which are considered to be significant because of their status, and/or the role that they play in the
ecosystem.

TABLE 7-5: PHYSICAL DESTRUCTION OF TERRESTRIAL BIODIVERSITY AND HABITAT - LINK TO
MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES

Infrastructure establishment
Soil stripping
Preparation of the
foundations
Compacting bases
trenches
Slope stabilization
Building internal linear
infrastructure
Vehicle movement
Initial open pit development
Soil stripping
Mining development
Vehicle movement
waste management
(mineralised)
stockpile development
Exploration
Water management
Underground mining
Open pit mining

Material movement
Slope stabilization
Vehicle movement
Water management
pit

Erosion of final land forms
Water management
Fair Bride open pit

Severity
The physical destruction of terrestrial biodiversity could occur during all project phases as outlined in
Table 7-5. In general, the terrestrial ecology of the concession area can be considered to be of relatively
limited importance in terms of conservation and habitat provision as a result of the transformed state of
most of the ecosystems in the area. This is because the ecosystems are already severely impacted by
artisanal mining, deforestation, agriculture and general anthropogenic activities from the relatively
densely populated area from litter and sewage entering the environment.

The project team has made every effort to place infrastructure in least sensitive areas (refer to Figure
4-11). In this respect, all infrastructure has been placed in areas of low or moderate sensitivity.

The proposed mining activities and infrastructure has the potential to reduce fauna and floral species
diversity. However, species diversity is already low as a result of anthropogenic activities. In addition,
no fauna or flora protected or Red Data Listed species were found on site and nor are such species
expected to be fund in the concession area, due to the highly transformed nature of the habitat.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-12
This impact is therefore expected to have a moderate severity, which could be mitigated to low.

Duration
The destruction of biodiversity could have a long-term effect if unmitigated. This cannot be significantly
mitigated because of the time is takes for restoration of ecosystems (this process of restoration if
successful will only occur long after closure.

Spatial scale
The destruction of biodiversity could affect the ecosystem beyond the site boundary because of the
linkages between biodiversity components and areas. This is particularly true for fauna which may
migrate on a periodic basis in search of food, water or breeding areas. This spatial scale cannot be
significantly reduced with mitigation.

Consequence
The consequence is high; however this can be reduced to moderate in the mitigated scenario.

Probability
Without any mitigation the probability associated with the impacts is definite. With mitigation, the
probability may be reduced.

Significance
The significance is high; however this can be reduced to moderate with the implementation of the
mitigation measures outlined in section 8.

Tabulated summary of the assessed impact destruction of terrestrial biodiversity and habitat
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Unmitigated M H M H H H
Mitigated L H-M M M M M

7.3.3 ISSUE: GENERAL DISTURBANCE OF BIODIVERSITY
With reference to Table 7-6, there are a number of activities/infrastructure that have the potential to
directly disturb vegetation, vertebrates and invertebrates in all mine phases, particularly in the
unmitigated scenario. In the construction and decommissioning phases these activities are temporary in
nature, usually existing for a few weeks to a few months. The operational phase will present more long
term occurrences and the closure phase will present final land forms that may have pollution potential
through long term seepage and/or run-off.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-13

TABLE 7-6: GENERAL DISTURBANCE OF TERRESTRIAL BIODIVERSITY LINK TO MINE PHASES AND
ACTIVITIES

hydrocarbons)
mineralised)
Servicing equipment
fuel
Security lights
Contractors camp
Vehicle movement on access
roads, internal roads and off
road
Servicing equipment
hydrocarbons)
mineralised and mineralised)
Vehicle movement on
access roads, internal roads
and off road
Use of vehicles and
lubricants and fuel
Security lights
Mine development
Underground mining
Open pit mining
Material handling
Ore processing
hydrocarbons)
Equipment servicing
Use of vehicles and
lubricants and fuel
Material handling
Security lights
road
pit
Seepage from remaining
mineralised waste facilities
and stockpiles, catchment
dams
Fair Bride open pit

Severity
Biodiversity may be disturbed in the following ways during all project phases:

Lighting of the mining infrastructure at night at Guy Fawkes and Fair Bride will attract insects. White
light in particular attracts large numbers of invertebrates which become easy prey for predators. This
can upset the invertebrate population balance. Lighting can also affect the foraging patterns of
nocturnal species such as owls and bats
Harvesting and killing of plant and animal species for medicinal use, food, fire wood, for sport,
persecution of predators such as jackal and hyenas etc. Increased wood harvesting could cause a
loss of cover for faunal species and tree nesting habitat for birds
Excessive dust fallout may have adverse effects on the growth of some vegetation, and it may cause
varying stress on the teeth of vertebrates that have to graze soiled vegetation
Noise and vibration may scare off vertebrates and invertebrates. In some instances the animals may
be deterred from passing close to noisy activities which can effectively block some of their migration
paths. In other instances, vertebrates and invertebrates that rely on vibration and noise senses to
locate for, and hunt, prey may be forced to leave the vicinity of noisy, vibrating activities
Road kills
Blasting could harm species in the fly rock zone
The presence of mine water impoundments and pipelines may lead to drowning of fauna
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-14
Increased presence of alien animal species such as dogs and cats could cause increased predation
on small fauna and genetic contamination of wild cat populations
Contamination of water and soil and general litter may directly impact on the survival of individual
plants, vertebrates and invertebrates.

The disturbance of biodiversity has been rated as having a high severity during all project phases. This
can however be reduced to low with the implementation of management and mitigation measures.

Duration
In the unmitigated scenario, the impacts are long term because where biodiversity is compromised, killed
or removed from the area this impact is likely to exist beyond the life of mine. With mitigation, most of
these disturbances will cease upon closure; however, any imbalances caused by disturbances will take
some time to restore.

Spatial scale
The disturbance of biodiversity could affect the ecosystem beyond the site boundary because of the
linkages between biodiversity components and areas. This is particularly true for fauna which may
migrate on a periodic basis in search of food, water or breeding areas. This spatial scale cannot be
significantly reduced with mitigation.

Consequence
In the unmitigated scenario, the consequence of this potential impact is high. In the mitigated scenario,
this reduces to medium because the severity of the impact is reduced.

Probability
Without any mitigation the probability of negatively impacting on biodiversity through multiple disturbance
events is high. With mitigation, the probability will be reduced to medium because most of the
disturbances can be controlled through implementation of the management measures outlined in section
8.

Significance
significance is reduced to medium because the associated severity and probability are reduced.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact- general terrestrial biodiversity disturbance
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Unmitigated H H M H H H
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-15
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Mitigated L H-M M M M M

7.3.4 ISSUE: IMPACTS ON AQUATIC BIODIVERSITY
With reference to Table 7-7, there are a number of activities/infrastructure that have the potential to
directly impact riparian and aquatic ecosystems in all mine phases, particularly in the unmitigated
scenario. In the construction and decommissioning phases these activities are temporary in nature,
usually existing for a few weeks to a few months. The operational phase will present more long term
occurrences and the closure phase will present final land forms that may have pollution potential through
long term seepage and/or run-off.

TABLE 7-7: IMPACTS ON AQUATIC BIODIVERSITY LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES

hydrocarbons)
mineralised)
Servicing equipment
fuel
Security lights
Contractors camp
road
Servicing equipment
hydrocarbons)
Vehicle movement on
access roads, internal roads
and off road
Use of vehicles and
lubricants and fuel
Security lights
Mine development
Underground mining
Open pit mining
Material handling
Ore processing
hydrocarbons)
Equipment servicing
Use of vehicles and
lubricants and fuel
Material handling
Security lights
road
pit
Seepage from remaining
mineralised waste facilities
and stockpiles, catchment
dams
Fair Bride open pit

Severity
As outlined in the baseline section, aquatic ecosystems in the concession area have been negatively
impacted upon by anthropogenic activities (refer to section 4.6.3.4). Therefore, most aquatic ecosystems
have been rated as having moderate or low ecological sensitivity. The Guy Fawkes mining area is
however bounded to the east and west by wetland features of high sensitivity, because these features
have been much less impacted upon by anthropogenic activities.

Aquatic biodiversity may be impacted in the following ways during all project phases:

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-16
Alteration of in-stream habitat. This could occur by increasing the peak flows of water in streams
by diverting clean water away from mine infrastructure, or conversely by reducing flow in streams
due to interception of contaminated runoff and by dewatering activities which are expected to
marginally decrease stream base flow contributions. In addition, a deterioration in water quality
(from unplanned contamination releases) would also affect in-stream habitat negatively
Disturbance of wetland and riparian habitat. Although most infrastructure is located out of the
1:100 year floodlines and wetlands, some disturbance of floodplains and wetlands adjacent to
areas where construction and mining activities are planned could occur in the unmitigated
scenario
Alteration of wetland ecosystem functioning and socio-cultural service provision. In this respect
it is important to understand that the larger stream wetland systems are important in terms of
flood attenuation, sediment trapping and toxicant removal. These systems can also be
considered important in terms of provision of harvestable resources and cultivated foods. The
smaller river system wetlands are important in terms of flood attenuation. These systems can
also be considered important in terms of provision of harvestable resources and cultivated foods
Decrease in aquatic species diversity due to changes in in-stream and wetland and riparian
habitat
Proliferation of alien invasive floral species in disturbed areas.

It is however important to note that the aquatic ecology and especially aquatic habitats of most of the
systems has been impaired by anthropogenic activities and as such the risk to the receiving environment
as a result of the proposed mining project is reduced to some degree. The severity has however been
rated as high due to the value of the wetland systems in the area. This can be reduced to moderate by
implementing the mitigation measures outlined in section 8.

Duration
The impact could be long term in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios. This is because any
imbalances caused by mining activities could take a long time to restore.

Spatial scale
The disturbance of aquatic biodiversity could affect ecosystems beyond the site boundary because of the
linkages between biodiversity components and areas. This is particularly true for areas all aspects of
water and nutrient flow. This spatial scale cannot be significantly reduced with mitigation.

Consequence
The consequence of this potential impact is high in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-17
Probability
Without any mitigation the probability of negatively impacting on aquatic biodiversity through multiple
disturbance events is high. With mitigation, the probability will be reduced to medium because most of
the disturbances can be controlled through implementation of the management measures outlined in
section 8.

Significance
significance is reduced to medium because the associated severity and probability are reduced.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact- general biodiversity disturbance
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Mitigated M H M H M M

7.4 SURFACE WATER
The information in this section has been sourced from the specialist study (refer to Appendix G).

7.4.1 ISSUE: ALTERING DRAINAGE PATTERNS
There are a number of activities/ infrastructures which could alter drainage patterns and result in the
reduction of surface runoff in the catchment to downstream water users throughout all phases of the
project.

Activities and infrastructure - link to mine phases

Earthworks
Civil works
Site management
Transport systems
Non-mineralised waste
management
Support services and
amenities
Rehabilitation
Earthworks
Civil works
Site management
Transport systems
management
Mineralised waste
management
amenities
Shaft infrastructure
Opencast pits
Underground mining
Water supply infrastructure
Power supply infrastructure
Rehabilitation
Demolition
Earthworks
Civil works
Site management
Transport systems
management
Mineralised waste
management
Shaft infrastructure
Opencast Pits
amenities
Rehabilitation
Maintenance and aftercare of
final land forms and
rehabilitated areas
Fair Bride open pit.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-18
7.4.1.1 Assessment of the impact
Severity / nature
The project team has made every effort to minimise the placement of infrastructure within the 1:100 year
floodline or within a 100m buffer zone from delineated drainage lines. It should however be noted that the
floodlines have been determined primarily using Aster data, which is based on a 30m grid system, which
has resulted in low confidence in the floodlines produced. The following infrastructure encroaches on the
1:100 year floodlines or the 100m buffer zones of streams (refer to Figure 4-13):

Fair Bride Opencast Pit
Dots Luck opencast Pit
Low Grade Stockpile and associated Pollution Control Dam
Process Plant and Pollution Control Dam
Mining Infrastructure (stored downstream of the process plant)
Guy Fawkes Pollution Control Dam
Guy Fawkes Hazardous Waste and Bioremediation areas.
Various Road Crossings.

In general the alteration of natural drainage should not affect downstream users significantly, save for
possibly the users of a diverted stream in the Guy Fawkes mine area (in this regard the waste rock dump
is situated on a flow path that appears to have been created for the purposes of channelling water to
downstream users). This impact has been rated as having a moderate severity, which can be reduced
to low with engineering measures as outlined in section 8.

A stormwater management plan has been developed for the project in order to divert clean water away
from the site as far as practically possible, and capture all rainfall falling onto dirty areas for reuse. This
containment of dirty water runoff will result in a loss of surface runoff to natural streams. An estimated
surface area of 3.33 km
2
(including the full extent of open pits) will be designated as dirty areas in
which surface runoff will be captured. It has been determined that only 8% of the surface area in the
concession area will need to be contained, therefore this impact has been rated as having a moderate
severity in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios. This alteration of drainage patterns will apply to
the construction, operational and decommissioning phases. Upon closure, the residue facilities will
remain in perpetuity and will represent a low severity alteration in drainage patterns in the mitigated
scenario.

Duration
Given that even in the mitigated scenario, the impact on downstream users is expected to be negligible;
the duration in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios is low.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-19
Spatial scale / extent
The loss of surface water may extend beyond the mine fence lines; however this can be reinstated at
closure thereby reducing the spatial scale in the mitigated scenario.

Consequence
The unmitigated consequence has been rated as moderate for all project phases; however this can be
mitigated to low.

Probability
The probability of an alteration of drainage patterns is definite. However due to the relatively limited
nature of the reduction of water in the catchment, the probability of impacting downstream users is
moderate for all project phases, however this can be reduced with mitigation.

Significance
The significance has been rated as moderate for all project phases but this can be mitigated to low with
the implementation of mitigation measures outlined in section 8.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact - alteration of drainage patterns
Mitigation Severity /
nature
Duration Spatial scale /
extent
Occurrence
Significance
Unmitigated M L M M M M
Mitigated L L L L L L

7.4.2 ISSUE: POLLUTION OF SURFACE WATER
With reference to Table 7-8, there are a number of pollution sources in all project phases that have the
potential to pollute surface water, particularly in the unmitigated scenario. In the construction and
decommissioning phases these potential pollution sources are temporary in nature, usually existing for a
few weeks to a few months. Although these sources may be temporary, the potential pollution may be
long term. The operational phase will present more long term potential sources and the closure phase
will present final land forms that may have the potential to contaminate surface and near surface water
through seepage and/or run-off.

TABLE 7-8: SURFACE WATER POLLUTION SOURCESLINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES
Construction Operational Decommissioning - Closure

Earthworks
Civil works
Site management
Transport systems
Earthworks
Civil works
Site management
Transport systems
Demolition
Earthworks
Civil works
Site management
Transport systems
rehabilitated areas
Fair Bride open pit
Guy Fawkes underground
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-20
management
amenities
Rehabilitation
management
Mineralised waste
management
Underground mining
Open pit mining
amenities
Rehabilitation
Discharge of effluent
management
Mineralised waste
management
amenities
Rehabilitation
mine void

Severity
Surface water resources downstream of the proposed project infrastructure and activities could be
polluted if there are discharges of contaminated substances into these resources. As outlined in the
baseline chapter, local people rely on surface water for domestic use in some cases.

Potential construction and decommissioning phase pollution sources include:

Sedimentation from erosion
Spillage of sewage, construction solvents, paint, fuel, lubricants, cement or leaks from vehicles and
equipment.

Potential operational phase pollution sources include:

Spills of potentially polluting materials such as chemicals, fuel and lubricant
Contaminated discharges from the dirty water systems including: sewage treatment and conveyance
infrastructure, dirty water containment facilities, stockpile areas, tailings storage facility and return
water dam, tailings pipelines, workshops etc.
Contaminated runoff and seepage from waste rock dumps, the low residue stockpile and the TSF
Discharge of excess water (mine effluent)
Sedimentation from erosion.

In the normal course, most contaminated water, including water removed from open pits and
underground, will be contained in the dirty water system and re-used. However, due to a positive water
balance, it is estimated that approximately 121,456m
3
/month of mine effluent will need to be discharged
during the wet season. This effluent will however be treated to a standard to ensure that downstream
water quality remains fit for current uses. As a minimum the effluent will meet Mozambique discharge
standards where they exist and where they dont exist the IFC mine effluent discharge standards will
apply.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-21

As outlined in the baseline section, although the streams have been impacted upon by agriculture and
artisanal mining, only suspended solids, aluminium and arsenic concentrations are currently elevated in
the surface streams. It is noted that there would be a dilution factor; however the actual impact on the
stream would need to be determined in the operational phase when mine effluent is available for testing.
The discharge of mine effluent, even that which meets the Mozambique and IFC discharge standards,
could significantly impact upon downstream users. This impact has therefore been rated as having a
high severity. This severity could be reduced by conducting a monitoring study when mine effluent is
available to determine the impact on downstream water quality, in order to determine whether the
effluent should be treated to a higher standard.

After closure the residue facilities and the Fair Bride open pit will remain in perpetuity and represent a
potential residual water quality impact to both surface and groundwater resources.

Duration
Health impacts on downstream users could be long term in nature in the unmitigated scenario, however
this should be reduced to moderate in the mitigated scenario.

The contamination of surface water is expected to have moderate scale, beyond the current concession
area. This applies to all project phases in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Consequence
The consequence has been rated as high for all project phases. This can however be mitigated to
moderate by reducing the severity of the impact.

Probability
In the unmitigated scenario it is likely that there will be significant pollution incidents that have a real
possibility of impacting downstream, in addition to the planned discharge of mine effluent. The probability
is therefore rated as high in all project phases. This can however be reduced to low with the
implementation of management and mitigation measures that contain pollution at source or enable fast
remediation, and ensure that the discharge does not adversely impact on downstream users.

Significance
The significance has been rated as high for all project phases. This can however be mitigated to low by
reducing the severity and probability of occurrence.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-22
Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact surface water pollution
Mitigation Severity /
nature
Duration Spatial scale /
extent
Occurrence
Significance
Mitigated M H M M L L

7.5 GROUNDWATER
The information for this section was sourced from the groundwater specialist study (refer to Appendix H).

7.5.1 ISSUE: DEWATERING
With reference to Table 7-9, dewatering of the open pits and the underground mining void at Guy
Fawkes are the main activities associated with this potential impact. This activity is mainly an operational
issue, but it could start towards the end of the construction phase and it could continue for part of the
decommissioning phase.

TABLE 7-9: DEWATERING LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES

Pit dewatering
Decline dewatering
Pit dewatering
dewatering
Underground mine void Open pits and underground
mine void

Severity
The steady-state mining groundwater inflow rates were simulated using the groundwater model, and the
predicted inflow rates are provided in Table 7-10 below.

TABLE 7-10: GROUNDWATER INFLOW RATES AT FULL DEVELOPMENT FOR MANICA GOLD MINE
(SLR, 2013)
Mine pits / void
Average inflows
m
3
/d L/s
Dots Luck 46.9 0.5
Fair Bride 252.2 2.9
Guy Fawkes UG 502.4 5.8

The cones of depression that may be caused by removing this water from the open pits and underground
to create a safe working environment at steady-state mining was also simulated and can be summarised
as follows:

Dots Luck the cone of depression extends approximately 200m towards the north and west
and 250m towards the south and east with a groundwater level drop of 2m at these extremities
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-23
Fair Bride the cone of depression extends approximately 200m towards the north, 90m
towards the west, 230m towards the east and a maximum of 650m towards the south with a
groundwater level drop of 2m at these extremities
Guy Fawkes - the cone of depression extends approximately 1,5km towards the north,
approximately 2km towards the south, 300m towards the west and 1,6km towards the east with a
groundwater level drop of 2m at these extremities.

The drawdown from dewatering at Dots Luck and Fair Bride is likely to impact on the boreholes F4 and
F5, which are owned by Explorator. No third party boreholes were found to occur within the cones of
depression for the open pits or Guy Fawkes.

The drawdown from dewatering at Guy Fawkes is expected to reduce the amount of water discharge
from natural fountains in the area. Dewatering in the open pits and underground mine will also reduce
the groundwater contribution to base flow in the Revue and Mukurumanzi Rivers. These impacts are
however estimated to be moderate.

On cessation of mining and dewatering activities, groundwater levels will begin to recover (rebound). A
pit lake will form in the Fair Bride open pit and the final water level of the pit lake will be determined by
the eventual balance between inflows and outflows. No decanting of the open pits or underground mine
are expected as the groundwater level extends well below the topography.

The potential impact on third party users has been rated as having a moderate severity because third
parties rely on the fountains for domestic and agricultural use. This can however be mitigated to low.

Duration
In both the mitigated and unmitigated scenarios, the dewatering impact will occur over the life of the
project.

Spatial scale
The cones of depression will extend beyond the mine fenced areas in both the unmitigated and mitigated
scenarios; however they will still remain within the mine concession area.

Consequence
The consequence is moderate however this can be mitigated to low be reducing the severity of the
impact.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-24
Probability
The probability of impacting upon third party users is moderate; however this can be mitigated to low by
providing third parties with equivalent quality and quantity of water if their water supply is significantly
affected by dewatering activities at the mine.

Significance
The unmitigated significance is moderate but this can be reduced to low by reducing the severity and
probability of occurrence.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact - dewatering
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Unmitigated M M M M M M
Mitigated L M M L L L

7.5.2 ISSUE: ISSUE: CONTAMINATION OF GROUNDWATER
With reference to Table 7-11, there are a number of sources in all mine phases that have the potential to
pollute groundwater. In the construction and decommissioning phases these potential pollution sources
are temporary and diffuse in nature, usually existing for a few weeks to a few months. Even though the
sources are temporary in nature, related potential pollution can be long term. The operational phase will
present more long term potential sources and the closure phase will present final land forms that may
have the potential to pollute water resources through long term seepage and/or run-off.

TABLE 7-11: CONTAMINATION OF GROUNDWATER LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES
Construction Operational Decommissioning
cumulative
Closure cumulative

hydrocarbons)
mineralised)
Sanitation
Servicing equipment

Mining development
Ore processing
Servicing equipment
Dirty water management and
related facilities
hydrocarbons)
Waste management
mineralised)
Sanitation
Pipelines
Open pit mining
Underground mining
Servicing equipment
hydrocarbons)
Waste management
mineralised)
Sanitation
Stockpiles and waste facilities
Dirty water management and
related facilities

Remaining infrastructure
surface water management
system, mineralised waste
and stockpiles

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-25
7.5.2.2 Assessment of impacts
Severity
There is some potential for accidental spills and leaks on surface during all project phases to reach
groundwater where the groundwater level is very shallow. However the most significant potential
sources of potential are the residue facilities. The pollution plumes that may be caused by the residue
facilities have been simulated, and assume that these facilities have no liner or runoff capture systems.
No source concentrations were available at the time of writing this report; therefore the simulated plumes
are expressed as a percentage of the source concentration. The results of the simulations (unmitigated
scenario) can be summarised as follows:

The TSF plume is expected to follow the topography towards the south and reach the low grade
stockpile within ten years. Thereafter these two facilities form a unified plume. Within 25 years
this plume was simulated to reach the Revue River at approximately 10% of the TSF source
concentration. Within 50 years concentration of input into the Revue River was simulated to
increase to 20% of the TSF source concentration, as well as reaching an unnamed tributary of
the Revue River to the east at approximately 10% of the TSF source concentration
The Dots Luck WRD plume is expected to follow the topography and reach approximately 150m
to the north at approximately 10% of the WRD source concentration within 50 years. The plume
will be partially captured in the open pit to the west, however the pit depth is insufficient to
capture the dominant northwards directed plume
The Fair Bride WRD plume is expected to follow the topography and reach approximately 260m
to the north at approximately 10% of the WRD source concentration within 50 years
The Guy Fawkes WRD plume is expected to follow the topography and reach approximately
120m to the south-west at approximately 10% of the WRD source concentration within 50 years.

The Fair Bride open pit will fill with water once dewatering has stopped and a pit lake will form. The
quality of this water cannot be predicted at this stage with any real certainty. It is expected that a surface
layer of relatively good quality will form; with water quality potentially decreasing over time depending on
the pit wall mineralogy (sulphide material exposed to air has the potential to oxidise and generate acid.
However the preliminary geochemical desktop study found that there is very little sulphide material
present in the ore to be mined with little risk of acid generation). The pit is not expected to decant due to
topography.

This impact has been rated as having a high severity because the pollution plumes will reach streams as
base flow, and these streams are used for domestic and agricultural use. This can however be mitigated
to moderate with the implementation of seepage and runoff interception measures at the residue
facilities.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-26
Duration
The duration of the impact could be long-term; however this can reduced with mitigation aimed at
preventing pollution plumes moving off site.

Spatial scale
The pollution plumes are simulated to reach watercourses in the unmitigated scenario which means that
the pollution can migrate out of the concession area. This is a moderate spatial scale, however this
should be reduced with the implementation of seepage and runoff interception measures at the residue
facilities.

Consequence
The consequence is high; however this can be mitigated by reducing the severity and spatial scale of the
impact.

Probability
The probability is high however this can be significantly reduced with the implementation of seepage and
runoff interception measures at the residue facilities.

Significance
The significance is high, however this can be reduced to low by reducing the severity, spatial scale and
probability of the impact.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact groundwater pollution
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Mitigated M M L M L L

7.6 AIR
The information in this section was sourced from the air quality specialist study (refer to Appendix I).

7.6.1 ISSUE: AIR POLLUTION
With reference to Table 7-12, there are a number of activities in all phases of the mine that have the
potential to pollute air. In the construction and decommissioning phases these activities are temporary in
nature. The operational phase will present more long term activities and the closure phase will present
final land forms that may have the potential to pollute the air through long term wind erosion.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-27
The air specialist made use of a dispersion model to predict spatial air quality concentrations for the
operational phase. This modelling has been based on year three and four of operations, when the
highest mining and processing rates are expected. The construction and decommissioning phases were
assessed qualitatively.

Air pollution related impacts on biodiversity have been discussed in section 7.3 and therefore this section
focuses on the potential for human health impacts.

TABLE 7-12: AIR POLLUTION LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES

Soil stripping
Overburden removal
Preparation of the
foundations
Compacting bases
trenches
Slope stabilization
infrastructure
Vehicle movement
Limited drilling and blasting
for early mining in open pits
Soil stripping
Overburden removal
Drilling and blasting
Open pit mining
Crushing and screening
Vehicle movement and
exhaust fumes
Soil management activities
Mineralised waste
management
Conveyors
Processing plant
General materials handling
Ore processing and smelting
Waste incineration
Removal of infrastructure
Vehicle movement
General material handling
Soil management activities
Mineralised waste
management
Slope stabilization
Backfilling Dots Luck open pit

Remaining infrastructure
surface water management
system, mineralised waste
facilities

Severity
In the operational phase the main project related contaminants include: inhalable particulate matter less
than 10 microns in size (PM10), larger total suspended particulates (TSP), and gas emissions including
sulphur dioxide (SO
2
), nitrogen dioxide (NO
2
), cadmium, arsenic, hydrogen fluoride (HF) and carbon
monoxide (CO). The construction and decommissioning phases will be similar excluding the emissions
associated with the operating processing plant and smelter and the waste incinerator (mainly SO
2
, NO
2
,
cadmium, arsenic, HF and CO). At closure there will only be potential for PM10 and TSP. At certain
concentrations, each of these contaminants can have health and/or nuisance impacts.

Regulations relating to standards for environmental quality and effluent emissions were published in the
Government Official Gazette (Decree No. 67/2010) for Mozambique. In accordance with the World Bank
IFC Environmental Health and Safety (EHS) Guideline, Mozambique Air Quality Standards have been
given priority and used in this impact assessment. However Mozambique currently has no dust
deposition guidelines, therefore the South African National Standard has been applied. Where there are
no guidelines for pollutants of concern in Mozambique, or South Africa, the World Bank and UK
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-28
Environment Agency Horizontal Guidance Note H1 Environmental Risk Assessment for Permits, Annex
F Air Emissions limits have been applied. Details are provided in the specialist report.

Dust and PM10
During the construction and decommissioning phases, there is the potential for dust generation, which
will include PM10. However this is likely to be limited to within 200m of the area under construction or
decommissioning and with basic dust management it is expected to have a low severity.

Operational phase modelling shows that although dust generation may be noticeable and measurable at
locations close to the haul road during the mining of the Dots Luck open pit (SLR, 2013); the dust
modelling for the overall site shows that:

Dust deposition is expected to fall well within the SA SANS limit of 600mg/m
2
/day for residential
areas in the operational phase in the unmitigated scenario
Inhalable dust is expected to fall well within the Mozambique daily limit of 60g/m
3
.

The severity of this impact is therefore rated as low in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Gas emissions
Exhaust fumes generated by deliveries to and from site, as well as transport of mine workers to and from
site during both the construction and operational phases has been assessed qualitatively. This air
specialist is of the opinion that this is not expected to impact upon air quality to any significant degree.
The decommissioning phase is expected, by the air specialist, to have the same negligible impact
because it will be very similar to the construction phase traffic.

Some regulated pollutants are emitted in such small quantities in relation to their respective ambient air
quality standards that they can be considered insignificant and no further assessment, such as
dispersion modelling, is required. This basic screening exercise uses information on the expected
pollution emission rates, stack height and details of receptors to predict the maximum ground level
concentrations. The predicted maximum ground level concentrations are then compared to the relevant
air quality standards to determine if they are significant. This screening assessment was undertaken for
numerous pollutants; however SO
2
, NO
2
, HF, cadmium and arsenic were shown to require dispersion
modelling. The results of the SO
2
, NO
2
, HF, cadmium and arsenic modelling shows that maximum
ground level concentrations are expected to occur inside the mine fence lines and all of these pollutants
fall well within the Mozambique annual mean concentration limits. The severity of this impact is therefore
rated as low in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-29
Duration
In both the cumulative unmitigated and mitigated scenarios, if human health impacts occur, these are
potentially long term in nature. This is a high duration.

Spatial scale
In the unmitigated and mitigated scenario the pollution plumes are expected to be limited to within the
mine fence lines.

Consequence
The consequence is moderate in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Probability
The probability of third party exposure to air quality above the relevant air quality standards is low as
shown by the dust and contaminant modelling, in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Significance
The significance rating is low for both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact air pollution
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Unmitigated L H L M L L
Mitigated L H L M L L

7.7 NOISE
The information in this section was sourced from the noise specialist study (refer to Appendix J).

7.7.1 ISSUE: NOISE POLLUTION
With reference to Table 7-13, there are a range of construction, operation and decommissioning activities
that have the potential to generate noise and cause related disturbance and nuisance. No impacts are
associated with the closure phase.

Potential noise impacts on biodiversity have been addressed in Section 7.3.3 and so this section will
focus on the potential human related noise impacts.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-30
TABLE 7-13: NOISE POLLUTION LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES

Generators
Vehicle movement
Earth moving equipment
Drilling
Blasting
Drilling
Blasting
material tipping
Vehicle movement
Open pit mining
Crushing
Processing plant
conveyors
Generators

Vehicle movement
Backfilling of Dots Luck
open pit
Material tipping
Stripping of buildings and
equipment
Generators

N/A

Severity
The predicted increase in noise levels has been modelled for the operational phase and considers a
scenario, when all the noise generating equipment is operating simultaneously at the point closest to
noise receptors. It should however be noted that Dots Luck mining and hauling activities will be limited to
daylight hours, therefore no noise impact is expected from this mining area and the haul road at night-
time.

Mozambique does not have specific noise standards at this stage. Therefore, guidelines of SANS 10103
have been used in this assessment. SANS 10103 provides the following range for expected community
reaction:

An increase of 0 10dB - sporadic complaints
An increase of 5 15dB - widespread complaints
An increase of 15 20dB - threats of community action
An increase of more than 15dB vigorous community action.

For the purposes of this assessment a change in ambient noise levels of +5dB or more, is considered to
be significant.

Noise pollution will have different impacts on different receptors because some are very sensitive to
noise and others are not. For example, workers do not expect a noise free work environment and so they
will be less sensitive to environmental noise pollution at work. Local residents are likely to be sensitive to
unnatural noises and so any change to ambient noise levels because of mine related noise will have a
negative impact on them. The concession area has numerous scattered dwellings, as well as schools in
various locations, and these represent potential sensitive receptors.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-31
Table 7-14 shows the predicted cumulative effect of the proposed operations and existing noise levels in
the area as a potential increase in ambient noise levels. The locations of the receptors are provided in
Figure 4-16.

In addition, the noise specialist plotted the zone of expected increase in ambient noise at night of 5dB for
Guy Fawkes and Fair Bride. This is based on an average value of the baseline monitoring conducted at
points closest to each noise source. The motivation for plotting the night time increase is as follows:

During the day, most of the noise emitted by a noise source does not reach the ground, while at
night, both direct sound and a portion of the energy radiated skywards are focussed back to
earth
This contrast between day and night levels is further accentuated by a considerable drop at night
in the residual ambient level due to a decline in road traffic and human activity noise
As a consequence, the levels of intrusive noise from distant sources are much higher at night,
and the sensitivity of the environment increases sharply, as well.

This plot is provided in the specialist report and shows that an increase of more than 5dB in ambient
noise is expected at various sensitive receptors, such as scattered residents close to the Guy Fawkes
and Fair Bride operations. This impact has therefore been rated as having a high significance. It should
however be noted that this model was based on assumed information regarding noise sources, and that
the findings of this model can only be confirmed with monitoring during the operational phase.

It must further be noted that the majority of the noise receptors where a 5dB (or more) increase in
ambient noise is expected fall within the proposed mine fenced areas or the blasting buffer zones around
the open pits and will therefore be relocated anyway. In this way, the severity should decrease because
the nearest receptors will be further away from noise sources.

TABLE 7-14: PREDICTED INCREASE AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS (SLR, 2013)
Receptor Period Increase in noise (dB) Potential Impact (dependant on receptors)
Location 1
Daytime
+3.1 Minor
Night-time
N/A N/A
Location 2
Daytime
+5.0 Substantial
Night-time
N/A N/A
Location 3
Daytime
+0.1 Minor
Night-time
N/A N/A
Location 4
Daytime
+11.4 Major
Night-time
+2.8 Minor
Location 5
Daytime
+0.3 Minor
Night-time
+0.1 Minor
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-32
Receptor Period Increase in noise (dB) Potential Impact (dependant on receptors)
Location 6
Daytime
+0.3 Minor
Night-time
+0.9 Minor
Location 7
Daytime
+0.2 Minor
Night-time
+0.6 Minor
Location 8
Daytime
+26.5 Major
Night-time
+32.0 Major
Location 9
Daytime
+18.0 Major
Night-time
+5.8 Substantial
Location 10
Daytime
+4.6 Moderate
Night-time
+3.2 Moderate
Location 11
Daytime
0.0 No Impact
Night-time
+0.6 Minor
Location 12
Daytime
+0.3 Minor
Night-time
+1.3 Minor
Location 13
Daytime
+3.4 Moderate
Night-time
+12.8 Major
Location 14
Daytime
+2.4 Minor
Night-time
+4.3 Moderate
Location 15
Daytime
+1.3 Minor
Night-time
N/A N/A

Noise from construction and decommissioning activities may similarly be significant at the closest
sensitive receptors. However, as indicated above, the receptors within the proposed mine fence areas
and the blasting buffer zones will be relocated due to safety reasons. The significance is therefore
expected to be high in the unmitigated scenario but moderate in the mitigated scenario. No significant
noise impacts are expected after decommission.
Duration
In both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios the noise pollution impacts will occur until the closure
phase of the mine. This is a medium duration.

Spatial scale
In both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios the noise impacts are expected to extend beyond the
proposed mine fenced areas. This is a medium spatial scale.

Consequence
The consequence is moderate in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-33
Probability
In the unmitigated scenario, the probability is rated as high; however this can be reduced to moderate if
the majority of the closest receptors are relocated due to safety factors.

Significance
The significance is moderate in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact noise impacts
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Unmitigated H M M M H M
Mitigated M M M M M M

7.8 BLASTING
The information in this section was sourced from the blasting specialist study (refer to Appendix N) as
well as blast design information provided by the client (appended to the specialist report).

7.8.1 ISSUE: BLASTING DAMAGE
With reference to Table 7-13, blast related impacts are an issue during the construction and operational
phases. Issues relating to blasting noise and blasting dust have been assessed as part of Section 7.7
and Section 7.6. The impacts assessed in this section related to infrastructure damage and/or harm to
third parties including animals.

TABLE 7-15: BLASTING DAMAGE LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES

Foundations Open pit mining
Underground mining
Demolition N/A

Severity
Blast injury to third parties and animals may be caused by fly rock. Blast damage to third party
infrastructure may be caused by the following blast related pathways:

Fly rock (that if unmanaged can be thrown up to 1.5km from the blast site)
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-34
Ground vibration where the peak particle velocity is above 12mm/s at low frequencies for brick
and mortar buildings that are well constructed and lower velocities (as low as 2mm/s) for
buildings of lower standard
Air blast above 130dB for brick and mortar buildings that are well constructed.

Blasting may take place on an irregular basis during the construction and decommissioning phases.
Blasting on surface will occur regularly during the operational phase at the open pits. However, surface
blasting at Guy Fawkes will be limited to a period of approximately three weeks when the portal is
established. There are numerous scattered dwellings within close proximity to the blast sites (open pits
and decline). If any damage or injury occurs it is considered to have a high severity in the unmitigated
scenario, which may be reduced to medium in the mitigated scenario because the potential for blast
related incidents is expected to decrease.

Duration
Injury or death is considered to be long term or permanent in nature. Therefore the unmitigated and
mitigated duration is high.

Spatial scale
The spatial scale may extend beyond the mine fenced areas in the unmitigated scenario; however this
should be reduced to within 500m of the blast sites in the mitigated scenario.

Consequence
The consequence is high, however this can be reduced to moderate by reducing the severity and spatial
scale by implementing the mitigation measures outlined in section 8.

Probability
There are numerous scattered dwellings within close proximity to the blast sites (open pits and decline);
therefore there is a high probability of injury or damage to third parties, animals or infrastructure in the
unmitigated scenario. This can be reduced to moderate by implementing the mitigation measures
outlined in section 8; most notably by relocating residents within 500m of the Fair Bride and Dots Luck
open pits and evacuating a buffer zone around the Guy Fawkes decline when blasting is taking place on
surface to establish the portal.

Significance
The significance is high; however this can be mitigated to moderate by implementing the mitigation
measures outlined in section 8.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-35
Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact blasting impacts
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Mitigated M M L M M M

7.9 HERITAGE
The information in this section was sourced from the heritage specialist study (refer to Appendix K).

7.9.1 ISSUE: DAMAGE TO HERITAGE SITES
potential to damage archaeological resources.

TABLE 7-16: HERITAGE IMPACTS LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES/INFRASTRUCTURE

Infrastructure establishment
Soil stripping
Preparation of the
foundations
Compacting bases
trenches
Slope stabilization
infrastructure
Vehicle movement
Mining development
Vehicle movement
Waste management
(mineralised)
Open pit mining
Underground mining

Removal of infrastructure
Vehicle movement
Material movement
Slope stabilization

N/A

Severity
Numerous heritage sites will be directly impacted upon by mining infrastructure refer to Table 7-17.
These include graves, archaeological remains, structures of heritage significance and sacred places.
Fort Macequece is located outside of all mining areas, however it could be impacted by mine vehicles
and personnel stopping at this site and causing damage. This fort is of national significance with a
heritage grading of 1, the highest grading level.

These heritage resources have varied heritage significance and gradings as outlined in Table 7-17. This
impact assessment has been based on those of higher heritage significance. Similarly, some of these
heritage sites lie within areas earmarked for surface infrastructure, while others lie within proposed
fenced areas but will not be destroyed by mining infrastructure. This impact assessment has been based
on the heritage resources that will need to be destroyed and/or removed.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-36

The severity of potentially damaging or disturbing these heritage resources has been rated as high.
Mitigation measures could reduce the severity of impacts on cemeteries, archaeological sites and
structures of heritage significance to low by relocating graves through a formalised process and obtaining
permits from the National Directorate for Cultural Heritage (Direco Nacional do Patrimnio Cultural
DNPC) for excavation and investigation of the archaeological sites. Two of the sacred sites (GF9 and
FB14) are located just inside proposed fence lines, and the fence lines can be adjusted to exclude these
sites. Four sacred sites are located well within the fence line and 500m blasting buffer zones around the
pits. These sacred sites will therefore need to be managed or relocated through a consultative process.
The severity may therefore be reduced to moderate if management or relocation of the sacred sites is
achieved.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-37
TABLE 7-17: HERITAGE SITES LIKELY TO BE IMPACTED UPON BY MINING INFRASTUCTURE
Site name Description Significance and Grading Relevant mining infrastructure
Dots Luck Area
DL1 Remains of a mud-brick house. Possibility of infant burials around
the hut (common occurrence).
Low significance.
Grade 4C.
Will not be directly impacted but located within
fenced area and 500m blasting Dots Luck open pit
buffer zone.
DL2 Two stone walled terraces with the remains of a hut structure. Medium significance
Grade 4C
Within the Dots Luck open pit.
DL3 Stone walled terrace. Medium significance.
Grade 4B.
Within the Dots Luck open pit.
DL4 Old road that serviced the pit in earlier mining activities at Dots Luck.
Stone terracing at DL5 with possibility of archaeological significance.
Low significance.
Grade 4C.
buffer zone.
DL5
DL6 Within the Dots Luck open pit.
DL7 Brick and cement structure associated with earlier mining activities at
Dots Luck in the 1930s. May have served as a store. Currently
occupied.
Grade 4C.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
DL8 Brick and cement structure associated with earlier mining activities at
Dots Luck in the 1930s. Served as a residence. A recent addition
has been constructed alongside the older structure. Both structures
are currently occupied.
Grade 4C.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
DL9 Sacred tree used tree as a place of prayer and ceremonies and to
communicate with ancestors and gods.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
Within the bioremediation facility.
DL10 Sacred place at the bottom of a large exposed piece of rock face of a
hill and is used as a as a place of prayer and ceremonies and to
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
DL11 Informal cemetery containing more than one hundred graves.
Included more recent graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
Fair Bride Area
FB1 Dense concentration of scattered potsherds (fragment of ceramic
material) close to the old Fair Bride pit, as well as slag and possible
remains of a hut.
Grade 4B.
Legally protected.
Within the Fair Bride open pit.
FB2 Concentration of slag found at the western extent of the old Fair Bride
pit.
Grade 4B.
Legally protected.
Within the Fair Bride open pit.
FB3 Burnt clay pieces, slag pieces and postherds. Medium significance.
Grade 4B.
fenced area and 500m blasting Fair Bride open pit
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-38
Legally protected. buffer zone.
FB4 Possible single informal grave. High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
FB5 Remains of a mud-brick structure, recently abandoned and a good
example of recent traditional settlement in the region. Possibility of
infant burials around the hut (common occurrence).
Low significance.
Grade 4C.
buffer zone.
FB7 A single informal grave damaged by artisanal mining activities. High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
FB8 Approximately four informal graves believed to belong to artisanal
miners.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
FB9 Sacred tree used as a place of prayer and ceremonies and to
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
FB10 Sacred tree used as a place of prayer and ceremonies and to
communicate with ancestors and gods. Located next to the current
Explorator core shed.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
FB11 Informal cemetery containing approximately 25 graves. Included more
recent graves.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
FB12 Small informal cemetery with an unknown number of graves. High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
FB13 Informal cemetery containing approximately 12 graves. High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
FB14 Sacred site known as Munyengwa, which is a stone packed platform
on top of a hill (classified as a Zimbabwe type archaeological site)
used as a place of prayer and ceremonies and to communicate with
ancestors and gods.
High significance.
Grade 3A/2.
Legally protected.
buffer zone.
Guy Fawkes Area
GF9 Sacred site known as Njerama, which is two stone, raised platforms
used as a place of prayer and ceremonies and to communicate with
ancestors and gods. Used specifically for rain making rituals.
Additional features include rocks placed upright as well and earthen
pots placed on the platforms, evidence of collapsed walls. The site is
Very High significance.
National significance.
Grade 2.
Legally protected.
fenced area.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-39
referred to as Zimbabwe type stone walling in legislation.
GF10 Informal cemetery containing approximately 15 graves. High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
fenced area.
GF12 Single informal grave. High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
fenced area.
GF14 Small informal cemetery containing an unknown number of infant
graves located in a dry drainage channel.
High significance.
Grade 3A.
Legally protected.
Within low grade stockpile.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-40
Duration
The disturbance or destruction of heritage resources would be permanent in the unmitigated scenario,
but could be reduced to the life of the project with mitigation outlined in section 8.

Spatial scale
The spatial scale may extend beyond the concession area if Fort Macequece is disturbed by mining
vehicles or personnel either intentionally or unintentionally. The spatial scale can be reduced to the
concession area with mitigation such as training of all personnel on the value of the fort and declaring it a
no-go zone for mine personnel.

Consequence
The consequence has been determined to be high in the unmitigated and moderate in the mitigated
scenario.

Probability
The probability of impact occurrence is high in the unmitigated scenarios, but this can be reduced to
moderate with mitigation.

Significance
The significance is rated as high in the unmitigated scenario, but this can be reduced to moderate
mitigation outlined in section 8.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact heritage impacts
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Unmanaged H H M H H H
Managed M M L M M M

7.10 VISUAL
The information in this section was sourced from available Google Earth imagery and site inspections
conducted by SLR personnel.

7.10.1 ISSUE: VISUAL IMPACT
With reference to Table 7-18, visual impacts may be caused by activities and infrastructure in all mine
phases. The more significant activities and infrastructure are associated with the operational,
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-41
decommissioning and closure phases when the mineralised waste facilities are in place and the open pits
and decline have been developed.

TABLE 7-18: VISUAL IMPACTS LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES/INFRASTRUCTURE

Foundations
Trenches
Stockpiles
Scaffolding
Cranes
Borrow pits
Roads
Power lines
Pipelines
Lights
Open pits
Decline
Stockpiles
Water dams
Processing plant
Voids
Trenches
Buildings and equipment
Pipelines
Power lines
Conveyors
Lights

Open pits
Decline
Stockpiles
Water dams
Processing plant
Voids
Trenches
Scaffolding
Cranes
Piles of rubble
Piles of scrap
Pipelines
Power lines
Conveyors
lights
Permanent mineralised waste
facilities
Permanent stockpiles
Fair Bride open pit

Severity
The severity of visual impacts is determined by assessing the change to the visual landscape as a result
of mine related infrastructure and activities. When considering the potential change to the visual
landscape the key issues are: visual exposure, visual intrusion, and sensitivity of receptors. Each of these
issues is discussed below.

Visual exposure is the extent to which mine infrastructure and activities will appear in the various views. It
follows that the closer the infrastructure and activities, the greater the visual exposure. The proposed
mine infrastructure lies within communities of scattered dwellings, with the more densely populated
village of Cacarue less than 1km east of the Fair Bride open pit. Manica town lies further afield,
approximately 4km to the south. There are also several schools, a health post, an agricultural trading
centre and other community structures within the mince concession area. These residents and
community facilities represent sensitive receptors. The proposed mine infrastructure will be clearly visible
for numerous points in the communities, such as the road to Phenyahlonga, the road to Fort Macquecue,
numerous smaller community roads as well as from the scattered dwellings, schools and community
facilities throughout the concession area. Therefore visual exposure would be high.

Visual intrusion is the extent to which the infrastructure and activities will contrast with the visual
landscape and can/cannot be absorbed by the landscape. The visual intrusion of the proposed project is
considered to be high, particularly at night when mining infrastructure will be lit up.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-42
Sensitivity of receptors relates to the way in which people will view the visual intrusion. In this regard, it is
anticipated that residential receptors will be sensitive but mine related receptors may not be sensitive. It
should also be noted that community members may not consider the presence of mine infrastructure to
be a deterioration in their environment, instead they may view the mine as an opportunity for employment
and upliftment of the community overall.

Taken together, the unmitigated severity for all phases is moderate to high. However, many of the
sensitive receptors fall within the proposed mine fenced areas or the blasting buffer zones around the
open pits and will therefore need to be relocated. In this way, the severity at those receptors that may be
most impacted upon may be reduced to moderate.

Duration
The duration is high; however this can be reduced with proper site and residue facility rehabilitation.

Spatial scale
Mine infrastructure will be clearly visible from community viewpoints outside of the proposed mine fenced
areas. This is a medium spatial scale in both the mitigated and unmitigated scenarios.

Consequence
The consequence is high; however this can be mitigated to moderate.

Probability
The probability of visual impact on sensitive receptors is moderate due to the close proximity of mine
infrastructure to the community infrastructure. This can however be reduced by relocating residents and
community infrastructure within the proposed mine fence lines and buffer zones due to safety reasons,
and by minimising the areas of disturbance.

Significance
The significance is rated as high however this can be reduced to moderate by reducing the severity and
probability of occurrence.

7.10.1.3 Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact visual impact
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Mitigated M M M M M M

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-43
7.11 TRAFFIC AND ROAD SAFETY
The information in this section was sourced from information provided by Explorator and site inspections.

7.11.1 INTRODUCTION
The transport of goods and services to the mine site will increase traffic levels during construction,
operations and decommissioning (see Table 7-20). The increased traffic and particularly the use of the
road by heavy vehicles could result in a deterioration of the roads, which are shared by the public. Road
safety risks will be increased with the increase in road traffic. It is noted that two access routes are under
consideration for the project, the first goes through Manica town, whereas the second is longer but avoids
Manica and instead routes through the less densely settled area of Garuzo, approximately 21km west of
the town of Manica. This assessment has been based on the scenario, in which the access road goes
through Manica Town.

TABLE 7-19: TRAFFIC AND ROAD SAFETY IMPACTS LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES

Transport of goods and
personnel to site
personnel to site
personnel to site
n/a

7.11.2 ISSUE: INCREASE IN ROAD TRAFFIC AND RELATED SAFETY RISKS
Severity
It is envisaged that more than 300 deliveries by truck will be made during the construction phase over a
ten month period. There will also be light vehicular traffic moving throughout the mine concession area on
a daily basis, this is estimated at between five and ten vehicles per day. A bus system will be put in place
to transport local unskilled labour from the Manica town to the construction site, this will likely transport
approximately 280 workers at the start and end of each day resulting in approximately 17 bus trips (30
seater) per day.

During the operational phase, the plant and mining operations will be divided into two 12 hour shifts per
day, allowing for shift changes and equipment maintenance in the plant. It is estimated that 75% of the
staff will be bussed to site from the town of Manica, 10% will use alternative means of transport and 15%
will drive themselves to site. A total of 338 workers will be transported by bus, which equates to 169
workers per shift necessitating six trips of a 30 seater bus to mobilise the shift. It is envisaged that
between four and eight deliveries by truck will be made during the operational phase per day.

The road that will be used to haul material from the Dots Luck open pit to the processing plant is in fact a
public road that provides access to Phenyalonga and routes through the Cacarue/Andrada area. This
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-44
road will only be used during the dry season. However, the use of this public road for haulage of ore and
other material in large trucks represents a significant safety threat to other road users. Haulage from the
Fair Bride open pit and Guy Fawkes decline will be via dedicated mine roads which will not be for
community use.

The use of public roads to access the site for the delivery of goods, equipment and personnel as well as
the use of the Phenyalonga road to haul ore and other material poses a significant threat to road user
safety. The potential injury or death of other road users has a high severity; however this can be reduced
to moderate.

Duration
Potential injury or death of other road users would be long term or permanent in both the unmitigated and
mitigated scenarios.

Spatial scale
The spatial scale would extend beyond the concession area in both the unmitigated and mitigated
scenarios.

Consequence
The consequence is high; however this can be reduced by implementing the mitigation measures
outlined in section 8.

Probability
The probability of harming third parties on these roads has been rated as high, however this can be
reduced by implementing the mitigation measures outlined in section 8.

Significance
The significance is rated as high; however this can be reduced to moderate with mitigation as outlined in
section 8.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact traffic and road safety impacts
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Mitigated M H M M M M

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-45
7.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC
The information in this section was sourced from the social and economics specialist studies (refer to
Appendix L and Appendix M).

7.12.1 INTRODUCTION
In the broadest sense (see Table 7-20), the activities associated with the proposed mine will have socio-
economic impacts in all phases. Some of these are considered to be positive impacts and others are
considered to be negative impacts. The separate groups of impacts are discussed below and must be
read in the context of the baseline information included in section 4.14.

TABLE 7-20: SOCIO-ECONOMIC IMPACTS LINK TO MINE PHASES AND ACTIVITIES

Construction and initial
operational activities

Recruitment of contractors
and workers
Operational activities

and workers
Decommissioning activities

and workers
Aftercare and maintenance
activities

7.12.2 ISSUE: ECONOMIC (INCOME AND EMPLOYMENT) IMPACT
Severity
The development of the project is predicted to have a net positive impact on both the local and national
economy. In this regard, the following positive and negative points apply (Strategy4Good, 2013):

A 55% increase in Manica town GDP is expected to result from the capital expenditure by Manica
Mine. This increase will find its way into the local economy through an increase in private
consumption expenditure from the construction workers that will be accommodated and
operational expenditure to other businesses by the mine itself, especially the services and retail
sector
The national accounts are expected to show an increase of 0.97% in private company investment
and the increase in the countrys private production capacity is expected to show an increase of
2.1%, excluding multipliers. These are significant increases
The estimated increase in local money supply is calculated at US$ 7.8 million (out of a total of
US$ 34.6 million). This significant increase in money supply could however represent a potential
inflation risk which could increase the cost of basic foodstuffs, accommodation, transport and
other goods
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-46
Due to the short life span of the mine, positive economic impact would be high (0.43% increase
in national GDP) during the years of operation. However, over a generation the increase in
national GDP would be much lower at an estimated 0.12%
It is estimated that at least 60% of the total annual salary bill will be paid to local employees,
which means an estimated increase of 20% in household income during the active mining years.
Over an economic generation, this would amount to just over 4%. These are significant
increases in the local household expenditure

In both unmitigated and mitigated scenarios the severity is highly positive, although the limited life span of
the mine is a factor to consider.

Duration
In the normal course, the direct positive economic impacts associated with the mine will occur for the life
of mine. After closure there may still be some positive impacts through maintenance and aftercare
activities. Furthermore, the project would have contributed to the establishment of a critical economic
mass and hence the benefits of wealth creation and a better skilled workforce are expected to continue
beyond the life of mine. Quantitatively assessing the post closure impacts is not possible because there
are a number of important unknown factors such as the general state of the future economy (local,
national and world wide) and the future state of the mining sector in particular.

Spatial scale
The positive economic impact would be felt on a local, regional and national level in both the unmitigated
and mitigated scenarios.

Consequence
The consequence is moderate for this positive impact in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Probability
The probability is moderate for this positive impact in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Significance
The significance is moderate for this positive impact in both the unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impact economic
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Unmitigated H+ M+ H+ M+ M+ M+
Mitigated H+ M+ H+ M+ M+ M+
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-47
7.12.3 ISSUE: INWARD MIGRATION
Severity
There are a number of negative issues that can arise from inward migration of job seekers to Manica
town and the villages within the concession area. It should be noted that the proposed mine will be a
relatively small operation, with only 639 construction and 451 operational job opportunities expected. The
mine plans to employ local people where possible. This means that there should not be a significant
amount of workers who need to find accommodation in the area. However, there could still be an influx
of people into the Manica area in search of work and mine related opportunities. While it is not possible
to establish a defendable direct causal link between the proposed project and the regional phenomena of
inward migration, it is reasonable to assume that inward migration will occur both directly and/or indirectly
from regional economic development in general, and that proposed mine will play a significant role in this
development.

The effects of inward migration can be significant. These effects could include, but not be limited to:

Potential establishment or expansion of informal settlements
Increased pressure on housing, water supply infrastructure, sanitation and waste management
systems and infrastructure, health care and community services and infrastructure. As outlined in the
baseline section (section 4-62), there is insufficient housing, schooling and access to basic services
in the local villages and Manica town
Potentially for increased pressure on natural resources such as water, fauna, flora and soils
Increase in crime
Spread of communicable disease, most notably HIV/Aids and tuberculosis
Disruption of social cohesion.

It is not possible to predict how significant the inward migration may be, however this impact severity has
been rated as high in line with the precautionary approach. It may be possible to mitigate this impact by
managing expectations with regard to employment and by limiting inward migration through co-operation
with the local government and traditional authorities.

Duration
The impacts of inward migration can extend beyond the life of the project. However, the duration should
be limited to the life of the project with the implementation of management and mitigation measures.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-48
Spatial scale
The impacts of inward migration are likely to extend beyond into nearby communities in both the
unmitigated and mitigated scenarios.

Consequence
The consequence has been rated as high in the unmitigated scenario for all project phases. This can be
reduced by implementing the mitigation measures outlined in section 8-1, which could reduce the severity
of the potential impact.

Probability
In the unmitigated scenario the impact is high. In the mitigated scenario this probability may be reduced
but the challenge is significant and it involves multiple parties across different sectors in the public and
private domain.

Significance
significance may be reduced by implementing the mitigation measures outlined in section 8-1.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative inward migration impact
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
Mitigated M H M M M M

7.12.4 ISSUE: COMMUNITY DISPLACEMENT
Severity
The establishment of the proposed mine will result in the displacement of people living and working within
the proposed mine fence lines and within the blasting buffer zones around the open pits, because these
people will need to be relocated for safety reasons. A census was conducted within the resettlement
zones to clearly identify affected persons and their possessions and current livelihoods. This is in line
with the Mozambique Resettlement Regulations (Decree 31/2012) and IFC resettlement guidelines. This
census showed that there The census showed that there are 57 households within the Chinhadombwe
village and 23 households within the Cacrue village will be affected. The Vengo School also lies with the
affected area. The census of the Mutambarico/Mucurumazi village was not conducted due to lack of safe
access for the field workers. The full results of the census is provided in the Resettlement Plan (refer to
Appendix A) and details the possessions, livelihood, income, identity number and full name of the head of
each household, the number of people residing within each household and other pertinent details.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-49
There are numerous Zimbabwean nationals who are in Mozambique illegally, and are practicing illegal
artisanal mining in the concession area as well as within the resettlement zone. It should however be
noted that illegal immigrants will not have the same entitlements, as outlined in the Resettlement Plan
(refer to Appendix A). This assessment therefore excludes these illegal immigrants as a matter of
principle.

In the unmitigated scenario, the proposed relocation of people could result in a loss of home and
possessions, loss of livelihood and a change in the social cohesion within the relevant villages. This
impact would have a high severity. However, this can be reduced by implementing a Resettlement Plan
in line with the Mozambique Resettlement Regulations (Decree 31/2012) and IFC resettlement
guidelines. The full Resettlement Plan is provided in Appendix A and has been developed in consultation
with the relevant authorities and through consultation with affected communities and persons. This plan
will need to be officially approved before it can be implemented. Key elements of the plan include:

Relocation is to take place to suitable areas within the affected persons existing villages, where
possible, in order to ensure continued social cohesion
Provision of the same or better infrastructure and social facilities, access to services and
standard of living
Livelihoods will be restored or replaced with a suitable equivalent (replacement will be required in
cases where affected persons are currently engaging in illegal artisanal mining activities) to
ensure that income levels meet or exceed current income levels
Provision of suitable transport of affected persons and their movable goods to their new place of
residence or work
Compensation measures to be discussed and agreed upon between the applicant and project
affected persons.

With effective mitigation of the Resettlement Plan, the severity of this displacement could be reduced to
moderate.

Duration
The impact of displacement would be long term. However, this could be mitigated to the short term with
effective mitigation of the Resettlement Plan, yet some doubt remains particularly with regard to restoring
livelihoods which may take longer.

Spatial scale
The impact would extend to the local communities and villages in both the unmitigated and mitigated
scenarios.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-50
Consequence
The consequence is high; however this can be reduced with effective mitigation of the Resettlement Plan.

Probability
The probability is high; however this should be reduced to moderate with effective mitigation of the
Resettlement Plan.

Significance
The significance has been rated as high; however this should be reduced to moderate with effective
mitigation of implementing the Resettlement Plan.

Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impacts community displacement
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
unmitigated H H M H H H
mitigated M M M M M M

7.12.5 ISSUE: LOSS OF CURRENT LAND USES
Introduction
The establishment of infrastructure and mining activities will change the land use on surface. As
indicated in section 4.12, the current land use is that of subsistence and commercial agriculture, artisanal
mining and residential use. With regard to artisanal mining, this is an illegal activity and therefore will not
form part of this assessment.

Activities and infrastructure - link to mine phases

Site preparation
Earthworks
Civil works
Site management
Transport systems
management
amenities
Rehabilitation
Site preparation
Earthworks
Civil works
Site management
Transport systems
management
Mineralised waste
management
amenities
Open pit mining
Underground mining
Rehabilitation
Site preparation
Demolition
Earthworks
Civil works
Site management
Transport systems
management
Mineralised waste
management
amenities
Rehabilitation
Backfilling Dots Luck open pit
rehabilitated areas
Fair Bride open pit

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-51
7.12.5.1 Rating of impact
Severity / nature
As discussed in section 7.12.4 above, various households and schools will need to be relocated due to
safety reasons. Any subsistence agriculture within the proposed mine fence areas will also need to be
relocated to suitable areas; alternatively workers could be allowed access to their land and only
evacuated at blast times. However no commercial agriculture operations will need to be moved. Upon
closure, the mine site will be rehabilitated to as close to pre-mining capability as practically possible.
Therefore the majority of the rehabilitated areas could be used for pre-mining land uses after closure.
However, the Fair Bride open pit and residue facilities will remain in perpetuity.

This impact has been rated as having a high severity in all project phases. This can be mitigated to
moderate by relocating households and agricultural activities within the resettlement zones.

Duration
The impact on land use will last for the life of the project. Most of the land use should be able to resume
after decommissioning and closure, however the Fair bride open pit and residue facilities will remain in
perpetuity.

The loss of current land use will be limited to the project infrastructure footprint in both the unmitigated
and mitigated scenarios.

Consequence
The unmitigated consequence has been rated as high for all phases. This can however be mitigated to
moderate during the construction, operations and decommissioning phases and low after closure due to
a reduction in the severity.

Probability
In the unmitigated scenario, the probability is considered to be high for all project phases. This can be
mitigated to moderate with the relocation of people within the resettlement zone and other management
and mitigation measures.

Significance
The significance of the unmitigated scenario has been rated as high for all project phases. This can
however be mitigated to moderate for all phases due to a reduction in the severity and probability.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 7-52
Tabulated summary of the assessed cumulative impacts loss of current land use
Scale
Occurrence
Significance
unmitigated H H L H H H
mitigated M H L M M M

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-1
8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLANS
This section outlines the environmental management objectives and plans for the proposed development.
The environmental management plan (EMP) is legally binding and will need to be updated on a regular
basis.

8.1 OVERALL MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES FOR THE PROJECT
The following overall environmental objectives have been set for the project. These will be used to guide
the development of an Environmental and Social Policy for the operations:

To comply with national legislation and standards for the protection of the environment
To comply with corporate sustainable development policies and objectives (when set)
To limit potential impacts on the environment and surrounding communities through avoidance,
prevention, minimisation, mitigation and/or compensation in line with the commitments in the
environmental management plan (EMP)
To investigate and exploit measures to reduce resource (including water) and energy consumption
To keep surrounding communities informed of mining activities through the implementation of forums
for communication and constructive dialogue
To ensure the legal and appropriate management and disposal of general and hazardous waste,
through the implementation of a strategy for the minimisation, management, temporary storage and
removal of waste
To protect cultural heritage by avoiding sites of significance, or, if this cannot be done, to ensure
thorough documentation thereof prior to destruction
To undertake rehabilitation wherever possible during the life of the mine
To incorporate final closure objectives in construction and mine planning
To develop, implement and manage monitoring systems to ensure good environmental performance
To ensure the health and safety of surrounding communities through access control and monitoring
of health criteria
To support and encourage environmental awareness and responsibility amongst all employees and
service providers
To provide appropriate environmental education and training for all employees and service providers
Ensure compliance to the EMP.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-2
8.2 SPECIFIC MANAGEMENT PLANS
The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) comprises a series of aspect and/or facility specific
management plans. The table below provides a high level list of the main environmental issues identified
during the EIA process (refer to section 7) and the management plans developed to address these
issues. The detailed management plans are provided in the tables that follow.

TABLE 8-1: SUMMARY OF ISSUES IDENTIFIED IN THE EIA WITH RELEVANT MANAGEMENT PLANS
Environmental
component
Issue Relevant Management Plan Responsible party
Topography Hazardous excavations and
infrastructure
Stakeholder consultation
Safety and security
Environmental Manager
Soil and land
capability
Loss of soil resources from
pollution
Soil
Waste management
Loss of soil resources from
physical disturbance
Soil
Biodiversity
natural vegetation
and animal life
Physical destruction of biodiversity Biodiversity
General disturbance of
biodiversity
Biodiversity
Soil
Waste management
Surface water Altering drainage patterns Surface water
Pollution of surface water Surface water
Waste management
Groundwater Dewatering Groundwater
Contamination of groundwater Groundwater
Waste management
Air quality Air pollution Air quality
Linear infrastructure
Noise Noise pollution Noise
Archaeology Damage to archaeological
resources and landscapes
Archaeology
Visual Visual impact Visual
Socio-economic Economic impact Socio-economic
Stakeholder consultation Road use and traffic impacts
Inward migration
Land use

The specific management plans provided below indicate the project phase during which the relevant
management measures need to be implemented. The frequency for implementing mitigation measures
as well as the compliance indicator is also included.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-1
TABLE 8-2: HAZARDOUS STRUCTURES AND EXCAVATIONS (INCLUDING SUBSIDENCE) MANAGEMENT PLAN (THIRD PARTY SAFETY AND SECURITY)
No. Aspect Management commitment Action plan
Timeframe Frequency Compliance indicator
Objective: To prevent physical harm to third parties and animals from hazardous excavations and infrastructure.
These commitments apply to pre-construction (design)
1 Appropriate
design of high
risk facilities
Mine residue facilities, other stockpiles, water dams and the open
pits will be designed in a manner that stability is a priority, that flood
protection is provided and that the risk of failure is limited to
acceptable levels.
As required As required Design report by appropriately
qualified person.
These commitments apply to construction only
2 Securing residue
storage facilities,
dams, and
stockpiles
Mine residue facilities, other stockpiles and water dams will be
constructed in a manner that stability is a priority, that flood
protection is provided and that the risk of failure is limited to
acceptable levels.
As required As required Construction supervision
reports at an acceptable
frequency by appropriately
qualified person.
These commitments apply to operation only
3 Securing residue
storage facilities,
dams, and
stockpiles
Mine residue facilities, other stockpiles and water dams will be
operated in a manner that stability is a priority, that flood protection
is provided and that the risk of failure is limited to acceptable levels.
Ongoing Ongoing Quarterly audit reports by an
appropriately qualified
engineer.
These commitments apply to construction, operation and decommissioning
4 Prevent access of
unauthorised
people to the
mining area
Provide and maintain appropriate fencing and security access
control at relevant mine, plant and other infrastructure areas based
on degree of risk.
Ongoing As required Visual inspection of
compliance.
5 Erect and maintain barriers and/or warning signs. Ongoing As required Visual inspection of
compliance.
6 Undertake regular patrols of infrastructure and mine perimeters. Ongoing Daily Record of patrol schedule and
findings
7 Educate third
parties
Third parties will be provided with information concerning the
dangers associated with hazardous excavations and infrastructure
at stakeholder information meetings.
Ongoing Quarterly Minutes of meetings reflecting
this topic as an agenda item.
8 Training and
awareness
Train staff to ensure that third parties and animals do not unwittingly
enter a high risk area.
As required At induction with
annual refreshers
Training records
9 Emergency If people or animals do fall off or into hazardous excavations or
infrastructure causing injury, or if any mineralised waster facilities
fail causing injury to people or animals, the Manica emergency
response procedures will be followed (Section 8.4).
As required As required. Incident report with corrective
actions.
These commitments apply to decommissioning only
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-2
10 Securing open
pits and final land
forms
For Dots Luck pit, this pit will be backfilled. Backfilling operations will
take the possibility of surface subsidence into account. This may
require the calculation of a bulking factor and the initial creation of a
slight swell above ground level. Final replacement of topsoil onto the
backfilled overburden/waste rock material will be done with the
understanding that if subsidence occurs thereafter, re-stripping of
topsoil and additional backfilling with overburden/ waste rock will be
required. Thereafter the topsoil will have to be replaced.
As required As required No surface subsidence visible
above pit area.
11 For the Fair Bride pit, the pit walls will be made safe from both a
stability and access perspective.
As required Ongoing Quarterly audit report by an
engineer.
12 For the Fair Bride pit, the pit perimeters will be bermed. The viability
of providing fencing as an additional measure will be investigated.
As required As required Visual inspection of
compliance.
Record of investigating
additional measures.
13 Permanent warning signs at appropriate points in appropriate
languages and with pictures to warn people of the dangers of
entering the open pits will be established and maintained.
As required As required Visual inspection of
compliance.
14 Mine residue facilities and relevant stockpiles will be rehabilitated in
a manner that they present land forms that have similar safety
attributes to the natural land forms in the area. In this regard,
structures will be stable, protected from flood damage, and steep
slopes will be contoured where possible.
As required As required Quarterly audit reports by an
engineer.
15 Seal the Guy Fawkes decline and prevent access to the
underground mine void.
As required As required Quarterly audit reports by an
engineer.
These commitments apply to closure only
16 Securing open
pits and final land
forms
Repair and maintain security and safety measures at final land
forms including any mine residue disposal facilities, dams, other
stockpiles and open pits.
As agreed upon
with relevant
authorities
As agreed upon
with relevant
authorities
Reports to relevant authorities.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-3
TABLE 8-3: BLAST MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To prevent blast related damage to third parties and infrastructure
1 Relocation Relocate residents (and their possessions) situated within 500m of
the Fair Bride and Dots Luck open pits in line with the Resettlement
Plan (refer to Appendix A).
Pre-blasting Once off Resettlement action plan in line
Mozambique law and
international best practice and
record of implementation.
2 Survey of
structures
For Guy Fawkes, conduct a detailed survey of any remaining third
party structures within the 500m blast zone to provide a pre-blasting
record of the condition of structures (include photographic records).
Pre-blasting Once off Survey report
These commitments apply to construction and operation
3 Blast design and
monitoring
Prior to the start of blasting a proposed blast design should be
modelled to determine the firing sequence, number of holes firing
together and the combined charge mass per delay. The blast
design will take into consideration the presence of any sensitive
structures / receptors and the design adjusted accordingly to
minimise damage and impacts. Blast times will be planned to cause
least disturbance to communities.
Pre-blasting Once off Blast design report
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-4
4 Blast design, implementation and monitoring will ensure that:
Fly rock is contained within 500 m of each blast.
Ground vibration at the closest well-constructed third party
structures is less than 12 mm/s peak particle velocity.
Air blast at the closest well-constructed third party structures (<
130 dB).
Where structures are located within the 500m blast zone, only
one hole will be fired at a time.
Where there are structures not compliant with basic building
practices within 500m of the blast sites, the mine will conduct
pre-blast and post-blast surveys to determine if any damage
occurred due to the blast.
The final approved blast design will be marked, drilled off in the field
and audited (once charging commences) to ensure that all stages of
the operation are proceeding as per the design. Any problem holes
will be corrected. The blast pattern, hole depths, charge mass per
hole, final stemming lengths and the delay timing of the blast will be
checked. Any unusual occurrences will be corrected immediately,
documented and noted for future consideration.
Detailed blast records will be kept:
Date, time and blast location
Unusual occurrences such as collapsing holes, runaway
explosives, fumes, flyrock
Prevailing weather conditions, wind speed and direction.
If fumes occur after a blast then the immediate vicinity of the blast
area will be kept clear until these have dissipated. The wind
direction and conditions must also be kept in mind to ensure that the
fumes do not impact further afield.
Ongoing Every pit, surface
and near surface
blast
Audit report of each blast
Blast records
Monitoring reports that reflect
compliance with these
measures
5 For Guy Fawkes, surface and near surface blasting will be limited to
3 weeks during portal development.
Initial blasting
phase
As required Record of blast programme
6 Monitoring will be conducted using industry standard seismographs
(ground vibration and air blast to be measured simultaneously).
Seismographs will be positioned at selected sensitive receptors.
As required Every pit, surface
and near surface
blast
Visual inspection of
seismographs
Map showing location of
monitoring points
Monitoring reports
7 Community
awareness
Communities will be notified of Manicas blast schedule. Pre-blasting and
ongoing
On a regular basis Blast schedule
Record of notification process
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-5
8 Evacuation Sensitive receptors such as the Cacarue Health post and schools
situated outside of the 500m blast zones but within 1,000m will be
evacuated as a precautionary measure during the initial blasting. At
this time, Manica will monitor air blasts, noise and ground vibrations
to ensure they are within acceptable levels. Note will be taken of
the potential vibration and air blasts differences outdoors and inside
buildings.
Initial blasting
phase
As required Evacuation procedure
Record of implementation of
procedure
Monitoring reports that reflect
compliance with acceptable
levels and incident report with
corrective actions (where
required)
9 For Guy Fawkes, during surface and near surface blasting, anyone
located within the 500m blast zone will be evacuated. This includes
people travelling on roads.
Initial blasting
phase
As required Evacuation procedure
Record of implementation of
procedure
10 For all required evacuations, an audible warning will be sounded
prior to each blast and the area will be cleared of persons according
to the requisite mine and blast procedures.
Ongoing As required Visual inspection of warning
system
Record of use
11 Corrective
measures
If monitoring indicates unacceptable impacts at sensitive receptors
(i.e. Cacarue Health post and schools situated outside of the 500m
blast zones) additional mitigation measures will be investigated and
implemented.
As required As required Incident report with corrective
actions
12 Compensation/
repair
Any damage to third party property located within the Guy Fawkes
500m blast zone caused by Manicas blasting activities will be
repaired by Manica.
As required Ad hoc Incident report with corrective
actions
13 Explosives
management
Comply with Mozambique legislation in terms of handling, use, and
transport of explosives.
Ongoing As required Appropriate records indicating
Manicas handling, use and
transport of explosives.
14 Emergency If a person or animal is injured by fly rock this must be handled in
accordance with the Manica emergency response procedure
actions
15 Complaints
register
All registered complaints will be documented, investigated and
efforts made to address the area of concern where possible.
As required As required Complaints register with
corrective actions

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-6
TABLE 8-4: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objectives: To ensure a healthy and safe work environment, safe systems of work, safe plant and equipment.
These commitments apply to pre-construction, construction, operation and decommission
1 Plan The mine will develop and implement a formal health and safety
management system in line with the objectives above and relevant
regulatory requirements.
Ongoing Ongoing Health and safety management
plan
2 Ensure the availability of information, instruction, and training as
required for worker health and safety.
Ongoing Ongoing Training records
3 Malaria
management
Standing water on site will be prevented as these areas form breeding
grounds for mosquitoes. In addition, water-containing dams (water
supply dams, pollution control dams etc.) will be covered and/or treated
to kill mosquito larvae to prevent the establishment of breeding grounds
for mosquitoes that carry malaria.
Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection
4 Provision of treated bed nets to staff members and measures to ensure
the nets are used as they were intended.
Ongoing Ongoing Record of net distribution
5 Opening windows at the Contractors Camp and admin offices will be
covered with nets.
6 Any accommodation facilities under the management and operation of
Explorator will be provided with indoor residual spraying (IRS), insect
repellent and treated mosquito nets.
7 International workers from non-endemic areas will be advised on the
risk of malaria in the area and the use of prophylactics. The mine will
advise all international workers that they consult with a doctor on the
best medical measures before they come to site. For short term visits
prophylactics may be the best option but for long term visits other
measures are required.
Ongoing Ongoing Induction records
8 Insect repellents are to be provided for use by persons on site. Ongoing Ongoing Record of repellent distribution
9 The mine will pay for the attainment of prophylactics by workers visiting
from non-endemic areas.
Proof of payment for
prophylactics
10 Promotional health awareness campaigns will be implemented by the
mine and will include the education of workers on daily habits that can
be adopted to prevent infection, symptoms and early detection. These
campaigns are to be integrated with Explorators overall employee
health management plan.
Ongoing Ongoing Records of implementation of
the health awareness
campaign
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-7
11 The mine will arrange for regular health checks for the diagnosis and
treatment for malaria at the mine or using the Cacarue Health Post.
Should the health post be used, the mine will implement measures for
boosting capacity at the health post.
Ongoing Ongoing Records of Malaria incidents
and treatment
12 Tuberculosis
and sexually
transmitted
diseases
Promotional health awareness campaigns will be implemented by the
mine and will include the education of workers on daily habits that can
be adopted to prevent infection, symptoms and early detection. These
campaigns are to be integrated with Explorators overall employee
health management plan
Records of implementation of
the health awareness
campaign
13 The mine will distribute information on Tuberculosis and sexually
transmitted diseases, as well as condoms.
Records of information
distribution and visual
inspection of condom supply
points.

TABLE 8-5: SOIL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objectives:
Prevent soil pollution and mitigate accidental spills.
Prevent the loss of soils and related functionality through physical disturbance, erosion and compaction.
These commitments apply to construction, operation and decommissioning phases
1 Soil pollution Ensure that all hazardous chemicals (new and used), dirty water,
mineralised wastes and non-mineralised wastes are handled in a
manner that they do not pollute soils. This will be implemented through
one or more procedure(s) covering the following:
Pollution prevention through basic infrastructure design and
through education and training of workers (permanent and
temporary)
The required steps to enable fast reaction to contain and remediate
pollution incidents.
Bioremediation faciliies will be established to rehabilitate
contaminated soils on site. Remediated soil will be then be
replaced.
Specifications for post rehabilitation audit criteria will be developed
as part of detailed closure planning to ascertain whether the
remediation has been successful.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-8
2 Long-term
pollution
The designs of any permanent and potentially polluting structures (mine
residue facilities) will take account of the requirements for long-term
pollution prevention and confirmatory monitoring.
Ongoing Ongoing Soil quality
3 Soil resource
management
A soil management plan will be implemented. The key components are:
Limit the disturbance of soils to what is absolutely necessary
Where soils have to be disturbed the soil will be stripped, stored,
maintained and replaced in accordance with the specifications of
the Topsoil Management Plan (refer to the table below).
4 Soil pollution Vehicle servicing to be conducted in designated areas with bunds and
impermeable surface
5 Emergency Major spillage incidents will be handled in accordance with the
Explorator emergency response procedure.
As required As required Incident report

TABLE 8-6: TOPSOIL STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING
Objectives: Ensure that all topsoil stripping, stockpiling and replacement operations will be undertaken in a manner that limits impacts on the soil functionality
and ensure it can be used for rehabilitation as and when required.
These commitments apply to construction and operation phases
1 Topsoil
stripping
Limit the disturbance of soils to what is absolutely necessary. In
this regard, stripping will only take place in areas designated for
surface infrastructure where clearly defined end rehabilitation end
use for the stripped soil has been identified.
2 Stripping will be conducted to a depth of 1,2m-2m for Lixisols, 0,1-
0,4m for Leptosols and the vegetation will be stripped and kept
with the topsoil. A map showing differing stripping depths is
provided in the soils specialist report (refer to Appendix E)
3 Stockpile
management
Stockpiling areas will be identified as far as practically possible in
close proximity to the source of the soil.
4 Soil stockpiles will be demarcated, and clearly marked to identify
both the soil type and the intended area of rehabilitation.
5 Soil stockpiles heights will be restricted where possible to a
maximum of 20 m with 1.5 m high and 2 m wide benches .
6 For storage periods greater than 3 years, erosion control is
essential. The stockpile sides should as far as practically possible
be stabilised as a slope of 1 in 6 or less.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-9
7 No waste material will be placed on the soil stockpiles. Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection
8 Equipment movement on top of the soil stockpiles will be limited
as far as possible.
9 Exotic plant species or weeds will regularly be removed from
stockpiles
10 Monitoring Undertake regular monitoring of soils (stockpiles, in its natural
state and rehabilitated areas) to ensure effective implementation
of measures.
Ongoing Ongoing Monitoring reports
11 Protection of
biodiversity
Adhere to all requirements for moving and preserving fauna and
flora according to the biodiversity management plan, and land use
procedures.
These commitments apply to decommissioning
12 Restoration of
disturbed land
and restoration
of soil
utilisation
Stockpiled soil will be used to rehabilitate disturbed sites. Either
ongoing as disturbed areas become available for rehabilitation
and/or at closure. The topsoil removed during the construction
phase will be redistributed to achieve an approximate uniform
stable thickness that is free draining with the approved post-
mining land use.
13 A representative sampling of the stripped soils stored for longer
than 6 months will be analysed to determine the nutrient status of
the utilizable materials. As a minimum the following elements will
be tested for: EC, CEC, pH, Ca, Mg, K, Na, P, Zn, Clay % and
Organic Carbon. These elements provide the basis for
determining the fertility of soil. Based on the analysis, fertilisers
will be applied if necessary.
Ongoing Ongoing Sampling results
14 Erosion control measures will be implemented to ensure that the
soil is not washed away and that erosion gulleys do not develop
prior to vegetation establishment.
15 Soil pollution If soil (whether stockpiled or in its undisturbed natural state) is
polluted, the first management priority is to treat the pollution by
means of in situ bioremediation. The acceptability of this option
must be verified by an appropriate soils expert, on a case by case
basis, before it is implemented.
If in situ treatment is not possible or acceptable then the polluted
soil must be regarded as hazardous waste and disposed at an
appropriately permitted, off-site waste facility.
Ongoing Ongoing Incident report

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-10
TABLE 8-7: BIODIVERSITY MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To prevent or limit the unacceptable loss of biodiversity and related functionality through physical disturbance
1 Biodiversity
management
plan
The mine will develop and implement a biodiversity management
plan, compiled in consultation with a biodiversity specialist. The
key components of this plan are included below.
Pre-construction Once off with
updates as
required
Biodiversity management plan
These commitments apply to pre-construction (design), construction, operation and decommissioning
2 Limit footprint Limit the project footprint and activities to that identified in this EIA
and EMP report. Avoid placement of infrastructure within
watercourses, wetlands or their floodlines, as well as sensitive
areas.
Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of
compliance
3 All water storage dams will be off-stream storage. Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of
compliance
4 Stream crossings will be designed, constructed and maintained so
as not to impede the flow of water in the streams
compliance
5 Mine boundaries will be fenced off and staff should be restricted to
these areas as far as practically possible. Try to avoid placing
fences across known movement corridors.
compliance
6 Minimise losses There will be planning (and implementation) on the removal of
fauna and flora (plants and seeds) species prior to disturbance by
project infrastructure and activities. This will include planning for
the preservation, cultivation and re-use of plant species in on-
going rehabilitation and search, rescue and relocation of key
fauna species. There will also be provision for the collection of
medicinal plants by local people (if applicable). Links will also be
made to the soil management procedure and actions.
Ongoing As required Biodiversity management plan
addressing these issues and
implementation records
7 Investigate bird deflectors for internal power lines. As required Once off Investigation report and
implementation plan
8 Biomass from the clearing of the site and from development of the
open pit will be used to create compost for the rehabilitation of
disturbed areas and/or made available to the community as
firewood.
Ongoing Ongoing Record of removal
9 Minimise the number of roads and tracks and keep them as small
as possible. Vehicles must use established access roads. No off
road driving will be allowed. All drivers to adhere to the indicated
speed limits.
compliance
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-11
10 If practical, fence and/or net all water dams to prevent access by
larger fauna / birds. Equip dams with measures to enable fauna
that may fall into the water to get out.
compliance
11 Minimise night lighting and avoid vagrant light by installing lights,
which emit a unidirectional beam. Where light is only intermittently
needed, use motion detectors, time switches or similar to only
supply light when needed. Use yellow outdoor lights (invertebrates
see yellow poorly).
compliance
12 The management measures associated with soil conservation,
noise control, dust and emissions control, waste management and
pollution prevention as outlined in the EMP will be implemented.
As per EMP
tables
As per EMP tables As per EMP tables
13 Alien invasive
programme
An alien/invasive/weed management programme will be
implemented to control the spread of these plants onto and from
disturbed areas. Care will be taken to prevent the encroachment
of alien plant species into rehabilitated areas.
Ongoing Ongoing Procedure with
implementation record
14 Rehabilitation
and monitoring
Where possible, commence rehabilitation as soon as an area
becomes available.
As soon as
possible
As required Rehabilitation records
15 Training and
awareness
Educate all workers on the sensitivity of the mine site and
surrounds and on species of conservation importance.
annual refreshers
Training records
16 Monitoring Water, bio-monitoring and toxicological testing will be undertaken
in line with Section 9.
Ongoing As per Section 9 Monitoring reports at the
agreed frequency
17 Establish a programme that monitors the health and vigour of
riparian vegetation and trees in rivers affected by the mine.
Ongoing As per Section 9 Monitoring reports at the
agreed frequency
18 Inspections of site should include checking of mine site and
adjacent properties along perimeter of mine for illegal harvesting
and evidence of poaching.
Ongoing Weekly Monitoring reports at the
agreed frequency
19 Undertake follow up audits and monitoring of rehabilitated areas in
the short and long term to determine the success of the
rehabilitation and restoration.
Ongoing Annually Audit and monitoring reports
at the agreed frequency
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-12
20 Rehabilitation Develop a restoration plan in consultation with relevant experts
and stakeholders at an early stage in the life of mine and integrate
it with the mine closure plan.
Initiate restoration trials at an early stage in the life of mine in
order to allow the investigation of the most appropriate
approaches. Monitor the results and adapt the restoration plan
throughout life of mine to achieve best results.
If required, initiate trials to determine the best strategy for
successful plant rescue and transplanting operations.
Establish a restoration budget as part of the closure rehabilitation
fund and the operational budget for concurrent rehabilitation.
Identify biological source areas that will seed the rehabilitation
sites.
As soon as
practically
possible
As determined Restoration plan and
implementation records
21 Closure
planning
As part of closure planning, the designs of any permanent and
potentially polluting structures (mine residue facilities) will take
consideration of the requirements for:
Long term pollution prevention and confirmatory monitoring.
The establishment of long term biodiversity functionality,
aftercare and confirmatory monitoring.
A minimum of 5
years prior to
decommissioning
As required Closure plan that addresses
biodiversity issues

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-13
TABLE 8-8: STORMWATER AND EFFLUENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To prevent pollution of surface water run-off and related health impacts on third parties and mitigate accidental spills
These commitments apply to pre-construction (design) and operation
1 Clean and dirty
water
Surface water runoff and near surface water upstream of, and
within the project area after rainfall events will be managed as
follows and in line with the stormwater management plan (Figure
8-1) to ensure that clean and dirty water systems are kept separate:
Clean water cut off channels will be designed to divert any
clean surface and near surface water generated upstream of
the project area back into the natural environment.
Dirty water cut off channels will be designed to ensure that dirty
water generated on the project area is firstly contained, and
then diverted to an appropriate stormwater dam for
containment.
Dirty water containment facilities will be sized to contain at
least the 1:50 year storm event and maintain a freeboard of
0,8m. Recommended volumes (in m
3
) for the dirty water
containment facilities is as follows:
Dirty Water A1 6 187 (min. volume); 14 000
(recommended volume)
Dirty Water B1 17 160 (min. volume); 38 000
Dirty Water C1 6 038 (min. volume); 14 000
These volumes should be evaluated and revised (if necessary) as
part of the detailed design phase of the project, or once more
specific design information becomes available.
Water collected in dirty water containment facilities will be reused in
the process as far as practically possible.
For dirty water systems, monitor the effectiveness of the mitigation
measures such as liners to ensure that seepage does not occur.
Ongoing Ongoing Design report with
consideration to requirements
of storage volumes
Visual inspection of
compliance
Dirty water system monitoring
reports
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-14
2 Flood protection For infrastructure and facilities located near the 1:100 year floodline
and/or the 100m buffer zones of streams will be sited and operated
such that the facilities od not impede the flow of water. Engineering
measure will be implemented to achieve this.
compliance
3 Effluent and
spills
containment and
management
All hazardous chemicals (new and used), dirty water, mineralised
wastes and non-mineralised wastes will be stored, used and
handled in a manner that they do not contaminate surface and near
surface water run-off.
Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of storage
and handling areas
4 No sanitation facilities will be located within 100 m of a watercourse. Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of
compliance
5 Vehicles and equipment will be properly maintained and oil or fuel
leaks will be repaired immediately upon detection.
Ongoing Regularly Maintenance schedule
Maintenance reports with
corrective actions
6 Ensure that the various effluent streams (tailings decant, treated
effluent dirty storm water, process effluent, sewage effluent) are
managed and maintained to prevent overflow of systems to the
environment.
Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of areas
Incident report
7 Inspection for spills and monitoring of all tanks, pipelines and bunds
will be undertaken regularly to develop an early detection system.
Ongoing Weekly Visual inspection of areas
8 Any spills will be cleaned up immediately. Spill kits or adsorbent
materials will be placed in all areas where potentially polluting
substances are dispensed and stored, on all fuel transport vehicles
and kept on hand to clean up remote spills. Once used, this
material will be treated as hazardous waste and disposed of
accordingly.
Ongoing As required Incident report with corrective
actions
9 Management of
sewage and grey
water
Ensure that portable facilities and septic tanks are working properly,
regularly cleaned so they do not pollute the surrounding
environment or create hygiene problems and maintained until such
time as they are no longer used and can be decommissioned.
Ongoing Regularly Maintenance schedule
Maintenance reports with
corrective actions
10 Fuel handling
and storage
There will be one fuelling point on site. All fuel tanks will be above
ground and within impermeable bunds which will make allowance
for 110% containment for the largest potential failure. All day-to-
day spillage within the bund and filling / delivery areas will be
channelled into sumps equipped with oil traps and separators. Bio
remediation facilities will be included in the design to handle any
contaminated soils.
Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of site
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-15
11 Handling and
storage of
reagents
Reagents will be properly stored and handled. Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) will be kept and adhered to.
area
MSDS sheets for all reagents
12 Diesel generator
measures
Establish and maintain concrete bunded areas around all diesel
generators, where required. Minimum requirements include:
All bunded areas must have a capacity of 110 % of the capacity of
product that will be stored in the bunded area.
Bunded areas can be equipped with an outlet pipe but a manual
stop valve must be installed.
Outlet pipes must empty into an oil trap (the design and
specifications as used by petrochemical companies must be
employed).
areas and generators
13 Wash bay
measures
Construct purpose built wash bays for the washing of vehicles and
equipment. Minimum requirements include:
Wash bays may not be positioned in a low-lying area.
Wash bays must be appropriately designed to facilitate the washing
of mobile cranes, cement trucks, and heavy duty vehicles.
Wash bays must be constructed with re-enforced concrete to
accommodate heavy vehicles.
It is recommended that a trench covered with removable grids
surround the wash bay to capture all runoff, instead of using a bund
as regular traffic over a bund often results in the bund being
compromised.
A silt trap and oil trap must be constructed below any wash bay to
capture any sediments and hydrocarbons.
Only bio-degradable detergents will be used.
Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of wash bays
14 Cement
management
Cement and cement aggregate will be stored and mixed on
impermeable covers. Concrete will not be mixed directly on the
ground.
Emptied cement bags will be stored in weatherproof containers and
disposed of regularly and will not be used for any other purpose.
All excess cement will be collected on a daily basis and disposed of
at designated areas in the Waste Transition Yard (WTY).
Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of areas
Waste records from WTY
15 Water balance
refinement
Regularly update the environmental site wide water balance using
updated rainfall and flow measurements to ensure that the design
of the relevant clean and dirty water systems are sufficient to cater
for the water volumes associated with flood events and that
unacceptable discharges of polluted water are prevented.
Ongoing Annually Updated water balance
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-16
16 Closure planning As part of closure planning, the designs of any permanent and
potentially polluting structures (mine residue facilities) will consider
the requirements for long term surface water and near surface
water pollution prevention and confirmatory monitoring.
A minimum of 5
years prior to
decommissioning
dust mitigation
17 Discharge (if
applicable)
control
Any effluent discharge will meet Mozambique discharge standards
refer to Table 8-9 (clarity will be sought from the relevant
authorities as to which standard will apply). However, it is noted
that the Mozambique standard provides limits for only six
parameters. For this reason, the Mozambique limits will be
supplemented by the IFC mine effluent limits as outlined in Table
8-9.
Ongoing As required Incident report with corrective
actions
18 Manica will undertake a monitoring study to check the quality of the
receiving water body up and downstream of the discharge to
determine:
if there is a measured deterioration in in-stream quality as a
result of the discharge
whether downstream users are being adversely impacted upon
by the discharge.
Should this study show that downstream users are being adversely
impacted upon by the discharge; the quality of the effluent will be
improved with more advanced treatment technologies in order to
ensure downstream water quality is acceptable for domestic use.
An appropriately qualified person will undertake the monitoring
study.
When mine
effluent is
available from
both the mining
and processing
operations
Once off Investigation report
19 Training and
awareness
Induct all relevant employees and contractors in the mines spillage
management procedure. Train employees on the use of spill kits.
Ongoing As required Induction and training records
20 Monitoring Water monitoring will be undertaken in line with Section 9. Ongoing As per Section 9 Water monitoring reports at
the agreed frequency
21 Emergency Major spillage incidents (including tailings spillage incidents from
the delivery pipeline and/or TSF failure) that contaminate the
environment will be handled in accordance with the Manica
emergency response procedure in Section 8.4.
Emergency Ad hoc Incident report with corrective
actions
22 Periodically test the emergency response. Ongoing Periodically Record of test

#*
#*
#*
# *
# *
#*
# *
#*
#*
# *
#*
#*
# *
# *
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
#*
# *
# *
# *
B4
TSF
A2
A2
A6
A3
A4
C1
B1
B1
C2
A3
A1
A1
B2
A7
A5
Opencast-B
B3
C1
Opencast-C
Legend
Figure 8-1
Conceptual Stormwater
Management Plan
(Highlands Hydrology, 2013)
0 1 0.5
Kilometers
South Africa
Tel. +27 72 239 0974
Mark Bollaert
Site Boundary
# *
Clean - Left Side Berm
# *
Clean - Right Side Berm
# *
Dirty - Left Side Berm
# *
Dirty - Right Side Berm
# *
Flood Protection
# *
TSF
Containment
Clean Area
Dirty Area
Other
TSF
River (Surveyed)
Haul Road
10m Contours
Elevation
(mAMSL)
High : 1164
Low : 666
Scale: 1:000,000 @ A3
November 2013
Version 1
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-18
TABLE 8-9: EFFLUENT DISCHARGE STANDARDS
Parameter Limit
Mozambique Effluent Discharge Standards (Decree 18 Of 2004)
Smelting
pH 6-9 pH units
Total suspended solids 50mg/l
Oils and fats 10 mg/l
Copper 0.5mg/l
Zinc 2mg/l
Minerals and metallurgy processing
pH 5.5 - 9.5 pH units
Total suspended solids 15mg/l
Copper <1mg/l
Zinc <1mg/l
Lead <1mg/l
Nickel <1mg/l
IFC mine Effluent Standards
TSS 50mg/l
pH 6 - 9
Chemical oxygen demand (COD) 150mg/l
Biological oxygen demand (BOD5) 50mg/l
Oil and grease 10mg/l
Arsenic 0.1mg/l
Cadmium 0.05mg/l
Chromium (IV) 0.1mg/l
Copper 0.3mg/l
Cyanide 1mg/l
Cyanide free 0.1mg/l
Cyanide WAD 0.5mg/l
Iron (total) 2mg/l
Lead 0.2mg/l
Mercury 0.002mg/l
Nickel 0.5mg/l
Phenols 0.5mg/l
Zinc 0.5mg/l
Temperature <3 degree differential
Note: Metal concentrations represent total metals.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-19
TABLE 8-10: GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: Prevent quantity and quality impacts to users of groundwater and in nearby surface water systems.
These commitments apply to pre-construction (design) only
1 Verify presence
of groundwater
users
Verify all boreholes/fountains in potentially affected zone. Pre-construction Once off Updated hydrocensus
2 Pollution
prevention
Prevent pollution through basic infrastructure design. Pre-construction As required Design reports showing
consideration of pollution
prevention measures
3 Geochemical leach testing will be conducted on representative
samples of waste rock, ore and tailings. The results of the testing
will be applied to the groundwater modelling to determine if the
pollution prediction made in this EIA are reasonably accurate, and
to determine the probable pollutant concentrations at the closest
third party users.
Pre-construction As required Geochemical report
4 The detailed design of mine residue facilities will take into account
the conceptual design principles outlined in Section 6.
Pre-construction As required Detailed design report
5 The TSF site will be investigated as follows:
A geophysical survey will be conducted to determine if there
are any preferential flow paths in the footprint area
Borehole drilling and hydraulic testing will be conducted to
determine if the groundwater model parameters are accurate
and if the pollution modelling predictions are reasonably
accurate
Should these investigations show a flaw in the TSF site,
additional engineering measures will be developed or an
alternative TSF site will be sought and investigated.
Pre-construction As required Detailed site investigation
report
6 Suitable engineering designs, by an appropriately qualified engineer
in line with regulatory requirements, entailing installation of a
mitigation system (e.g. clay liner) (to limit vertical infiltration) and
perimeter drainage trenches (toe drains to cut-off shallow seepage
plumes) should be considered for the mine residue facilities and low
grade ore stockpile. Consideration should be given to rehabilitation
measures that limit long term pollution potential.
Pre-construction As required Detailed design reports
addressing these issues
Operating manuals addressing
these issues
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-20
7 Seepage and shallow groundwater flow along the perimeter of the
mine residue deposits should be controlled with suitable toe drains.
Pre-construction As required Detailed design reports
addressing these issues
Operating manuals addressing
these issues
8 Pit and
underground
dewatering
Monitor the volume of water dewatered from the pits and
underground on a continuous basis and keep accurate records of
these volumes.
Ongoing Daily Recorded dewatering volumes
9 Pollution
prevention
Prevent pollution through construction, operation and maintenance
of infrastructure and facilities as per design process.
compliance
10 Any spillage from the TSFs and WRD will be immediately contained
and the impacted area remediated.
Ad hoc As required Incident report with corrective
actions
11 If pollution if detected in groundwater downstream of the TSF,
additional measures will be developed to intercept the pollution.
This may include interception trenches and/or scavenger wells.
If the pollution problem persists at closure, the TSF will be capped
with an impermeable layer.
actions
12 Training and
awareness
Prevent pollution through education and training of workers
(permanent and temporary).
annual refreshers
Training records
13 Model update If pre-mining model predictions change to those assessed in this
report, appropriate measures will be implemented in consultation
with a qualified specialist.
As required As required Updated groundwater model
addressing quality and
quantity issues with corrective
actions
14 Update the site wide water balance and the groundwater model
using dewatering and water quality monitoring data.
Ongoing Annually Updated water balance
Updated groundwater model
15 Compensation (if
required)
If monitoring indicates a mine-related decrease in groundwater
supply to third parties (through either changes in quality or quality),
appropriate measures will be taken to prevent the decrease from
occurring, and/or to provide the affected third parties with an
alternative water supply.
As required As required Investigation report and record
of compensation if required
16 Monitoring Water monitoring will be undertaken in line with Section 9. Ongoing As per Section 9 Water monitoring reports at
the agreed frequency
17 Seepage quality should be monitored through the quarterly
sampling of tailings material, tailings liquor, toe drains and return
water dam(s).
Ongoing Quarterly Monitoring reports
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-21
18 Closure planning Closure planning will take into consideration the need for long term
pollution prevention.
A minimum of 5
years prior to
decommissioning
long term pollution prevention
mitigation
19 Emergencies Major spillage incidents that contaminate the environment will be
handled in accordance with the Manica emergency response
procedure in Section 8.4.
Emergency Ad hoc Incident report with corrective
actions

TABLE 8-11: DUST MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To prevent unacceptable dust related pollution impacts
1 Design The design of the plant and operations will ensure that travelling
distances linked to the entrainment of dust by mine vehicles and
drop heights are minimised as far as practically possible, and
that conveyor transfer points are enclosed.
Pre-construction Once off Design reports showing
consideration of dust
emissions
2 Weather data Manica will set up a meteorological station on site to record
climatic data including wind speeds and direction. The station will
be calibrated and maintained to ensure that an accurate set of
climatic data is recorded for the site.
Ongoing Once off set up
Ongoing recording
of data
Record of usable climatic data
3 Restrict speed
limits
In general, vehicle speeds will be limited. More specifically,
where mine vehicles pass through Andrada, trucks will be limited
to 40km/h for safety reasons as well as to limit dust generation.
Ongoing Ongoing Presence of speed limit signs
and other speed controlling
measures
Training/induction record of
relevant employees
4 Minimisation of
fugitive dust
Stockpiles will be sited, as far as possible, to make use of natural
or man-made barriers to prevailing wind. Where this is not
possible, tree planting or screening will be used. These
stockpiles will be clearly demarcated to prevent vehicles tracking
over them.
compliance
5 During exploratory drilling, water will be used as far as possible
to minimise dust emissions.
As required As required Visual inspection of drilling
operations
6 Minimise footprint Clearing and opening-up of new areas will only take place where
absolutely necessary.
Ongoing As required Visual inspection of site layout
and usage of areas
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-22
7 Minimisation of
fugitive dust
Manica will make use of water sprays where practically possible
to moisten material being handled and to achieve a control
efficiency of 50%. This includes activities associated with
earthworks, excavations, grading, levelling, materials handling,
and stockpiling.
Dry weather As required Visual inspection of
compliance
Dust fallout in vicinity of
activities less than
1 200 mg/m2/day.
8 On all haul roads water suppression will be used to achieve a
control efficiency of at least 75% - consideration will be given to
chemical suppressants, if required.
Ongoing Regular Visual inspection of
compliance
Dust fallout in vicinity of roads
less than 1 200 mg/m2/day.
9 Dots Luck haul road target hotspots for management and
monitoring. Hotspots are areas where dust is regularly
problematic.

10 Implement rehabilitation measures as outlined in the conceptual
closure plan (refer to Appendix P).
As required As required
11 Training and
awareness
Training of employees on the risks of dust emissions will be
undertaken, especially as a result of vehicle activity on haul
roads.
annual refreshers
Training records
12 Inspection of road
conditions
The condition of haul roads will be inspected to determine areas
requiring re-grading.
Ongoing Frequent Road inspection reports with
corrective actions
13 Minimisation of
fugitive dust
Conveyor belts will be scraped clean and scrapings collected in a
container. Conveyor transfer points will be enclosed.
compliance
14 For all stockpiles and mine residue facilities (excluding waste
rock), adequate vegetative cover will be achieved until such time
as the stockpiles are removed and/or used for rehabilitation
purposes.
compliance
15 Dust will be controlled at the crushing and screening operation
through sprays and / or the use of hoods with filters or scrubbers
to achieve a control efficiency of 83 %.
compliance
Dust fallout in vicinity of
crushing and screening
operations less than
1 200 mg/m2/day.
16 Closure planning Closure planning will take into consideration the need to prevent
dust as far as is possible from final land forms.
A minimum of 5
years prior to
decommissioning
dust mitigation
These commitments apply to all phases
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-23
17 Auditing Regular performance audits and inspections will be undertaken
to assess efficacy of the dust suppression methods.
Ongoing Quarterly Audit reports
18 Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken in line with Section 9. Ongoing As per Section 9 Air monitoring reports at the
agreed frequency

TABLE 8-12: GASEOUS EMISSIONS MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To minimise gaseous emissions
1 Greenhouse gas
emissions
Give consideration to reducing greenhouse gas emissions during
the design phase.
As required As required Design report(s) showing
consideration of greenhouse
gas emissions
2 Emission
minimisation
The design of the plant and operations will include measures for
reducing emissions and will adopt as far as practically possible
best available technology. Included with this is the use of filters on
all waste air vented from equipment.
As required As required Design report(s) showing
consideration of technology
and emissions
3 Emission
minimisation
Construct and operate the plant in line with the design process
outcomes.
As required As required
4 Greenhouse gas
emissions
Develop a greenhouse gas emissions inventory and calculate the
mines annual emission of greenhouse gases.
As early as
possible
Once off and then
annually
Greenhouse gas emissions
inventory
5 Periodically investigate ways to decrease the mines emission of
greenhouse gases.
Ongoing Annually Investigation report
6 Where appropriate, implement initiatives to decrease the volume
of greenhouse gasses emitted to air.
Ongoing As required
7 Blasting fumes Implement measures outlined in Table 8-3
8 Inspection and
maintenance
Routine inspection and maintenance of plant, equipment and
vehicles in accordance with a maintenance schedule that matches
manufacturers instructions where required and to ensure proper
combustion and minimise exhaust emissions.
Ongoing Regularly but a
minimum of
annually
Maintenance schedule
Maintenance reports
9 Emissions from
diesel generators
Any diesel generators will be operated and maintained according
to supplier specifications and International Finance Corporation
emission limits.
Ongoing As required Maintenance schedule
Maintenance reports
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-24
10 Stack parameters Stack parameters will be in line with the information provided in
Table 8-13.
11 Emission limits
and monitoring
The calcining, smelter and carbon regeneration emissions will
meet Standards of emission for gaseous pollutants by the
industries contained within Mozambique Appendix II (Decree
18/2004) and South African emission benchmarks contained
within Subsection 4.16 of the South African National Standard
Ambient air quality Limits for common pollutants. These are
included in the specialist report (Appendix I).
12 Periodic emissions testing to ensure emission concentration limits
are being complied with. Emission limits will be in line with the
information provided in Table 8-13.
13 Monitoring Monitoring will be undertaken in line with Section 9. Ongoing As per Section 9 Air monitoring reports at the
agreed frequency

TABLE 8-13: STACK PARAMETERS AND EMISSION LIMITS FOR THE OPERATIONS
Carbon regeneration kiln
stack
Calcining oven stack Smelter stack Waste incinerator
Stack Height 14m 16m 16m 12m
Stack Diameter 0.35m 0.15m 0.6m 0.56m
Temperature 200C 130C 160C 200C
Actual Efflux Velocity 0.25 m/s 9.6 m/s 16.6 m/s 8.1 m/s
Normalised Flow (273K
101.3kPa)
0.01 Nm3/s 0.12 Nm3/s 2.96 Nm3/s 0.8 Nm3/s
Concentrations
(mg/Nm
3
)
Emission
rate (g/s)
Concentrations
(mg/Nm
3
)
Emission
rate (g/s)
Concentrations
(mg/Nm
3
)
Emission
rate (g/s)
Concentrations
(mg/Nm
3
)
Emission
rate (g/s)
NOx 300 0.004 350 0.040 300 0.889 200 0.165
SO2 400 0.005 1200 0.138 400 1.185 50 0.041
Particulate 20 <0.001 20 0.002 20 0.059 10 0.008
HCl 30 <0.001 - - 30 0.089 10 0.008
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-25
Carbon regeneration kiln
stack
Calcining oven stack Smelter stack Waste incinerator
HF 30 <0.001 - - 30 0.089 1 0.001
NH3 100 0.001 - - 100 0.296 - -
CO - - - - - - 50 0.041
TOC - - - - - - 10 0.008
G1M (Cd, TI) - - - - - - 0.025 2.1E-05
G2M (Hg) - - - - - - 0.05 4.1E-05
G3M (As,Co,Cr,Cu,Ni,
Mn,Pb,Sb,V)
- - - - - - 0.056 4.6E-05
Dioxin - - - - - - 0.0000001 8.2E-11

TABLE 8-14: VISUAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To limit excessive visual impacts and mitigate where appropriate
1 Minimising visual
impacts
Land disturbance should be limited to what is absolutely
necessary.
2 Manage all dust plume sources with dust suppressants to limit
visual intrusion by dust in line with the air quality management
plan.
3 The use of night light will be kept to a minimum and will illuminate
only that which is required. The use of standard high pole flood
lights will be avoided.
4 Prevent littering. Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection
5 Avoid constructing waste dumps and the low grade stockpile in
areas where it is not possible to contour and shape them to fit into
their surroundings.
6 Consider visual impacts when planning location of dumps and
stockpiles.
These commitments apply to decommissioning
7 Aesthetics or Conduct topographical sculpting as part of rehabilitation so that Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-26
visual impacts
relating to final
land forms
the permanent structures blend in with the natural topography of
the surrounding area.
8 In the shaping of any structures that will remain after closure,
harsh, angular and steep slopes will be avoided and care should
be taken to integrate these structures into the surrounding
landscape. A professional landscape architect will be
commissioned to assist with closure planning especially for the
final landforms.
9 Refer to the conceptual rehabilitation and closure plan for details
on closure. In this regard, residue facilities will be properly
rehabilitated and vegetated.

TABLE 8-15: NOISE MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To limit excessive noise pollution
1 Mine and plant
design
The design and layout of the plant and operations should take into
account the remoteness of the mine, the presence of sensitive
receptors within the nearby surrounding area and include measures
for minimising the generation of noise. Consideration should be given
to the following:
placing noisier processes within buildings
locating noisier plant components centrally within the processing
area
the use of covers and/or enclosures for pumps, generators or
compressors
the use of silencers on exhausts
routing internal haul roads such that separation distances to the
noise-sensitive properties is maximised
the use of screening mounds and/or noise berms between noisy
operations and nearby noise-sensitive locations.
Design phase Once off / as
required
Design reports showing
consideration of noise
emissions
2 Relocation Undertake the relocation of households located within the proposed
fenced areas and blast buffer zones as outlined in the Resettlement
Plan (refer to section Appendix A).
Design phase Once off Relocation records
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-27
3 Ambient noise
survey
A qualified person will undertake an environmental noise survey at
selected sensitive receptor sites to verify the model predictions. If third
party receptors are located within the zone of unacceptable impacts
(i.e. an increase in the night-time baseline of 5dB), additional noise
mitigation measures will be investigated and implemented where
required.
Early in
construction
phase and then
again early in
operational phase
As required Noise survey report with
recommended mitigation for
impacted receptors (if
applicable)
4 Minimise remote
noise
Dots Luck mining and hauling activities will be limited to daylight
hours. No related mining activities or use of the haul road to the
processing plant will take place at night.
Ongoing Ongoing Record of operating times at
Dots Luck pit
5 Maintenance Regular maintenance of the plant will be undertaken. Ongoing Regular Maintenance record with
corrective actions
6 Minimise remote
noise
As a general rule, noise generating activities should be restricted to
daytime activities as far as practically possible.
Ongoing Ongoing Record of operating times
7 Maintenance All haul roads should be kept clean and maintained in a good state of
repair to avoid unwanted rattle and body slap from vehicles.
Maintenance record with
corrective actions
8 Vehicles and equipment will be regularly serviced and maintained in
good working order.
Maintenance record with
corrective actions
9 Monitoring Environmental noise monitoring will be undertaken in line with
section 9.
Ongoing As per section 9 Noise monitoring reports at the
agreed frequency
10 Complaints
register
Document and investigate all registered complaints and make efforts
made to address the area of concern where possible.
As required Ad hoc Complaints register with
corrective actions

TABLE 8-16: EMPLOYMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To enhance the positive impacts associated with job creation
These commitments apply to construction
1 Employment
opportunities
Contractors will be required to provide skills training and development of
the contractor workforce. Contractors will be required to employ local
people where appropriate.
Ongoing Ongoing Records of contractor
workforce
These commitments apply to operation and decommissioning
2 Employment
opportunities
Employ local people and make use of local goods and services where
possible and appropriate.
Ongoing Ongoing Records of mine workforce
and procurement
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-28
3 Conduct a skills assessment in local communities and receive curricula
vitae from local communities on a regular basis using an external
employment agent.
Ongoing Ongoing Skills assessment report
4 Implement formal training policy and programmes that aim to improve
skills. Programmes should be available for all directly and indirectly
employed personnel.
Ongoing Ongoing Training policy and
programmes
5 Portable skills to
provide
alternative
livelihoods upon
closure
Conduct a skills assessment of all unskilled and semi-skilled employees
and design a portable skills training program for the mines employees.
Portable skills refer to useful economic skills that an employee could use
to augment their livelihoods. Typical training courses are basic fitting and
turning, vehicle mechanical work, electricity, plumbing, and many other
appropriate income-generating skills.
As required As required Training policy and
programmes
6 Provide
information on
employment
opportunities
Communicate employment opportunities to the local community using
avenues agreed upon with the community.
Ongoing Ongoing Proof of advertisement or
communication
This commitment applies to all phases
7 Legal
compliance
Explorator will comply with relevant Mozambique legislation as a minimum Ongoing Ongoing

TABLE 8-17: ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To enhance the positive and limit the negative economic impacts
1 Positive benefit
on local and
regional
economies

Implement a policy favouring local procurement where feasible.
Develop mechanisms for identifying local business supplier opportunities.
Ongoing Ongoing Procurement policies
2 Investigate opportunities to facilitate the participation of women in the
providing good and services to the mine and local communities.
3 Procurement strategies should investigate ways to promote development
of local SMMEs to reduce long-term dependence on the mine.
4 Corporate social
investment
1-2% of earnings before interest tax, depreciation and amortisation
(EBITDA) per annum and invest this amount in corporate social
responsibility programmes. The local communities should be consulted as
to their needs in order to develop a suitable programme. Needs identified
during the EIA include education and training, access to basic services.
Ongoing Ongoing Proof of social responsibility
spending
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-29
5 Limit potential
negative
impacts on
closure
Incorporate economic considerations into closure planning, for example
re-skilling of employees.
Timeously engage with local structures and business to discuss strategies
for limiting economic impact of mine closure.
Ongoing Ongoing Detailed closure planning
6 Establish a compulsory provident fund for the mines employees which can
then be paid out to employees in an annuity form over a period of time
after mine-closure. It is not recommended that lump-sum payments be
made as experience has shown that such capital is often irresponsibly
spent.
Ongoing Ongoing Provident fund records

TABLE 8-18: ROAD USE MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To reduce the potential for vehicle related impacts on road users.
These commitments apply to planning phases
1 Access route Determine the preferred access route to the mine (through
Manica town or Garuzo) in consultation with the relevant
authorities.
Prior to
construction
Once-off Record of consultation
and decision
2 Adherence to
traffic rules
Improve basic road safety behaviour for all employees through
training and awareness programs.
3 All persons working on the mine site are expected to conform to
the site and national traffic rules:
Adhere to speed limits.
Ensure drivers have valid drivers licenses.
All vehicles should be roadworthy and are regularly services.
Zero tolerance for drinking and driving.
Drive with lights on when on site.
Ongoing Ongoing Training records and
incident reports
4 Driver safety No additional passengers other than drivers assistants or
approved project personal will be permitted to travel with the
driver onto site.
All persons travelling in a vehicle must have properly fitted seats
and seat belts.
No persons under the age of 18 years of age will be allowed on
site.
Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection and
copies of drivers licence
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-30
5 Road
maintenance
Liaise with the relevant authority with respect to maintenance of
public roads to be used by the mine.
Ongoing Ongoing Proof of consultation
6 Compulsory
stop
A compulsory stop will be implemented as shown in the site
layout, before vehicles access the mine site. The following
procedures will take place at the compulsory stop:
Checking of the drivers licence, operating permits and
delivery documentation.
A vehicle inspection will be conducted. All vehicles entering
mine site must comply with all aspects of the Mozambique
national road traffic acts. Vehicles not complying will not be
permitted to enter site.
Alcohol breathalysing testing will be conducted on a random
basis.
The Transport Officer will obtain confirmation from the mine
that the driver has authorization to enter the site.
Ongoing Ongoing Compulsory stop records
7 Dots Luck
haulage to the
processing
plant
This public road will only be used for mine vehicles during the dry
season, and during daylight hours.
The road will be properly maintained by the mine, with the
approval of the relevant authorities.
Dust will be supressed using water and/or chemical suppressants
in order to prevent a visible dust plume.
The maximum size mine vehicle using this road will be 50 ton
articulated dump trucks.
Speed of mine vehicles will be decreased to 40km/h where the
road routes through the Andrada/Cacarue area as well as near
peoples homesteads. Use of alternative community roads will be
encouraged through the maintenance of these roads during the
period of ore haulage from Dots Luck.
Speed monitoring records

8 Community
awareness
training
The Andrada/Cacarue and other relevant communities will be
trained in the safe use of the road, while sharing public roads with
mine vehicles.
9 Emergency Any mine related road accident must be handled in accordance
with the emergency response procedure.
Ongoing Ongoing Incident reports

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-31
TABLE 8-19: INWARD MIGRATION MANAGEMENT PLAN
Management commitment Action Plan
No. Issue Timeframe Frequency Compliance indicator
Objective: limit the impacts associated with inward migration
These commitments apply to operation, construction and decommissioning phases
1 Perceived job
opportunities
causing inward
migration
Engage with local and regional government and other entities to identify and
implement interventions to reduce inward migration and/or the associated negative
impacts.
Focus social investment on community infrastructure, education, housing,
sanitation services and/or health.
Focus investment in the local communities.
Encourage home ownership.
Appoint a social manager to monitor establishment of squatter camps within the
mine concession area.
Improve capacity of traditional village chiefs to monitor and manage influx of
people into villages.
Communicate employment opportunities clearly with the local community to
prevent any unrealistic expectations on employment.
Ongoing Ongoing Proof of consultations
2 Transparency in
employment
procedures and
managing
expectations
Establish a transparent employment procedure.
Broadly disseminate information on the actual number of skilled and unskilled
positions available during all project phases in an effort to manage expectations.
This issue will also be addressed during the regular stakeholder engagement
liaison.
Ongoing Ongoing Employment procedure
Proof of information
dissemination and
stakeholder engagement

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-32
TABLE 8-20: SOCIAL LINK AND COMMUNITY MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: Enhance Social Development for Mine Host Communities
1 Potential
corporate social
investment (CSI)
projects
Set up CSI working group to discuss important and critical CSI projects for
the host communities. The CSI group is to include representative from
relevant infrastructure government department, traditional leadership,
district administrator and from the local municipality.
The following CSI Initiatives can be considered:
Investigate the repairing of the communitys irrigation scheme at
the Chinhadombwe village
Investigate training and capacity building initiatives at the
Cacarue Health Post
Investigate the upgrading of alternative community access roads
for the Cacarue village
Investigate purchasing motor bikes for community leader
representatives in order to improve their mobility to address
issues of crime and influx of people
Investigate contribution to education and training of scholars
within the study area
Investigate investing in training and education of improved
agricultural methods for families that will be affected by
resettlement
Ongoing Ongoing Sign off from the CSI
working group
2 Community
health
Provision of treated bed nets for high risk groups
Dissemination of educational pamphlets to the Cacarue Health
Post
Residual spraying in the villages where the project will be located
Investment in the training of health workers to assist with
diagnosing and issuing treatment at the Cacrue Health Post
Promoting local business development through assisting local
businesses to purchase bulk insect repellent and lotions which
can in turn be bought by the mines international workers.
Ongoing Ongoing Sign off from the CSI
working group

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-33
TABLE 8-21: STAKEHOLDER MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objectives:
Ensure that ongoing feedback is provided on the relevant mining activities, together with feedback on the environmental management performance of the mine
and that opportunity is provided for interested and affected parties to raise comments and concerns (complaints) on the same.
Ensure communication/engagement strategies meet the needs of stakeholders.
These commitments apply to all phases
1 Stakeholder
identification
Maintain and update the stakeholder register, including
stakeholders needs and expectations.
Ensure that all relevant stakeholder groups are included.
Ongoing Ongoing Up to date stakeholder register
2 Liaising with
interested and
affected parties
Devise and implement a stakeholder communication and
engagement strategy.
Ongoing Ongoing Stakeholder communication
and engagement strategy.
3 As far as is reasonable, inform identified stakeholders about the
mines activities. Broadly disseminate information regarding the
number and type of jobs available to try to limit inward migration.
Ongoing Ongoing Records of community
engagement and information
dissemination
4 Use appropriate communication channels to consult with, and
disseminate information to the public.
dissemination
5 Communication channels could include: open days, with particular
attention being paid to the accessibility of venues, newsletters for
both employees and the public, national and local newspapers,
television, radio and the internet, an annual sustainable
development report.
dissemination
6 Managing
perceptions and
issues/
complaints
Develop and implement a concerns/complaints (grievance) process
for the public and publicise the channels through which complaints
and comments can be submitted to the mine. Respond within
specified time frames to all complaints and comments on receipt
thereof, and keep complete records of both complaints and
responses.
Ongoing Ongoing Complaints register
7 Safety of 3
rd

parties
Through appropriate communication and inductions, provide
information to educate third parties about the dangers associated
with mining and mineral processing.
dissemination
8 Monitoring Develop audit criteria for monitoring the performance of mine
stakeholder engagement and communication strategies.
Ongoing Ongoing Stakeholder engagement audit
criteria document
9 Reporting Report as required to relevant authorities as stipulated in
authorisations obtained
Ongoing Ongoing Records of report submissions
10 In the event of an emergency incident, report to MICOA within 24
hours.
If required If required Records of report submissions
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-34
TABLE 8-22: HERITAGE (AND CULTURAL) RESOURCES MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: To prevent the unacceptable loss of heritage and cultural sites and related historical information
These commitments apply to pre-construction only
1 Avoid disturbance All heritage sites not impacted on by the initial development of the
site will be marked on the site layout plan. Fort Macequece will be
declared a no-go zone for mine personnel; this will be indicated on
the site plan.
Pre-construction Once off Site plan indicating heritage
resources and no-go areas
2 For graves, archaeological sites and heritage structures within fence
lines, these will be demarcated with a 50m buffer and protected for
the duration of the operations. These sites include DL1, DL4-5, DL7-
8, DL10-11, FB3-5, FB7-13, GF10 and GF12.
Pre-construction Once off Visual inspection of
demarcated zones
3 For sacred sites GF9 and FB14, the mine fence line will be adjusted
to exclude these from the fenced mining areas.
Pre-construction Once off Site plan with these sites falling
outside of the fence line
4 For sacred site DL9 that falls within the footprint of the bio-
remediation facility, move the location of the facility to avoid
disturbance of the site.
Pre-construction Once off Site plan with these sites falling
outside of the fence line
5 For sacred sites within the fence line where the fence line cannot be
moved to exclude these, undertake a consultative process with the
relevant stakeholders to agree on an acceptable arrangement for
the duration of the mining-related process or consider possible
relocation if feasible.
Pre-construction As required Record of consultation process
and agreement
6 Record keeping For historical heritage sites within fenced areas:
The layout and current state of the building must be documented
through international accepted standards that will include layout
sketches documenting the dimensions and infrastructure of the
building;
The building must further be documented in detail with photographic
recording of current state giving specific attention to architectural
detail
Pre-construction Once off Documented record of sites
within
7 Permit
applications
Where archaeological sites will be disturbed and/or destroyed the
information in the specialist report must be used to apply for the
necessary permits (includes Phase 2 surveys and use of an
accredited specialist). These sites include DL2, DL3, DL6, FB1, and
FB2.
Pre-disturbance As required Permit applications by an
accredited specialist
Record of community and
authority consultations
Permits
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-35
8 Where graves will be disturbed and/or destroyed the information in
the specialist report must be used to apply for the necessary permits
(includes exhumation and relocation of graves and use of an
accredited specialist). These sites include GF14.
Pre-disturbance As required
9 Phase 2 survey
of archaeological
sites
Undertake necessary Phase 2 activities in line with specialist report
and permit conditions.
On receipt of
permit and pre-
disturbance
As required Work completed in line with
legislation and permit
conditions
10 Exhumation and
relocation of
graves
Undertake necessary exhumation and relocation activities in line
with legislated requirements, specialist report and permit conditions.
On receipt of
permit and pre-
disturbance
As required Work completed in line with
legislation and permit
conditions
11 Avoid disturbance Update site layout plan when new heritage resources are
encountered
As required As required Updated site plan
12 Limit mine infrastructure, activities and related disturbance to that
identified in EIA report.
Ongoing Ongoing Audit reports
13 Inspect sites for encroachment and/or damage. Ongoing Monthly Site inspection reports
14 Training and
awareness
Educate all workers (temporary and permanent) about the heritage
sites that may be encountered, the importance of protecting these
as well as no-go zones.
annual refreshers
Training records
15 Chance finds /
emergency
Any chance finds of paleontological resources, will follow Manicas
emergency response procedure (Section 8.4).
actions

TABLE 8-23: CONTRACTOR CAMP MANAGEMENT PLAN
Objective: Ensure there is effective management regarding the contractor camp and its occupants.
These commitments apply to construction only
1 Duration and
capacity
The camp is a temporary facility that is required for about 17 months
to house approximately 350 persons at the peak of construction.
Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of contractors
camp
2 Occupants Only construction workers and camp facility service personnel will
be permitted to stay in the camp. No family or friends are allowed to
stay.
camp
3 Rooms Rooms will house up to four people at a time. Ongoing Ongoing Visual inspection of contractors
camp
4 Recreation
amenities
The camp will have recreational facilities. These typically include:
TV, pool tables, table tennis, canteen.
camp
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-36
5 Ablution facilities Prefabricated portable toilets and showers will be provided that will
be connected to septic tanks, which will be emptied by an
appropriate contractor on a regular basis.
camp
6 Transport The construction work cycle will be 6 days on and 1 day off. Camp
occupants will be transported to and from site by bus and private
vehicles from main centres.
Ongoing Ongoing Transportation records
7 Water and power Power and potable water for drinking, cooking and ablutions will be
provided.
camp
8 Laundry

Reductions in the volumes of water used, and recycling of laundry
water will be investigated.
Adequate facilities will be provided for camp occupants to do
personal laundry.
camp
9 Waste
management
Littering is not allowed and bins will be provided at strategic places.
Grease traps will be installed at the kitchen / canteen facilities.
Recycling will be encouraged.
The use of polystyrene for lunch containers will be discouraged.
Biodegradable detergents and other cleaning agents will be
encouraged.
General waste will be disposed of to a permitted landfill site.
camp
General waste disposal
records
10 Health, safety
and environment
All camp occupants will receive induction on arrival.
Health aspects relating to malaria, HIV and AIDS etc. will be
regularly communicated.
All camp facilities will be regularly cleaned and a high standard of
hygiene maintained.
Ongoing Ongoing Induction and health training
records
Visual inspection of contractors
camp
11 Security The camp will be fenced and will have access gates with 24 hour
security.
camp

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-1
8.3 INDUCTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS TRAINING
All persons who work or visit the site will be required to undergo induction. Different induction
programmes will be developed for managers, employees, contractors and visitors. The environmental
management plans in section 8.2 highlight the areas where training is required.

This section includes an environmental awareness plan for the mine. The plan describes how employees
will be informed of environmental risks which may result from their work, the manner in which the risk
must be dealt with in order to avoid pollution or degradation of the environment and the training required
for general environmental awareness and the dealing of emergency situations and remediation measures
for such emergencies.

All contractors that conduct work on behalf of the mine are bound by the content of the EMP and a
contractual condition to this effect will be included in all such contracts entered into by the mine. If
contractors are used, the responsibility for ensuring compliance with the EMP will remain with Explorator.

The purpose of the environmental awareness plan is to ensure that all personnel and management
understand the general environmental requirements of the site. In addition, greater environmental
awareness must be communicated to personnel involved in specific activities which can have a
significant impact on the environment and ensure that they are competent to carry out their tasks on the
basis of appropriate education, training and/or experience. The environmental awareness plan should
enable Explorator to achieve the objectives of the environmental policy.

8.3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY
Explorator will display the environmental policy prominently at the mine entrance and key notice boards
at the mines business units. Explorators environmental policy is described below:
To minimise the impact of Explorators mining operations on the environment wherever possible;
To comply with all applicable environmental legislation and the commitments contained in
Explorators Environmental Management Programme (EMP) report;
To ensure that all Explorators employees, contractors and sub-contractors:
Are aware of the impact of their activities on the environment;
Are informed about the measures required to prevent, mitigate and manage environmental
impacts; and
Apply these principles whilst carrying out their work.
To establish and maintain a good relationship with surrounding communities, industries and other
interested and affected parties, with regard to Exploratorsactivities;
To develop a localised environmental strategy with the local authority and nearby industries; and
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-2
To provide relevant and constructive consultation/public participation on the management of the
potential environmental impacts posed by the mine in the future.

8.3.2 STEPS TO ACHIEVE THE ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY OBJECTIVES
Explorators environmental policy will be realised by setting specific and measurable objectives. It is
proposed that new objectives are set throughout the life of mine, but initial objectives are as follows:
Management of environmental responsibilities:
Explorator will establish and appoint an Environmental Manager at senior mine management
level, who will be provided with all necessary resources to carry out the management of all
environmental aspects of the site as a primary function, for example:
o Compliance with environmental legislation and EMP commitments;
o Implementing and maintaining an environmental management system;
o Developing environmental emergency response procedures and coordinating personnel
during incidents;
o Manage routine environmental monitoring and data interpretation;
o Environmental trouble shooting and implementation of remediation strategies; and
o Closure planning.
Communication of environmental issues and information:
Meetings, consultations and progress reviews will be carried out, and specifically Explorator will:
o Set the discussion of environmental issues and feedback on environmental projects as an
agenda item at all company board meetings;
o Provide progress reports on the achievement of policy objectives and level of compliance with
the approved EMP to the Department of Minerals Resources;
o Ensure environmental issues are raised at monthly mine management executive committee
meetings and all relevant mine wide meetings at all levels; and
o Ensure environmental issues are discussed at all general liaison meetings with local
communities and other interested and affected parties.
Environmental awareness training:
Explorator will provide environmental awareness training to individuals at a level of detail specific
to the requirements of their job, but will generally comprise:
o Basic awareness training for all prior to granting access to site (e.g. short video presentation
requiring registration once completed). Employees and contractors who have not attended
the training will not be allowed on site.
o General environmental awareness training will be given to all employees and contractors as
part of the Safety, Health and Environment induction programme. All non-Explorator
personnel who will be on site for more than five days must undergo the SHE induction
training.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-3
o Specific environmental awareness training will be provided to personnel whose work activities
can have a significant impact on the environment (e.g. workshops, waste handling and
disposal, sanitation, etc.).
Review and update the environmental topics already identified in the EMP which currently includes
the following issues:
Topography (hazardous excavations);
Soil and land capability management (loss of soil resource);
Management of biodiversity;
Surface water management (alteration of surface drainage and pollution of surface water);
Groundwater management (reduction in groundwater levels/availability and groundwater
contamination);
Management of air quality (dust generation);
Noise (specifically management of disturbing noise);
Visual aspects (reduction of negative visual impacts);
Surrounding land use (traffic management, blast management, land use loss);
Heritage resources (management of sites);
Socio-economic impacts (management of positive and negative impacts);
All mine projects will be designed to minimise impact on the environment and to accomplish
closure/rehabilitation objectives.
Explorator will maintain records of all environmental training, monitoring, incidents, corrective actions
and reports.
Contractors and employees will be contractually bound to participate in the achievement of
environmental policy objectives and compliance with the EMPR.

8.3.3 TRAINING OBJECTIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS PLAN
The environmental awareness plan ensures that training needs are identified and that appropriate
training is provided. The environmental awareness plan should communicate:
The importance of conformance with the environmental policy, procedures and other requirements of
good environmental management
The significant environmental impacts and risks of individuals work activities and explain the
environmental benefits of improved performance
Individuals roles and responsibilities in achieving the aims and objectives of the environmental policy
The potential consequences of not complying with environmental procedures.

8.3.3.1 General Contents of the Environmental Awareness Plan
To achieve the objectives of the environmental awareness plan the general contents of the training plans
are as follows:
Module 1 Basic training plan applicable to all personnel entering the site:
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-4
Short (15min) presentation to indicate the site layout and activities at specific business units
together with their environmental aspects and potential impacts.
Individuals to sign off with site security on completion in order to gain access to the site.
Module 2 General training plan applicable to all personnel at the site for longer than 5 days:
General understanding of the environmental setting of the mine (e.g. local communities and
industries and proximity to natural resources such as rivers);
Understanding the environmental impact of individuals activities on site (e.g. excessive production
of waste, poor housekeeping, energy consumption, water use, noise, etc.);
Indicate potential site specific environmental aspects and their impacts;
Explorators environmental management strategy;
Identifying poor environmental management and stopping work which presents significant risks;
Reporting incidents;
Examples of poor environmental management and environmental incidents; and
Procedures for emergency response and cleaning up minor leaks and spills.
Module 3 Specific training plan:
Environmental setting of the workplace (e.g. proximity of watercourses, vulnerability of
groundwater, proximity of local communities and industries, etc.);
Specific environmental aspects such as:
o Spillage of hydrocarbons at workshops;
o Spillage of explosive liquids in the open pits or underground;
o Poor waste management such as mixing hazardous and general wastes, inappropriate
storage and stockpiling large amounts of waste;
o Poor housekeeping practices;
o Poor working practices (e.g. not carrying out oil changes in designated bunded areas);
o Excessive noise generation and unnecessary use of hooters; and
o Protection of heritage resources (including paleontological resources).
Impact of environmental aspects, for example:
o Hydrocarbon contamination resulting in loss of resource (soil, water) to downstream users;
o Groundwater contamination also resulting in loss of resource due to potential adverse
aesthetic, taste and health effects; and
o Dust impacts on local communities (nuisance and health implications).
Explorators duty of care (specifically with respect to waste management); and
Purpose and function of Explorators environmental management system.

Individuals required to complete Module 3 (Specific training module) will need to complete Modules 1 and
2 first. On completion of the Module 3, individuals will be subject to a short test (written or verbal) to
ensure the level of competence has been achieved. Individuals who fail the test will be allowed to re-sit
the test after further training by the training department.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-5
The actual contents of the training modules will be developed based on a training needs analysis.

Key personnel will be required to undergo formal, external environmental management training (e.g. how
to operate the environmental management system, waste management and legal compliance).
In addition to the above Explorator will:
Conduct refresher training/presentations on environmental issues for mine employees (permanent
and contractors) at regular intervals.
Promote environmental awareness using relevant environmental topic posters displayed at strategic
locations on the mine. These topics will be changed monthly, and will be reviewed annually by the
Environmental Manager to ensure relevance.
Participate and organise events which promote environmental awareness, some of which will be tied
to national initiatives e.g. National Arbour Week, World Environment Day and National Water Week.

8.4 PROCEDURES FOR ENVIRONMENTAL EMERGENCIES AND REMEDIATION
Emergency procedures apply to incidents that are unexpected and that may be sudden, and which lead
to serious danger to the public and/or potentially serious pollution of, or detriment to the environment
(immediate and delayed). Procedures to be followed in case of environmental emergencies are
described in the table below (Table 8-24).

8.4.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY PROCEDURE
The general procedure that should be followed in the event of all emergency situations is as follows.
Applicable operational managers must be notified of an incident upon discovery;
Area to be cordoned off to prevent unauthorised access and tampering of evidence;
If residue facilities/dams, stormwater diversions, etc., are partially or totally failing and this cannot be
prevented, the emergency siren is to be sounded (nearest one available). After hours the Plant
Manager on shift must be notified;
Take photographs and samples as necessary to assist in investigation;
Report the incident to the responsible person of the Safety, Health, Environment and Quality
department (or equivalent);
The Environment department must comply with legal requirements in reporting the incident to
relevant authorities and taking corrective action.

8.4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
The site wide emergency situations that have been identified together with specific emergency response
procedures are outlined in Table 8-24.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-6
8.4.3 TECHNICAL, MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL OPTIONS
Technical, management and financial options that will be put into place to deal with the remediation of
impacts in cases of environmental emergencies are described below.
The applicant will appoint a competent management team with the appropriate skills to develop and
manage a mine of this scale and nature.
To prevent the occurrence of emergency situations, the mine will implement as a minimum the mine
plan and mitigation measures as included in this EIA and EMP report.
On an annual basis, the mine will undertake a risk assessment as part of its auditing procedures to
identify and check potential risks associated with its operations. The findings of the risk assessment
will be reported to mine management to be actioned.
As part of its annual budget, the mine will allow a contingency for handling of any risks identified
and/or emergency situations.
Where required, the mine will seek input from appropriately qualified people.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-1
TABLE 8-24: EMERGENCY RESPONSE PROCEDURES
Item Emergency Situation Response in addition to general procedures
1 Spillage of chemicals,
engineering substances and
waste
Where there is a risk that contamination will contaminate the land (leading to a loss of resource), surface water and/or
groundwater, Manica will:
Notify residents/users downstream of the pollution incident.
Identify and provide alternative resources should contamination impact adversely on the existing environment.
Cut off the source if the spill is originating from a pump, pipeline or valve (e.g. TSF delivery pipeline, refuelling tanker)
and the infrastructure made safe.
Contain the spill (e.g. construct temporary earth bund around source such as road tanker).
Pump excess hazardous liquids on the surface to temporary containers (e.g. 210 litre drums, mobile tanker, etc.) for
appropriate disposal.
Remove hazardous substances from damaged infrastructure to an appropriate storage area before it is
removed/repaired.
2 Unplanned discharge of dirty
water to the environment
Apply the principals listed for Item 1 above.
To stop spillage from the dirty water system the mine will:
Redirect excess water to other dirty water facilities where possible;
Pump dirty water to available containment in the clean water system, where there is no capacity in the dirty water
system; and
Carry out an emergency discharge of clean water and redirect the spillage to the emptied facility.
Apply for emergency discharge as a last resort.
3 Pollution of surface water Personnel discovering the incident must inform the Environment department of the location and contaminant source.
Apply the principals listed for Item 1 above.
Absorbent booms will be used to absorb surface plumes of hydrocarbon contaminants.
Contamination entering the surface water drainage system should be redirected into the dirty water system.
The Environment department will collect in-stream water samples downstream of the incident to assess the immediate risk
posed by contamination.
4 Groundwater contamination Use the groundwater monitoring boreholes as scavenger wells to pump out the polluted groundwater for re-use in the
process water circuit (hence containing the contamination and preventing further migration).
Investigate the source of contamination and implement control/mitigation measures.
5 Burst water pipes (loss of
resource and erosion)
Notify authority responsible for the pipeline (if not mine responsibility).
Shut off the water flowing through the damaged area and repair the damage.
Apply the principals listed for Item 1 above if spill is from the dirty/process water circuit.
6 Flooding from failure of
surface water control
Evacuate the area downstream of the failure.
Using the emergency response team, rescue/recover and medically treat any injured personnel.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-2
infrastructure Temporarily reinstate/repair stormwater diversions during the storm event (e.g. emergency supply of sandbags).
Close the roads affected by localised flooding or where a stormwater surge has destroyed crossings/bridges.
7 Risk of drowning from falling
into water dams
Attempt rescue of individuals from land by throwing lifeline/lifesaving ring.
Get assistance from emergency response team whilst attempting rescue or to carry out rescue of animals.
Ensure medical assistance is available to recovered individual.
8 Veld fire Evacuate mine employees from areas at risk.
Notify downwind residents and industries of the danger.
Assist those in imminent danger/less able individuals to evacuate until danger has passed.
Provide emergency firefighting assistance with available trained mine personnel and equipment.
9 Overtopping or failure of the
tailings dam
Sound the alarm to evacuate danger area.
Pump water from top of dam and follow redirection of water as indicated in Item 2 above.
Stop pumping tailings to the TSF.
Recover casualties resulting from dam failure using the emergency response team.
Make the remaining structure safe.
Apply the principles of Item 1 above.
10 Falling into hazardous
excavations
Personnel discovering the fallen individual or animal must mobilise the emergency response team to the location of the
incident and provide a general appraisal of the situation (e.g. human or animal, conscious or unconscious, etc.).
The injured party should be recovered by trained professionals such as the mine emergency response team.
A doctor (or appropriate medical practitioner)/ambulance should be present at the scene to provide first aid and transport
individual to hospital.
11 Road traffic accidents (on
site)
The individual discovering the accident (be it bystander or able casualty) must raise the alarm giving the location of the
incident. Able personnel at the scene should shut down vehicles where it is safe to do so.
Access to the area should be restricted and access roads cleared for the emergency response team.
Vehicles must be made safe first by trained professionals (e.g. crushed or overturned vehicles).
Casualties will be moved to safety by trained professionals and provided with medical assistance.
Medical centres in the vicinity with appropriate medical capabilities will be notified if multiple seriously injured casualties
are expected.
12 Development of informal
settlements
The mine will inform the local authorities (municipality and police) that people are illegally occupying the land and ensure
that action is taken within 24hrs.
13 Injury from fly rock The person discovering the incident will contact the mine emergency response personnel to recover the injured party and
provide medical assistance.
Whilst awaiting arrival of the emergency response personnel, first aid should be administered to the injured party by a
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 8-3
qualified first aider if it is safe to do so.
14 Uncovering of graves and
sites (chance finds)
Personnel discovering the grave or site must inform the Environment department immediately.
All work at the site must be stopped until a specialist has assessed the site and advised on the necessary management
steps and requirements for authority consultation and permitting.
If required, prior to further damaging or destroying any sites, the necessary permits must be obtained from the Ministry of
Culture (National Directorate for Cultural Heritage).
Prior to damaging or destroying any graves, the necessary permits must be obtained from descendants and/or relevant
community members (if identified), the Ministry of Health (Provincial Directorate of Health), the Ministry of Culture (National
Directorate for Cultural Heritage), the Ministry of Home Affairs (Police Headquarter in the Province), the City Council of
Manica and/or religious authorities.
The exhumation process must comply with the relevant legislated requirements.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 9-1
9 MONITORING AND AUDITING
This section outlines the proposed monitoring for various phases of the project.

As a general approach, the mine will ensure that the monitoring programmes comprise the following:

A formal procedure and appropriately calibrated equipment
where sample require analysis they will be preserved according to laboratory specifications
An accredited, independent, commercial laboratory will undertake sample analyses
Parameters to be monitored will be identified in consultation with a specialist in the field and/or the
relevant authority
If necessary, following the initial monitoring results, certain parameters may be removed from the
monitoring programme in consultation with a specialist and/or the relevant authority
Monitoring data will be stored in a structured database
Data will be interpreted and reports on trends in the data will be compiled by an appropriately
qualified person on a quarterly basis
Both the data and the reports will be kept on record for the life of mine.

Proposed monitoring points have been proposed in the sections below. However, it may be necessary to
adjust the positioning of some of these points to gain easier access to the monitoring points. If any
adjustments are made, the reasoning for the positioning of the monitoring point will be kept in mind. For
example, monitoring points up and downstream of the proposed effluent discharge can be adjusted to
gain access using a road, but these points must still remain within a reasonable distance of the discharge
point at up and downstream points. Additionally, if monitoring points become damaged or redundant then
they can be replaced with new points with the input of an appropriately qualified professional.

9.1 BASELINE MONITORING
Baseline water, biodiversity and noise monitoring was conducted as part of the specialist studies
conducted to support this EIA. However it is necessary to continue to monitor water resources prior to
construction in order to develop a record of existing water quality variation over time.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 9-2
Figure 9-1 shows water baseline monitoring points and frequency Table 9-1 lists the parameters to be
analysed in water samples.

In addition, it was not possible to conduct baseline dust monitoring due to time constraints as dust
buckets need to remain in the field for one month to obtain a measurement. Dust monitoring will be
conducted using dust buckets to measure total fallout. The position of the dust monitoring points will be
determined in consultation with a specialist in the field.

TABLE 9-1: MONITORING PARAMETERS FOR ANALYSIS (BASELINE WATER MONITORING)
In field measurements
pH Electrical conductivity Water level in boreholes
Laboratory analysis
pH Ammonium Calcium
Electrical conductivity Iron Magnesium
Temperature Lead Sodium
Sulphate Nickel potassium
Total dissolved salts (TDS) Zinc Nitrate
Total alkalinity as CaCO3 Copper Sodium absorption rate
Fluoride Manganese Total hardness as CaCO3
Phosphate Chemical oxygen demand Aluminium
Boron Antimony Beryllium
Cadmium* Cobalt* Lithium*
Arsenic Mercury* Chromium (VI and total)*
Molybdenum* Selenium* Strontium*
Tellurium* Vanadium* Zirconium*
* Should no elevated levels of these parameters be detected in two months of sampling, the frequency of
analysis can be decreased to once during the wet season.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 9-4
9.2 CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATIONAL PHASE MONITORING
Environmental aspects that require monitoring include:

Water resource quality
Mine effluent quality and quantity
Water balance
Air quality
Biodiversity
Blasting disturbance
Noise levels
Tailings dam, waste dumps and other water dams.

These are described below.

9.2.1 WATER RESOURCES
Surface and groundwater monitoring points and frequency is shown in Figure 9-2. Table 9-2 sets out the
parameters that should be analysed. Water quality results should be compared to relevant domestic and
agricultural use guidelines.

TABLE 9-2: WATER MONITORING PARAMETERS FOR ANALYSIS (CONSTRUCTION AND
OPERATIONS)
In field measurements
pH Electrical conductivity Water level in boreholes
Laboratory analysis
pH Ammonium Calcium
Electrical conductivity Iron Magnesium
Temperature Lead Sodium
Sulphate Nickel potassium
Total dissolved salts (TDS) Zinc Nitrate
Total alkalinity as CaCO3 Copper Sodium absorption rate
Fluoride Manganese Total hardness as CaCO3
Phosphate Chemical oxygen demand Aluminium
Boron Antimony Beryllium
Arsenic Mercury*

*Frequency limited to twice a year (once in the dry season and once in the wet season)

If monitoring indicates a mine-related decrease in groundwater supply to third parties or groundwater
quality at third party boreholes or other water supply points such as fountains, appropriate measures will
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 9-5
be taken to prevent the decrease from occurring or rectify the contamination situation or to provide the
affected third parties with an alternative water supply.

9.2.2 MINE EFFLUENT QUALITY AND QUANTITY
A flow meter will be installed to continuously monitor the volume of water being discharged to the
environment. Effluent quality will be monitored in order to ensure compliance with the quality limits
outlined in section 8, or as imposed by a relevant authority. The actual discharge point/s must be
determined in consultation with the relevant authorities. In addition, suitable monitoring points up and
downstream of the discharge point/s in the receiving water body must be determined in consultation with
the relevant authorities and analysed for the same parameters as the discharge effluent.

It is proposed that effluent quality be monitored on a daily basis when the effluent treatment works first
starts operating, until the mine can demonstrate one full month of compliance with the effluent limits
imposed by this EMP or by relevant authorities. Thereafter, it is proposed that the effluent be sampled on
a weekly basis. It is furthermore proposed that monitoring the receiving water body up and downstream
of the discharge be conducted on a weekly basis until the mine can demonstrate one full month of
compliance with the effluent limits imposed by this EMP or by relevant authorities. Thereafter monitoring
of the receiving body can be conducted on a monthly basis.

9.2.3 WATER BALANCE
The water balance will be updated on a regular basis, and must be informed by the following monitoring:

Volume of water removed from the open pits and from the underground mine section at Guy
Fawkes (dewatering)
Volume of water stored in all dirty dams
Volume of water stored on the TSF
Volume of water added to the process water circuit
Volume of water returned from the TSF to the process water circuit
Volume of water treated and discharged to the environment i.e. excess water.

The mine may also consider developing a salt balance during the operational phase to gain an
understanding of salt loading in the mine water circuit and in the effluent, which will require treatment
before discharge.

9.2.4 AIR QUALITY
Air quality monitoring will include the following:
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 9-6
Visual dust monitoring
Dust deposition measurements using dust buckets
Stack emissions monitoring
Limited ambient PM
10
and combustion gas monitoring.

Visual dust monitoring will be conducted by the mine Environmental Department of a regular basis during
the construction and operational phases and will concentrate on hotspots as outlined in the dust
management plan in section 8. In addition, all staff will be encourages to report excessive dust plumes.

Dust deposition monitoring will be carried out in accordance with the American Society for Testing and
Materials standard method for collection and analysis of dust-fall (ASTM D1739). This requires exposure
of a standard dust bucket for a month, with weighing (and chemical analysis, if necessary) of the dust
collected. The changing of the buckets can be undertaken by on-site personnel however the weighing
must be carried out at a suitable off-site or on-site laboratory. Dust fallout results should be compared to
the South African National Standard Residential Action Level. If this standards is exceeded, PM10
monitoring will be initiated at the closest mine fence (boundary). PM10 is monitored using a real-time
monitor. The position of the dust monitoring points will be determined in consultation with a specialist in
the field.

Continuous monitoring of plant mass balance and annual independent stack emissions monitoring will be
conducted, all of which is aimed at ensuring compliance with the emission limits outlined in section 8 of
this report, or those limits that may be imposed by relevant authorities. The mine will make use of
specialist consultant to set this up. In order to monitor the receiving environment, monitoring of the
combustion pollutants nitrogen oxide and sulphur dioxide will be undertaken by diffusion tube at the
nearest mine boundary on a quarterly basis during the first year of process plant, smelter and waste
incinerator operations. Thereafter, this frequency may be reduced to annual monitoring.

9.2.5 BIODIVERSITY
Annual biomonitoring will be conducted by a suitably quality specialist at strategic locations within the
mine concession area in order to determine if there has been a measureable deterioration in habitat and
species diversity. This will focus on aquatic ecosystems, including points up and downstream of the
effluent discharge, and include habitat and macro-invertebrate indices as a minimum, as was conducted
during the baseline studies.

The mine effluent will be subjected to toxicity testing on a quarterly basis in the first year of operating the
effluent treatment plant, and this can be reduced to annually thereafter. This tool is used to determine if
there are unacceptable impacts on the aquatic ecosystem by subjecting organisms of various trophic
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 9-7
levels, such as Daphnia pulex (water flea) and fish species such as Guppies to the effluent at various
concentrations.

Rehabilitated areas will be regularly monitored for the following:

The degree of vegetative cover
The presence of alien or exotic flora species - these will be eradicated as part of the mines alien
species management programme outlined in section 8.

9.2.6 BLASTING DISTURBANCE
The mine will undertake pre-blast surveys as detailed in the blasting management plan outlined in section
8. Monitoring positions will be determined by the mine blasting specialist. This survey is aimed at
determining the condition of third party structures within the potential impact zone for air blast and ground
vibration. Crack monitoring will also be considered whereby specific cracks are monitored in such
structures. The pre-blast survey will ensure to target sensitive structures, such as poorly constructed
structures or community facilities such as schools and the health post.

Monitoring of each surface blast will take place for the duration of blasting activities to ensure that
acceptable ground vibration and air blast levels are met using industry standard seismographs (measures
ground vibration and air blast to be measured simultaneously). Seismographs should be positioned at
sensitive receptors. Points for off-site vibration and airblast monitoring will be identified in consultation
with surrounding landowners and a blast monitoring specialist. The monitoring results will be
documented and maintained for record-keeping and auditing purposes.

9.2.7 NOISE LEVELS
Noise monitoring will be conducted at regular intervals at sensitive receptors close to the noise sources
as follows:

Once when the main noise sources are all operation to verify the predicted noise impacts
When a complaint about noise cannot be resolved between the mine and complainant,
monitoring can be used as part of the investigation and mitigation process.

This monitoring will be conducted at sensitive receptors situated just outside of the mine fences at the
processing plant and open pits. Measurements will be undertaken at each location for a minimum of one
hour during the daytime and 30 minutes during the night. Night-time monitoring will be undertaken only
where agreement/permission can be gained from the relevant resident and traditional leader.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 9-8
9.2.8 MINERALISED WASTE FACILITIES AND WATER DAMS
In addition to the abovementioned environmental monitoring programmes, all mineralised waste facilities
and water dams will be monitored to ensure stability, safety and prevention of environmental impacts.
The frequency of the monitoring and the qualification of the monitoring personnel will be determined on
an infrastructure specific basis.

The findings will be documented for record-keeping and auditing purposes and addressed where relevant
to achieve the stated objectives.

9.3 AUDITING AND PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENTS
The Environmental Department will conduct monthly inspections during the construction phase and
quarterly inspections during the operational phase in order to ensure compliance with the EMP
commitments. The audit findings will be documented for both record keeping purposes and for informing
continual improvement. In addition, an independent professional will conduct an EMP performance
assessment every two years. The sites compliance with the provisions of the EMP and the adequacy
EMP report relative to the on-site activities will be assessed in the external performance assessment.

9.4 REPORTING
The Environmental Department will provide quarterly reports to mine management regarding:

Results of routine monitoring, highlighting any significant issues
Compliance with relevant authorisations
Results of internal audits to determine compliance to the EMP commitments
Results of external EMP performance assessments (when available)
Incidents and corrective action implemented.

The Environmental Department will also report to relevant authorities any information required by relevant
authorisations issued to the mine.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 10-1
10 KEY ASSUMPTIONS, UNCERTAINTIES AND LIMITATIONS
Assumptions, uncertainties and limitations have been discussed throughout the EIA report and in the
various specialist studies. The more significant of these are included below.

10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT LIMIT
The EIA is based on the project description and site layout provided in section 6. Any material changes
to the project description and site layout may affect the validity of the EIA findings.

The EIA focused on third parties only and did not assess health and safety impacts on workers because
the assumption was made that these aspects are separately regulated by health and safety legislation,
policies and standards, and that Explorator will adhere to these.

The EIA does not cover any other potential future expansions. If planned, these will be addressed in a
separate EIA that will consider the cumulative impacts of the original mine plus any impacts associated
with the potential future expansions.

10.2 PREDICTIVE MODELS IN GENERAL
All predictive models are only as accurate as the input data provided to the modellers. If any of the input
data is found to be inaccurate or is not applicable because of project design changes that occur over
time, then the model predictions will be less accurate. Modelling was conducted to predict groundwater
dewatering and contamination impacts, increase in ambient noise levels, air quality impacts, blasting
impacts and floodlines for the concession area.

10.3 GEOCHEMISTRY
No tailings, mineralised and waste rock samples were available to subject to leach testing at the time of
writing this EIA. The geochemical study is therefore a preliminary desktop study based on available
literature and supplemented by basic mineralogical data provided by the client. However, leach testing of
representative samples of waste rock, ore body and tailings will need to be conducted once these
samples become available. This information should then be fed back into the groundwater model to
determine if there are any changes expected to the current findings of the groundwater impact
assessment.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 10-2
10.4 SURFACE WATER
Floodlines were determined using Aster Data. The implication of the ASTER remotely sensed
topographic data is that the river channel is poorly defined primarily due to the distance between the
points (30m) and as a result of the aerial survey having a poor correlation with ground levels in areas of
thick vegetation.

Additional survey data was provided in the form of spot heights. These spot heights were unfortunately
not continuous enough to enable their use in the development of a hydraulic model. As such, the most
detailed source of topographic data by which a hydraulic model could be developed was ASTER data. It
was consequently decided that ASTER data would be used to model the flooding that would occur as a
result of the 1 in 50 year and 1 in 100 year flood events. It should be noted however, that ASTER data is
unable to represent the river channel sufficiently because it will not consistentl y pick up the lowest points,
and consequently over estimation of flooding is likely in places, due to the absence of conveyance (in the
model) of flood waters by the channel. Furthermore, the coarse nature of ASTER data mean that model
results cannot be taken as final, but rather as indicative.

While the ground based survey data was insufficient for development of the hydraulic model, it did
provide an indication of where the river channel was situated. Survey data was consequently used to
define the river centreline used in the subsequent development of the hydraulic model. However, the
floodlines determined using the methods described are of low confidence. Revised modelling with
appropriate data will be necessary in order to refine the results.

10.5 GROUNDWATER
Deficiencies in the hydrogeological datasets include a lack of:

No hydraulic testing (i.e. slug tests and/or pumping tests) was conducted for the project. This
was because no new boreholes were drilled as part of the current study due to time constraints.
Instead, existing boreholes drilled in the Fair Bride area, as well as hydrocensus data was used.
However this means that the study cannot provide confidence that groundwater conditions will
be the same in the Guy Fawkes and Dots Luck mine areas. In addition, the possibility of high
yielding fracture zones increasing the underground mine inflows substantially cannot be
excluded
Geophysical testing has not been conducted on the TSF site and this means that there is
potential for preferential pathways to exist in this footprint
Long term rainfall data in and around Manica area was not available
Evapotranspiration data in and around Manica area was not available
Limited groundwater level measurements were conducted during the hydrocensus
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 10-3
Long term groundwater level monitoring data was not available
River flow monitoring data was not available
The amount of groundwater-surface water interaction is unknown
Source concentration for mine residue deposits / wastes was not available. This is due to a lack
of samples of tailings, waste rock and ore to subject to leach testing
Chemical and biological reaction rates for contaminants in the subsurface are unknown
The groundwater model used estimated seepage rates for the TSF, WRDs and low grade
stockpile. The model simulations assess in the current context therefore rather the likelihood of
e.g. off-site migration than the actual plume extent or plume concentrations. The predicted plume
extents therefore needs to be re-assessed once more data become available.
The groundwater pit inflows are based on the life of mine (LoM) pit shells made available by the
client. No annual pit shells were available to determine transient groundwater inflows into the
different mine development stages of the pits. Annualised open cast pits and underground mine
voids would increase the model confidence in the estimation of groundwater inflows.

Geophysical survey, borehole drilling and hydraulic testing will be conducted at a later stage in the
project. In addition, geochemical testing will also be conducted on samples of waste rock, ore and
tailings. This will help to eliminate much of the study limitations listed above.

The following should be noted with regard to the baseline monitoring conducted on surface and
groundwater:

Prior to sampling most boreholes must be purged until the field parameters stabilised, or the
stagnant borehole water had been replaced three times. However, due to technical constraints
most samples were retrieved by bailer, with limited volume and boreholes purged
The collected samples were kept in cool and dark containers. It should be noted that the water
samples were not filtered or acidified on site as this was conducted by the laboratory and
measured as dissolved chemicals (portions)
All the samples were analysed for major cat-and anions as well as trace elements by an
accredited South African laboratory (WaterLab)
The water samples were analysed four weeks after sampling. This was due to import
administrative issues
It appears that no chemical alteration of the samples prior to analysis is evident based on almost
no difference in laboratory and field pH, and EC values
It is however recommended to take additional re-run of the sampling campaign, including the
analysis of both total and dissolved concentrations.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 10-4
10.6 AIR
No specific information was provided with respect to potential dust sources at the time of writing this EIA.
Emissions from the mining and ore processing operations were therefore based on (SLR, 2013):

United States Environmental Protection Agency (US-EPA) AP-42 Compilation of Air Pollutant
Emission Factors
Australian Government Department of the Environment and Heritage National Pollutant Inventory
Emission Estimation Technique Manual for Mining
Australian NPI Emission estimation technique manual for Gold ore processing

The dust modelling results will therefore need to be confirmed with in-field monitoring during the
operational phase of the project.

10.7 ARCHAEOLOGY
Despite the comprehensive fieldwork undertaken, it is necessary to realise that the heritage resources
located during the fieldwork do not necessarily represent all the possible heritage resources present
within the area. Various factors account for this, including the subterranean nature of some
archaeological resources and dense vegetation cover. As such, should any heritage features and/or
objects not included in the present inventory be located or observed, a heritage specialist must be
contacted immediately.

10.8 NOISE
No noise source data was available at the time of the writing of this EIA and therefore the noise modelling
was based on noise sources in similar gold mines. The model results will therefore need to be confirmed
with in-field monitoring during the operational phase of the project.

10.9 BLASTING
The prediction of the possible disturbance levels at various distances is based on reasonable
assumptions regarding the blast patterns to be drilled and blasted. Generally accepted equations and
modelling methods were used to perform the calculations on which the predictions are based. However,
prior to the start of the drill and blast operation these figures must be reviewed to correct for any
variances between actual versus modelled.

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 10-5
It is likely that some time will elapse between publication of this report and the development of the mine.
The surface surroundings may change in this time and this aspect must be kept in mind prior to final
design review and decision making.

10.10 VISUAL
Visual impacts have been assessed qualitatively by SLR Environmental Practitioners.

10.11 TRAFFIC
Traffic impacts have been assessed qualitatively by SLR Environmental Practitioners.

10.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC
Little statistical information is available for the local communities. The information provided in this report
has been obtained mainly by site inspection of the concession area and surrounds, as well as information
gained during the census conducted in the Dots Luck and Guy Fawkes areas earmarked for relocation.

The social team could not gain safe access to the Mutambarico/Mucurumazi community to consult with
affected persons for the Guy Fawkes mining area, nor was it possible to conduct a census of the affected
area. This was in spite of two attempts to consult with the community. Minutes of the failed meetings are
included in the Resettlement Plan records (refer to Appendix O). The Resettlement Plan has therefore
been based on limited site inspection data and 2011 Google Earth imagery for this
Mutambarico/Mucurumazi resettlement area. Once safe access is provided, the consultation and
detailed census can be conducted.
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 11-1
11 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT AND CONCLUSION
The cumulative assessment (incremental contribution of the proposed project plus existing baseline
conditions) of the proposed project presents the potential for significant positive economic impacts and
significant negative environmental and social impacts, in the unmitigated scenario.

The mine will go a long way to mitigating the potential negative impacts by committing to apply the
findings of the cumulative assessment and related mitigation objectives and actions to this project. In this
respect, all of the impacts can be mitigated to moderate or low significance levels. A tabulated summary
of the impacts is presented in Table 11-1.

TABLE 11-1: SUMMARY OF POTENTIAL CUMULATIVE IMPACTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROPOSED
MANICA PROJECT
(the ratings are negative unless
otherwise specified with a +)
Topography Injury to people and animals from hazardous excavations
and infrastructure
H M
Soils and land
capability
Loss of soil resources from pollution H L
Loss of soil resources from physical disturbance H M
Biodiversity Physical destruction of terrestrial biodiversity from clearing
land and placing infrastructure
H M
General disturbance of terrestrial biodiversity through a
range of aspects including dust, noise, vibration, pollution,
lighting, power lines, water dams, poaching, and vehicle
movement.
H M
General disturbance of aquatic ecosystems through
construction and operation of infrastructure adjacent to
watercourses and wetlands
H M
Surface water Alteration of natural drainage patterns M L
Pollution of surface water H L
Groundwater Dewatering impacts on third party users M L
Groundwater contamination H L
Air quality Air pollution L L
Noise Noise pollution M M
Blasting Blast injury to third parties or damage to structures H M
Archaeology Damage to archaeological and heritage resources H M
Visual impacts Visual impact H M
Traffic and road
safety
Increase in traffic and risk to other road users H M
Socio-economic
impacts
Cumulative economic impact (positive impact) M+ M+
Inward migration of job seekers that may add stress to the
current local and regional infrastructure and service
deficiencies, lead to poor living conditions, increased crime
and accelerated spread of disease.
H M
Displacement of households and workers living and
working within the proposed mine fence lines and blast
buffer zones around the open pits.
H M
Loss of current land use H M

L Munro
(Project Manager)
B Stobart
(Project Reviewer)
J Jeronimo
(Registered Mozambique
environmental consultant)
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 12-1
12 REFERENCES
Cambrian CC, 2013: Impact Assessment of the Drill and Blast Operation for the Manica Gold Project for
the DFS

Dinis Napido, 2012: Manica Project EPDA and ToR

Flexicadastre Mozambique: http://portals.flexicadastre.com/mozambique/en/

Highlands Hydrology, 2013: Hydrological Assessmenr for the Proposed Manica Gold Project

International Finance Corporation, 2007: Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines: Mining

Professional Grave Solutions, 2013: Manica Gold Project; Cacrue Area, District of Manica, Province of
Manica, Mozambique - Heritage Impact Assessment

South African National Standard 241:2006. Drinking Water Specification, Edition 6.1.

South African National Standard 10103: The measurement and rating of environmental noise with
respect to land use, health, annoyance and to speech communication.

Scientific Aquatic Services, 2013 (a): Faunal and Floral Ecological Baseline Assessment as part of the
Environmental Authorisation Process for the Proposed Manica Gold Mining Project in the Manica
Province, Republic of Mozambique

Scientific Aquatic Services, 2013 (b): Wetland and Aquatic Ecological Baseline Assessment as part of the
Environmental Authorisation Process for the Proposed Manica Gold Mining Project in the Manica
Province, Republic of Mozambique

SLR, 2013 (a): Manica Gold Project, Mozambique. Air Quality Assessment

SLR, 2013 (b): Manica Gold Project Preliminary Geochemical Desk Study

SLR, 2013 (c): Manica Gold Mine Project Groundwater Flow and Contaminate Transport Modeling for
Manica Gold Mine

SLR, 2013 (d): Manica Gold Mine Odize-Mutare-Manica, Mozambique - Noise Assessment

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page 12-2
SLR, 2013 (e): Manica Gold Project Conceptual Closure Report

Strategy4Good, 2013: Manica Gold Project Economic Baseline Assessment

Terra-Africa, 2013: Manica Mining Project Soil, Land Use and Land Capability Report

World Bank Group, Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook, 2008: Environmental Guidelines

World Health Organisation, 2004: Guidelines for drinking-water quality, third edition, volume 1

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page A
APPENDIX A RESETTLEMENT PLAN

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page B
APPENDIX B PUBLIC CONSULTATION RECORDS

Minutes of the Public Hearing held on 28 October 2012 (Annexure 2 of the EDPA report) (EPDA Phase)
EnviroSig Public Consultaiton Report (EIA Phase)

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page C
APPENDIX C RECORD OF CORRESPONDENCE WITH RELEVANT AUTHORITIES

MICOA Categorization of the project (Annexure 1 of the EPDA report)

EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page D
APPENDIX D GEOCHEMICAL DESK STUDY SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page E
APPENDIX E SOIL AND LAND CAPABILITY SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page F
APPENDIX F BIODIVERSITY SPECIALIST REPORTS
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page G
APPENDIX G HYDROLOGY SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page H
APPENDIX H GROUNDWATER SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page I
APPENDIX I AIR QUALITY SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page J
APPENDIX J NOISE SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page K
APPENDIX K HERITAGE SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page L
APPENDIX L SOCIAL SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page M
APPENDIX M ECONOMICS SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page N
APPENDIX N BLASTING SPECIALIST REPORT
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page O
APPENDIX O PROJECT TEAM CURRICULUM VITAE
EnviroSig

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page P
APPENDIX P CONCEPTUAL CLOSURE PLAN

SLR Consulting

Ref. 710.05024.00004
Report No.2
February 2014

Page i

RECORD OF REPORT DISTRIBUTION (INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COPIES)
Project
Reference:
710.05024.00004
Title: Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Report for the Proposed Manica
Gold Project
Report Number: 2
Proponent: Explorator Limitada

Entity Copy No. Date issued Issuer
Direco Provincial para a
Coordenao da Aco Ambiental
da Provncia de Manica - Chimoio
1
24 Feb 2014
Jose
Jeronimo
Direco Provincial dos Recursos
Minerais e Energia da Provncia de
Manica - Chimoio
2
Administrao do Distrito de Manica
- Manica
3
Conselho Municipal de Manica -
Manica
4
Direco Nacional de Avaliao de
Impacto Ambiental - Maputo
5
Direco Nacional de Minas -
Maputo
6
Explorartor, Lda. - Manica 7
EnviroSig, Lda. - Maputo 8
Explorator Limitada - Manica 9
SLR Consulting Africa -
Johannesburg
10

Explorator Manica Project EIA Combined1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Explorator Manica Project EIA Combined1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Report for the

Proposed Manica Gold Project

You might also like